The CData Sync App provides a straightforward way to continuously pipeline your QuickBooks data to any database, data lake, or data warehouse, making it easily available for Analytics, Reporting, AI, and Machine Learning.
The QuickBooks connector can be used from the CData Sync application to pull data from QuickBooks and move it to any of the supported destinations.
The Sync App supports QuickBooks Premier, Professional, Enterprise, and Simple Start. All QuickBooks editions are supported starting from 2002 to the most recent QuickBooks version. In addition, the Canada, New Zealand, Australia, and UK editions are supported starting from 2003. The QuickBooks Point of Sale and QuickBooks for Mac editions are not supported.
For required properties, see the Settings tab.
For connection properties that are not typically required, see the Advanced tab.
The Sync App makes requests to QuickBooks through the QuickBooks Gateway. The QuickBooks Gateway runs on the same machine as QuickBooks and accepts connections through a lightweight, embedded Web server. The server supports SSL/TLS, enabling users to connect securely from remote machines. The first time you connect, you will need to authorize the Sync App with QuickBooks. For more information, refer to our Using the QuickBooks Gateway guide.
Follow the steps below to authorize with QuickBooks and connect to a company file when both QuickBooks and the Sync App are running on your local machine.
If you want to connect to the company file when QuickBooks is closed, set the CompanyFile connection option when you execute commands. QuickBooks will open automatically in the background with the file specified.
Note that if QuickBooks is open through the application UI, only that CompanyFile can be used.
The CData QuickBooks Desktop Gateway can be used to read and write to QuickBooks in situations where direct COM access to QuickBooks is not available (e.g., ASP.NET, Java, or QuickBooks on a remote machine). Follow the procedure below to connect to QuickBooks for the first time through the Desktop Gateway:
Open the CData QuickBooks Desktop Gateway from the system tray and add a user on the Users tab. Enter a User and Password and select the level of access in the Data Access menu.
Note: The CData QuickBooks Desktop Gateway does not use the User and Password properties to access QuickBooks; the User and Password properties authenticate the user. Authentication to QuickBooks is handled by the ApplicationName property.
NOTE: If the QuickBooks UI is open, you can only connect to that company file. Additionally, the user permissions you specify for the Desktop Gateway must match the user permissions you used for QuickBooks. The Desktop Gateway installs as a service in the current user account.
You can enable SSL/TLS on the Advanced tab.
You also need to send your public key certificate to the Sync App. You can do so by setting the SSLServerCert property.
The following sections show how to resolve common connection errors and detail functionality that may be needed in more advanced integrations. Contact the support team for help tracing the source of an error or circumventing a performance issue.
Try the following to resolve this error:
This is the most common error and the solution depends on your specific QuickBooks installation. Follow the steps below to identify several typical causes for this error.
Check the log for the QuickBooks request processor, QBSDKLOG.txt. The file is not necessarily in the same directory as QuickBooks. The location of the file depends on the version of QuickBooks and the operating system you are using. The qbsdklog.txt may be in the following locations:
| C:\Program Files\Common Files\Intuit\QuickBooks | |
| C:\ProgramData\Intuit\QuickBooks | |
| C:\Documents and Settings\All Users\Intuit\QuickBooks |
Modify the QBSDK.INI file by appending the following value to the end:
[LOG] LEVEL=verbose UnlimitedSize=Y
This ensures that the log is not cleared and that the error message in the QBSDKLOG.txt file is actually captured.
Check if the error message in this file matches one of those below:
|
Is your company file on a mapped drive? If so, the QBSDKLOG will contain entries similar to the ones below:
20140623.102658 E 5136 RequestProcessor Unknown QBInstanceFinder error.
File Name: "S:\Quickbooks\MyCompanyFile.qbw" hr = 80070057
20140623.102658 E 5136 RequestProcessor
Could not find or create an instance of QuickBooks using InstanceFinder hr = 80040403
The solution is to use the network path instead of a mapped drive. | |||||||||
|
Does the QBSDKLOG contain many error messages like the one below?
20140612.145409 I 272 RequestProcessor Previous instance of QB is going down..! Wait and retry to get a new instance.
This error can occur if a request is received to start a new QuickBooks instance while the previous QuickBooks instance is closing. Repeated connections to QuickBooks in short succession can cause abnormal behavior. You can set DelayAfterClose to wait before a new connection is opened. You can also reuse the same connection for multiple requests by enabling persistent connections on the Advanced tab in the QuickBooks Gateway and then setting the QBXMLVersion property in the connection string. | |||||||||
|
In addition to enabling persistent connections, you can use the following QuickBooks Gateway settings to have more control over starting and stopping the QuickBooks process. When enabled, the QuickBooks Gateway will take steps to resolve connection issues if the conditions below are met. In some scenarios, the QuickBooks Gateway may forcibly end the QuickBooks process.
USE THESE SETTINGS WITH CAUTION:
|
You can use the following properties to gain more granular control over how the Sync App surfaces functionality in the QuickBooks API:
The CData QuickBooks Desktop Gateway is a simple application that facilitates connections to company files from your application. The Desktop Gateway accepts connections via a lightweight embedded Web server that runs on the machine where QuickBooks is installed. The server supports SSL/TLS, enabling users to connect securely from remote machines.
The first time you connect to QuickBooks, you must authorize your application. Complementing the per-application authentication of QuickBooks, the Desktop Gateway has per-user authentication. Before connecting to QuickBooks for the first time, configure at least one Desktop Gateway user.
You can configure users through the UI on the Users tab. You can then follow the procedure in Getting Started to connect an application to QuickBooks. After connecting, you can monitor QuickBooks connections on the Status tab.
It is recommended to configure the Desktop Gateway in the UI, but you can also run the Desktop Gateway from the command line. See the Advanced page to configure the Desktop Gateway when you are not using the UI.
The Desktop Gateway automatically manages the connection to QuickBooks, but you can configure almost every aspect of how users connect to QuickBooks through the Desktop Gateway. The following pages outline the capabilities of the Desktop Gateway and how to get started.
The Users tab provides an interface to add, edit, and delete users. At least one user must be added before communicating with QuickBooks.
This tab displays a list of existing users along with information about the user's configuration.
When adding or editing a user, the following options are available:
| Basic Authentication (default): | Authenticates the user with a username and password. |
| Windows Authentication: | Authenticates the user as a Windows user. In this case, the Password field is not applicable. When the Desktop Gateway receives a connection request, it authenticates the user to Windows using the credentials supplied in the request. |
| Full: | Allows read and write access for the user. |
| Read-only: | Restricts the user to read-only operations, so that QuickBooks data cannot be modified. |
The Test Connection button provides a quick way to verify that the application can connect with QuickBooks.
When a user is added, the Desktop Gateway prompts you to authorize the application with QuickBooks, if necessary.
The Import button prompts you to select an .ini file containing one or more user profiles.
Imported .ini files must conform to the following syntax:
[MyUserName] Config1 = Value1 Config2 = Value2 ...The following configurations are available:
Here is an example configuration:
[TestUser] Password = SamplePassword AuthMode = 0 Software = QB Desktop CompanyFile = C:\Users\test\Documents\samplefile.qbw AppName = Remote Connector ReadOnly = 0
The Status tab provides a log of the activity happening with the Desktop Gateway. Logs can be cleared or copied by right-clicking in the Recent Activity window.
You can adjust the detail of the logs to include information useful when troubleshooting: Select the granularity in the Log Mode menu on the Advanced tab. On the Advanced tab, you can also configure the Desktop Gateway to write logs to a file and select the log rotation interval.
The Advanced tab enables granular control over the Desktop Gateway's server.
The Desktop Gateway contains an embedded Web server that runs as a Windows service and listens for HTTP requests. Each request contains the XML data to be communicated to QuickBooks, as well as configuration settings specifying how the connection is opened. The Desktop Gateway then communicates with QuickBooks via COM, and returns the QuickBooks response (or an error message) in the HTTP reply.
This chapter details how to control each of these aspects of connecting to QuickBooks through the UI, command-line interface, and the registry. The following sections detail the options available on the Advanced tab.
| Daily (default): | Uses a new log file every day. Files are written with the format "yyyy_MM_dd.txt". For example, "2013_09_23.txt". |
| Weekly: | Uses a new log file every week. Files are written with the format "yyyy_ww.txt". For example, "2013_34.txt", where 34 means this is the 34th week of 2013. |
| Monthly: | Uses a new log file every month. Files are written with the format "yyyy_mm.txt". For example, "2013_09.txt". |
All communications to QuickBooks company files must first go through QuickBooks. If QuickBooks is closed, this means that for each attempt to connect to the company file, QuickBooks needs to be launched and then closed again. By default the Desktop Gateway queues requests for data and performs the necessary authentication for each request. The following options can be used to override this behavior and keep the connection to the company file alive after the query finishes executing, so further requests will respond more quickly.
Warning: If a user attempts to manually open QuickBooks while a persistent connection is opened, QuickBooks will return an error stating that the company file is already in use.
The following options are used to configure TLS/SSL:
In addition to the UI, the Desktop Gateway has a command-line interface that makes it easy to deploy on machines such as Web servers. To facilitate deployment to these environments, the Desktop Gateway contains two executables:
| RemoteConnector.exe | Provides the user interface and allows configuration of the application. |
| RemoteConnectorService.exe | Processes requests and performs all interaction with QuickBooks. |
The syntax for managing the Desktop Gateway Windows service from the command line is as follows:
RemoteConnectorService.exe /Service <Command>
The following commands are available:
| Install | Installs the Windows service. |
| Delete | Deletes the Windows service. |
| Start | Starts the Windows service. |
| Stop | Stops the Windows service. |
| State | Reports the current state of the Windows service (started or stopped). |
| Auto | Changes the Windows service startup type to Automatic. |
| Manual | Changes the Windows service startup type to Manual. |
| Disabled | Changes the Windows service startup type to Disabled. |
All configuration data is read from the registry at "HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\RemoteConnector". Each user will have a separate subkey with user-specific settings. For instance "HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\RemoteConnector\User1".
| Name | Type | Description |
| LocalAuth | String | A randomly generated administrator password that is used for authorization between the user interface and the Windows service. This is only used when authorizing a user configured for Windows authentication to QuickBooks from the user interface. This may be removed or changed if desired. |
| AllowedClients | String | A comma-separated list of host names or IP addresses that can access the server. The wildcard character '*' is supported (default). If unspecified any client can connect. |
| AuthFlags | DWORD | Specifies the versions of QuickBooks to which the application can connect. The value is a binary OR of the values below, represented in hex. The default value is "0xF" (all editions are supported).
|
| CloseAndRetryConnect | DWORD | Specifies whether connection retry logic is enabled. When set to 1 (True), if an error is encountered while opening a connection to QuickBooks the application will attempt to stop the QuickBooks process and reconnect. The CloseAndRetryTimeout, CloseAndRetryCount, and CloseAndRetryErrorList settings are applicable when this setting is 1 (True). |
| CloseAndRetryTimeout | DWORD | Sets the time in seconds that the application will wait for the connection to QuickBooks to be established. The default value is 30 (seconds). If the timeout is reached, the QuickBooks process will be closed and the connection will be retried. Note that this setting should be adjusted with caution. If the timeout is set too low the QuickBooks process may not have time to open normally before reaching the timeout. This setting is only applicable when CloseAndRetryConnect is True. |
| CloseAndRetryCount | DWORD | Sets the number of times to retry the connection. If an error is encountered while opening a connection to QuickBooks, the application will stop the QuickBooks process and retry until this limit is reached. The default value is 3. This setting is only applicable when CloseAndRetryConnect is True. |
| CloseAndRetryErrorList | String | Specifies a comma-separated list of QuickBooks error codes on which to retry a connection. If QuickBooks returns an error code listed in this property, the QuickBooks process will be stopped and the connection will be retried. If the error is not in this list the application will return the error as normal. The default value is "0x80040402,0x80040408". Specify the value "*" to indicate all errors. This setting is only applicable when CloseAndRetryConnect is True. |
| QBInstanceFile | String |
Specifies the full path to the QBINSTANCEFINDER file in the QuickBooks installation. For instance: "C:\ProgramData\Intuit\QuickBooks\QBINSTANCEFINDER17.INI". This setting is only applicable when CloseAndRetryConnect is set to True. If the connection retry logic stops the QuickBooks process the specified QBINSTANCEFINDER file will be cleared of any previous entries. QuickBooks uses the QBINSTANCEFINDER file to keep track of open instances, however, in some situations it may not be properly reset after stopping the process. When specified this setting allows the application to properly reset the file after stopping the process. |
| LocalHost | String | Sets the host name or user-assigned IP interface through which connections are initiated or accepted. In most cases this does not need to be set, as the application will use the default interface on the machine. If you have multiple interfaces, you can specify the interface to use here. For instance, "192.168.1.102". |
| LogEnabled | DWORD | Enables or disables logging to a file. Logs are always written to the console. The default is 0 (False). |
| LogDir | String | Sets the path to a folder on disk where log files will be written. This is only applicable if LogEnabled is set to True. |
| LogFormat | DWORD | Sets how often new log files are created. Possible values are the following:
|
| LogLevel | DWORD | Sets the logging level. Possible values are the following:
|
| LogPort | DWORD | Sets a separate port for logging. Log messages are sent over UDP from RemoteConnectorService.exe to the UI. By default this is the same value as the port defined in the Port option. Set this option to avoid using the same port as another UDP service running on the same machine. |
| Port | DWORD | Sets the port where the server listens for incoming connections. The default value is 8166. |
| PersistentEnabled | DWORD | Enables or disables persistent connections to QuickBooks. The default is 0 (False), meaning that your code controls when the connection to QuickBooks is opened and closed by calling the Open and Close methods. However, when this setting is enabled, a persistent connection to QuickBooks is established by the Desktop Gateway even when Open and Close are not used. This is helpful in situations when multiple applications may be simultaneously accessing the Desktop Gateway, because it allows them to share the connection. |
| PersistentIdleTimeout | DWORD | Sets the idle timeout for the persistent connection in seconds. If there is no activity within this time window, the connection to QuickBooks will be closed. This is only applicable when PersistentEnabled is True. |
| PromptForRegPermissions | DWORD | Specifies whether to prompt to modify registry permissions when access is not allowed. This is only applicable when saving settings from the UI. |
| RunAsService | DWORD | Run the application as a service or with the standard run-time permissions. The default value is 1 (True). |
| SSLCertPassword | String | Sets the password of the SSL certificate. |
| SSLCertStore | String | Sets the location of the SSL certificate. This may be a path to a file or the name of a Windows certificate store: "MY", "ROOT", "CA", or "SPC". |
| SSLCertSubject | String | Sets the subject of the SSL certificate. |
| SSLCertType | String | Sets the type of SSL certificate to use. A certificate must be specified when SSL is enabled. The PFX option signifies a .pfx file on disk. The User option signifies the user's Windows certificate store. The Machine option signifies the Windows certificate store of the machine. |
| SSLEnabled | DWORD | Sets whether TLS/SSL connections are allowed. The default value is 0 (False). Enabling TLS/SSL disables plaintext connections. |
| Timeout | DWORD | Sets the operational timeout for connected clients. The default value is 60. |
| UseInteractiveLogon | DWORD | Sets whether interactive or network logon will authorize users when AuthMode is set to 1 (Windows). In most cases this does not need to be set. This should be set to 1 (True) if your domain controller is Samba. The default value is 0 (False). |
| AppName | String | Sets the name of the application that will be used to provide authentication to QuickBooks when a connection is made. If this value is not set, the Desktop Gateway uses the value provided by the client. |
| CompanyFile | String | Sets the path to a QuickBooks company file (.qbw). If this is not set, the currently open company file is used. When QuickBooks is not running, this option must be set. |
| Password | String | Sets the password of the user. This is required when AuthMode is set to 0 (Basic Authentication). The Desktop Gateway application will always store the SHA-256 hash of the password for security. However, this may also be manually set to a plaintext password to allow backward compatibility. |
| AuthMode | DWORD | Sets the type of authentication to perform when the user connects. From the client side the process of connecting is exactly the same no matter which option you choose. Possible values are the following:
|
| Authorized | DWORD | Specifies whether the AppName has been authorized for the CompanyFile. If 1 (True) the AppName has been authorized with the CompanyFile. This is an indicator used by the application when changing settings in the UI. |
| ConnectionMode | String | Sets the connection mode for the user. The default is DontCare. In most cases you do not need to set this value. If this is not set, the application will connect in whatever mode QuickBooks is already open in. Possible values are the following:
|
| ReadOnly | DWORD | Specifies whether the user has read-only (1) or full access (0). |
This section details a selection of advanced features of the QuickBooks Sync App.
The Sync App supports the use of user defined views, virtual tables whose contents are decided by a pre-configured user defined query. These views are useful when you cannot directly control queries being issued to the drivers. For an overview of creating and configuring custom views, see User Defined Views .
Use SSL Configuration to adjust how Sync App handles TLS/SSL certificate negotiations. You can choose from various certificate formats;. For further information, see the SSLServerCert property under "Connection String Options" .
Configure the Sync App for compliance with Firewall and Proxy, including Windows proxies and HTTP proxies. You can also set up tunnel connections.
For further information, see Query Processing.
By default, the Sync App attempts to negotiate TLS with the server. The server certificate is validated against the default system trusted certificate store. You can override how the certificate gets validated using the SSLServerCert connection property.
To specify another certificate, see the SSLServerCert connection property.
To authenticate to an HTTP proxy, set the following:
Set the following properties:
The CData Sync App models QuickBooks data as an easy-to-use SQL database. There are three parts to the data model: tables, views, and stored procedures.
The Tables section, which details standard SQL tables, and the Views section, which lists read-only SQL tables, contain samples of what you might have access to in your QuickBooks account.
Common tables include:
| Table | Description |
| Accounts | Manages accounts, allowing users to create, update, delete, and query account data. |
| Customers | Handles customers, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for managing customer data effectively. |
| Vendors | Manages vendors, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for supplier relationship management. |
| Invoices | Handles invoices, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for billing and receivables tracking. |
| Bills | Handles the management of bills, including creating, updating, deleting, and querying data for expense tracking. |
| ReceivePayments | Manages receive payment transactions, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for customer payments. |
| Items | Manages items, including creation, updates, deletion, and queries for inventory and service tracking. |
| JournalEntries | Handles journal entries, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for accounting adjustments. |
| Employees | Manages employees, allowing creation, updates, deletion, and queries for employee records and payroll data. |
| PurchaseOrders | Handles purchase orders, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for supplier management. |
| SalesReceipts | Handles sales receipts, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for tracking point-of-sale transactions. |
| CreditMemos | Manages credit memos, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for issuing and tracking customer credits. |
| Estimates | Handles estimates, including creation, updates, deletion, and queries for tracking potential sales. |
| TimeTracking | Manages time tracking events, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for employee or job time entries. |
| Deposits | Manages deposits, allowing users to create, update, delete, and query financial deposits. |
| Transfers | Manages transfers, supporting creation, updates, and queries for tracking movement of funds between accounts. |
| CreditCardCharges | Manages credit card charges, allowing users to create, update, delete, and query financial transactions. |
| CreditCardCredits | Manages credit card credits, allowing users to create, update, delete, and query credit transactions for accurate accounting. |
| SalesOrders | Handles sales orders, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for tracking customer orders. |
| PaymentMethods | Handles payment methods, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for payment categorization. |
Note: During bulk insert operations, the Sync App only supports multiple values for aggregate columns. Other columns allow single values.
API limitations and requirements are documented in each table.
Stored Procedures are actions that are invoked via SQL queries. They perform tasks beyond standard CRUD operations, including exposing QuickBooks reports as tables, merging accounts, and voiding transactions.
The Sync App models the data in QuickBooks as a list of tables in a relational database that can be queried using standard SQL statements.
| Name | Description |
| Accounts | Manages QuickBooks Accounts, allowing users to create, update, delete, and query account data. Ensure the QBXML Version is set to 6.0 or higher for updates. |
| BillExpenseItems | Manages QuickBooks Bill Expense Line Items, supporting creation, updates, deletions, and queries for detailed expense tracking. |
| BillLineItems | Handles creation, updates, deletion, and querying of individual line items associated with QuickBooks Bills. |
| BillPaymentChecks | Manages Bill Payment Checks in QuickBooks, including creating, updating, deleting, and querying checks. Requires QBXML Version 6.0 or higher for updates. |
| BillPaymentChecksAppliedTo | Tracks the bill transactions to which Bill Payments are applied, with support for creating, updating, deleting, and querying aggregates. In a Bill Payment, each AppliedTo aggregate represents the Bill transaction to which this part of the payment is being applied. |
| BillPaymentCreditCards | Manages QuickBooks Bill Payments made via credit cards, including creation, updates, deletion, and queries. |
| BillPaymentCreditCardsAppliedTo | Tracks the application of credit card payments to specific Bill transactions, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries. In a Bill Payment, each AppliedTo aggregate represents the Bill transaction to which this part of the payment is being applied. |
| Bills | Handles the management of QuickBooks Bills, including creating, updating, deleting, and querying data for expense tracking. |
| BuildAssemblies | Manages Build Assembly transactions in QuickBooks, allowing users to insert, update, delete, and query assemblies for inventory management. |
| BuildAssemblyLineItems | Supports creation and querying of individual line items within QuickBooks Build Assembly transactions. |
| CheckExpenseItems | Handles QuickBooks Check Expense Line Items, allowing users to create, update, delete, and query detailed expense records. |
| CheckLineItems | Supports management of individual line items within QuickBooks Checks, including creation, updates, deletion, and queries. |
| Checks | Manages QuickBooks Checks, allowing users to create, update, delete, and query check transactions for financial tracking. |
| Class | Facilitates the management of QuickBooks Classes, including creating, updating, deleting, and querying classifications. Updates require QBXML Version 8.0 or higher. |
| CreditCardChargeExpenseItems | Handles QuickBooks Credit Card Charge Expense Line Items, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and detailed queries. |
| CreditCardChargeLineItems | Manages individual line items associated with QuickBooks Credit Card Charges, including creation, updates, deletion, and queries. |
| CreditCardCharges | Manages QuickBooks Credit Card Charges, allowing users to create, update, delete, and query financial transactions. |
| CreditCardCreditExpenseItems | Supports management of expense items associated with QuickBooks Credit Card Credits, including creation, updates, deletion, and queries. |
| CreditCardCreditLineItems | Handles individual line items within QuickBooks Credit Card Credits, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries. |
| CreditCardCredits | Manages QuickBooks Credit Card Credits, allowing users to create, update, delete, and query credit transactions for accurate accounting. |
| CreditCardRefunds | Facilitates the creation and querying of QuickBooks AR Credit Card Refund transactions for managing customer refunds. |
| CreditMemoLineItems | Manages individual line items within QuickBooks Credit Memos, allowing creation, updates, deletion, and detailed queries. |
| CreditMemos | Manages QuickBooks Credit Memos, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for issuing and tracking customer credits. |
| Currency | Handles QuickBooks currency management, including creation, updates, deletion, and querying of supported currencies. Requires QBXML Version 8.0 or higher, with multi-currency enabled. |
| CustomerContacts | Manages QuickBooks Customer Contacts, allowing creation, updates, deletion, and queries for customer relationship management. Requires QBXML Version 12.0 or higher and is only available in QuickBooks editions 2016 and above. |
| CustomerMessages | Supports creating, deleting, and querying Customer Messages within QuickBooks to streamline communication. |
| CustomerNotes | Manages QuickBooks Customer Notes, allowing creation, updates, and queries for tracking customer-specific information. Requires QBXML Version 12.0 or higher. |
| Customers | Handles QuickBooks Customers, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for managing customer data effectively. |
| CustomerShippingAddresses | Manages multiple shipping addresses for QuickBooks Customers, including creation, updates, deletion, and queries. Requires QBXML Version 12.0 or higher and is supported in QuickBooks 2013 and higher. |
| CustomerTypes | Facilitates the management of QuickBooks Customer Types, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries to classify customers. |
| DateDrivenTerms | Supports the creation, deletion, and querying of QuickBooks Date-Driven Terms for payment and invoice schedules. |
| DepositLineItems | Handles individual line items within QuickBooks Deposits, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries. Requires QBXML Version 7.0 or higher. |
| Deposits | Manages QuickBooks Deposits, allowing users to create, update, delete, and query financial deposits. Requires QBXML Version 7.0 or higher for updates. |
| EmployeeEarnings | Facilitates the management of QuickBooks Employee Earnings, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for payroll tracking. |
| Employees | Manages QuickBooks Employees, allowing creation, updates, deletion, and queries for employee records and payroll data. |
| EstimateLineItems | Manages individual line items within QuickBooks Estimates, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for sales planning. |
| Estimates | Handles QuickBooks Estimates, including creation, updates, deletion, and queries for tracking potential sales. |
| InventoryAdjustmentLineItems | Manages individual line items within QuickBooks Inventory Adjustments, supporting creation and queries for stock control. |
| InventoryAdjustments | Handles QuickBooks Inventory Adjustments, allowing creation, queries, and deletion to reconcile stock discrepancies. |
| InventorySites | Manages QuickBooks Inventory Sites, including creation, updates, deletion, and queries. Available only in QuickBooks Enterprise with Advanced Inventory and QBXML Version 10.0 or higher. |
| InvoiceLineItems | Manages individual line items within QuickBooks Invoices, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for billing details. |
| Invoices | Handles QuickBooks Invoices, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for billing and receivables tracking. |
| ItemLineItems | Manages individual line items in QuickBooks Items, including creation, updates, deletion, and queries for detailed inventory tracking. |
| ItemReceiptExpenseItems | Handles QuickBooks Item Receipt Expense Line Items, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for purchase expense tracking. |
| ItemReceiptLineItems | Manages individual line items within QuickBooks Item Receipts, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for purchase tracking. |
| ItemReceipts | Handles QuickBooks Item Receipts, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for tracking goods received. |
| Items | Manages QuickBooks Items, including creation, updates, deletion, and queries for inventory and service tracking. |
| JobTypes | Manages QuickBooks Job Types, supporting creation and queries to classify customer jobs for better project tracking. |
| JournalEntries | Handles QuickBooks Journal Entries, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for accounting adjustments. Note: Journal Entry Lines cannot be modified in existing entries. |
| JournalEntryLines | Manages individual lines within QuickBooks Journal Entries, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for detailed accounting entries. |
| OtherNames | Manages QuickBooks 'Other Name' entities, allowing creation, updates, deletion, and queries for non-customer or vendor names. |
| PaymentMethods | Handles QuickBooks Payment Methods, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for payment categorization. |
| PayrollNonWageItems | Queries non-wage payroll items in QuickBooks, providing insight into additional payroll expenses or deductions. |
| PayrollWageItems | Manages QuickBooks Wage Payroll Items, supporting creation and queries to streamline wage-based payroll processing. |
| PriceLevelPerItem | Manages Per-Item Price Levels in QuickBooks, allowing creation and queries of individual item pricing for specific customers. Available in QuickBooks Premier and Enterprise with QBXML Version 4.0 or higher. In addition to adding Per-Item Price Levels, you can also add Price Levels from this table. To delete Price Levels, you must use the PriceLevels table. |
| PriceLevels | Handles QuickBooks Price Levels, supporting creation, deletion, and queries for fixed-percentage pricing adjustments to a wide range of customers or items. You can add and delete Price Levels from this table, but you can only add fixed-percentage Price Levels. To add more specific per-item price levels, use the PriceLevelPerItem table. This table requires QBXML Version 4.0 or higher. |
| PurchaseOrderLineItems | Manages individual line items in QuickBooks Purchase Orders, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for procurement tracking. |
| PurchaseOrders | Handles QuickBooks Purchase Orders, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for supplier management. |
| ReceivePayments | Manages QuickBooks Receive Payment transactions, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for customer payments. Requires QBXML Version 6.0 or higher. |
| ReceivePaymentsAppliedTo | Tracks individual transactions to which a QuickBooks Receive Payment is applied, supporting creation, updates, and queries. In a Receive Payment, each AppliedTo aggregate represents the transaction to which this part of the payment is being applied. Requires QBXML Version 6.0 or higher. |
| SalesOrderLineItems | Manages individual line items in QuickBooks Sales Orders, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for order management. |
| SalesOrders | Handles QuickBooks Sales Orders, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for tracking customer orders. |
| SalesReceiptLineItems | Manages individual line items in QuickBooks Sales Receipts, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for detailed sales tracking. |
| SalesReceipts | Handles QuickBooks Sales Receipts, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for tracking point-of-sale transactions. |
| SalesReps | Manages QuickBooks Sales Representatives, allowing creation, updates, deletion, and queries for tracking sales activities. |
| SalesTaxCodes | Handles QuickBooks Sales Tax Codes, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for tax categorization. |
| SalesTaxItems | Manages QuickBooks Sales Tax Items, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for tax calculations on invoices and sales. |
| ShippingMethods | Manages QuickBooks Shipping Methods, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for shipping-related information. |
| StandardTerms | Handles QuickBooks Standard Terms, allowing creation, updates, deletion, and queries for payment terms configuration. |
| StatementCharges | Manages QuickBooks Statement Charges, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for customer billing statements. |
| TimeTracking | Manages QuickBooks Time Tracking events, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for employee or job time entries. |
| ToDo | Handles QuickBooks To-Do entries, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for task management. |
| TransferInventory | Manages QuickBooks Inventory Transfers, supporting queries and deletion for inventory movement tracking. Available in QuickBooks Enterprise with Advanced Inventory. |
| TransferInventoryLineItems | Handles individual line items within QuickBooks Inventory Transfers, supporting creation and queries for detailed inventory tracking. |
| Transfers | Manages QuickBooks Transfers, supporting creation, updates, and queries for tracking movement of funds between accounts. Requires QBXML Version 12.0 or higher. |
| UnitOfMeasure | Handles QuickBooks Units of Measure, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries. Requires QBXML Version 7.0 or higher. |
| UnitOfMeasureDefaultUnits | Manages default units within QuickBooks Units of Measure, supporting creation and queries for streamlined measurement configurations. Requires QBXML Version 7.0 or higher. |
| UnitOfMeasureRelatedUnits | Handles related units in QuickBooks Units of Measure, supporting creation and queries for complex measurement systems. Requires QBXML Version 7.0 or higher. |
| VehicleMileage | Manages QuickBooks Vehicle Mileage, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for mileage tracking. Requires QBXML Version 6.0 or higher. |
| VendorCreditExpenseItems | Handles QuickBooks Vendor Credit Expense Items, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for tracking expenses linked to vendor credits. |
| VendorCreditLineItems | Manages individual line items in QuickBooks Vendor Credits, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for detailed vendor credit tracking. |
| VendorCredits | Handles QuickBooks Vendor Credits, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for managing vendor refunds or adjustments. |
| Vendors | Manages QuickBooks Vendors, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for supplier relationship management. |
| VendorTypes | Handles QuickBooks Vendor Types, allowing creation, updates, deletion, and queries for categorizing vendors. |
| WorkersCompCodeLines | Queries QuickBooks Workers Compensation Code details by line item, providing insight into specific payroll classifications. |
| WorkersCompCodes | Queries QuickBooks Workers Compensation Codes, providing an overview of payroll classifications. Requires QBXML Version 7.0 or higher. |
Manages QuickBooks Accounts, allowing users to create, update, delete, and query account data. Ensure the QBXML Version is set to 6.0 or higher for updates.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for Accounts are Id, Name, Type, IsActive, and TimeModified. TimeModified may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. Name may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM Accounts WHERE Name LIKE '%Bank%' AND TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011'
To add an Account, specify the Name and Type fields.
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier assigned to the account in QuickBooks. This value is required and serves as a primary key. | |
| Name | String | False | 31 |
The name of the account. This must have a value when inserting a new account and is used for identification in QuickBooks. | |
| FullName | String | True | 1000 |
The complete hierarchical name of the account, including all parent accounts, formatted as Parent:AccountName. | |
| Type | String | False | 100 |
The type of the account, such as Expense, Income, or Bank. Defines the account's role in financial transactions. The allowed values are AccountsPayable, AccountsReceivable, Bank, CostOfGoodsSold, CreditCard, Equity, Expense, FixedAsset, Income, LongTermLiability, NonPosting, OtherAsset, OtherCurrentAsset, OtherCurrentLiability, OtherExpense, OtherIncome. | |
| SpecialType | String | True | 100 |
Specifies the special account type in QuickBooks, if applicable, such as Accounts Receivable or Accounts Payable. The allowed values are AccountsPayable, AccountsReceivable, CondenseItemAdjustmentExpenses, CostOfGoodsSold, DirectDepositLiabilities, Estimates, ExchangeGainLoss, InventoryAssets, ItemReceiptAccount, OpeningBalanceEquity, PayrollExpenses, PayrollLiabilities, PettyCash, PurchaseOrders, ReconciliationDifferences, RetainedEarnings, SalesOrders, SalesTaxPayable, UncategorizedExpenses, UncategorizedIncome, UndepositedFunds. | |
| Number | String | False |
The account number, typically used for bank accounts or other numeric identifiers. | ||
| Balance | Double | True |
The total balance of the account, including amounts from all associated subaccounts. | ||
| AccountBalance | Double | True |
The balance of the account itself, excluding balances from any subaccounts. | ||
| BankAccount | String | False |
The bank account number or an identifying note for this account, used for reference in banking transactions. | ||
| Description | String | False | 200 |
A detailed textual description of the account, used to provide additional context or notes. | |
| IsActive | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether the account is currently active and available for use in QuickBooks. | ||
| ParentName | String | False |
References the name of the parent account. If specified, this account is treated as a subaccount of the parent. | ||
| ParentId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
References the unique identifier of the parent account. If specified, this account is treated as a subaccount or job under the parent. |
| Sublevel | Integer | True |
Indicates the hierarchical level of the account. The value represents the number of ancestor accounts. | ||
| CurrencyName | String | False | 64 |
The name of the currency used for the account. Requires a minimum QBXML version of 8.0. | |
| CurrencyId | String | False |
Currency.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the currency assigned to the account. Requires a minimum QBXML version of 8.0. |
| CashFlowClassification | String | True |
Indicates how the account is classified for cash flow reporting. Possible values include None, Operating, Investing, Financing, or NotApplicable. | ||
| TaxLineName | String | True | 256 |
The name of the tax form line associated with this account, if any. Check CompanyInfo for details on the tax form used in the company file. | |
| TaxLineId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier of the tax form line associated with this account, if any. Requires QBXML version 7.0 or later to modify. | |
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of the last modification made to the account in QuickBooks. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of when the account was initially created in QuickBooks. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description |
| OpeningBalance | String |
The initial balance of the account, typically set during account creation. Defaults to 0 if not specified. |
| OpeningDate | String |
The date associated with the opening balance of the account. Used only when creating new accounts in QuickBooks. |
Manages QuickBooks Bill Expense Line Items, supporting creation, updates, deletions, and queries for detailed expense tracking.
Bills may be inserted, queried, or updated via the Bills, BillExpenseItems, or BillLineItems tables. Bills may be deleted by using the Bills table.
This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for Bills are Id, Date, ReferenceNumber, VendorName, VendorId, AccountsPayable, AccountsPayableId, IsPaid, and TimeModified. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM Bills WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'
You can also use Bills and BillExpenseItems to insert a Bill.
To add a Bill, specify a Vendor, Date, and at least one Expense or Line Item. All Expense Line Item columns can be used for inserting multiple expense Line Items for a new Bill transaction. For example, the following will insert a new Bill with two Expense Line Items:
INSERT INTO BillExpenseItems#TEMP (VendorName, Date, ExpenseAccount, ExpenseAmount) VALUES ('Cal Telephone', '1/1/2011', 'Utilities:Telephone', 52.25)
INSERT INTO BillExpenseItems#TEMP (VendorName, Date, ExpenseAccount, ExpenseAmount) VALUES ('Cal Telephone', '1/1/2011', 'Professional Fees:Accounting', 235.87)
INSERT INTO BillExpenseItems (VendorName, Date, ExpenseAccount, ExpenseAmount) SELECT VendorName, Date, ExpenseAccount, ExpenseAmount FROM BillExpenseItems#TEMP
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
A unique identifier for the expense line item in the format BillId|ExpenseLineId, combining the bill and expense line information. | |
| BillId | String | False |
Bills.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the bill associated with this transaction. |
| VendorName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the vendor for this transaction. Either VendorName or VendorId must be provided when inserting. | |
| VendorId | String | False |
Vendors.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the vendor associated with this transaction. Either VendorName or VendorId must be provided when inserting. |
| ReferenceNumber | String | False | 21 |
The reference number for the transaction, used for tracking and identification. | |
| Date | Date | False |
The date of the transaction. If set in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, it overrides the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate. | ||
| TxnNumber | Integer | True |
A manually assigned transaction number that identifies this transaction separately from the Quickbooks generated ID. | ||
| DueDate | Date | False |
The date when payment for this bill is due. | ||
| Terms | String | False | 100 |
The payment terms associated with this bill, such as Net30 or COD. | |
| TermsId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the payment terms associated with this bill. | |
| AccountsPayable | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the accounts payable account associated with this bill. | |
| AccountsPayableId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the accounts payable account associated with this bill. |
| Amount | Decimal | True |
The total amount of the transaction, calculated by QuickBooks based on the line items or expense line items. | ||
| Memo | String | False | 5000 |
A memo providing additional details about the transaction. | |
| IsPaid | Boolean | True |
Indicates whether this bill has been paid. Returns true if paid, otherwise false. | ||
| IsTaxIncluded | Boolean | False |
Specifies whether tax is included in the transaction amount. This field is available only in international editions of QuickBooks. | ||
| ExpenseLineId | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the specific expense line item. | |
| ExpenseLineNumber | String | True | 255 |
The line number associated with this expense within the transaction. | |
| ExpenseAccount | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the account associated with this expense line. Either ExpenseAccount or ExpenseAccountId must be provided when inserting. | |
| ExpenseAccountId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the account associated with this expense line. Either ExpenseAccount or ExpenseAccountId must be provided when inserting. |
| ExpenseAmount | Decimal | False |
The total monetary amount for this specific expense line. | ||
| ExpenseBillableStatus | String | False | 13 |
The billing status of the expense line, such as Billable or Non-Billable. The allowed values are Empty, Billable, NotBillable, HasBeenBilled. | |
| ExpenseCustomer | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the customer associated with this expense line. | |
| ExpenseCustomerId | String | False |
Customers.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the customer associated with this expense line. |
| ExpenseClass | String | False | 1000 |
The class name associated with this expense, used for categorization. | |
| ExpenseClassId | String | False |
Class.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the class associated with this expense. |
| ExpenseMemo | String | False | 5000 |
A memo providing details about this specific expense line. | |
| ExpenseTaxCode | String | False | 3 |
The tax code associated with this expense line, indicating whether it is taxable or non-taxable. | |
| ExpenseTaxCodeId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the tax code associated with this expense line. | |
| ExpenseCustomFields | String | True |
Custom fields defined for this specific expense line item. | ||
| ExchangeRate | Double | False |
The exchange rate applied to convert this transaction's currency to the home currency of the QuickBooks company file. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of the last modification made to the bill. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of when the bill was created. | ||
| OpenAmount | Decimal | True |
The current outstanding balance for the vendor associated with this bill. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description |
| LinkToTxnId | String |
The identifier of a transaction, such as a purchase order, to link this bill to. This must be an open transaction, and linking requires a minimum QBXML Version 4.0. |
Handles creation, updates, deletion, and querying of individual line items associated with QuickBooks Bills.
Bills may be inserted, queried, or updated via the Bills, BillExpenseItems, or BillLineItems tables. Bills may be deleted by using the Bills table.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for Bills are Id, Date, ReferenceNumber, VendorName, VendorId, AccountsPayable, AccountsPayableId, IsPaid, and TimeModified. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM Bills WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'
You can also use Bills and BillExpenseItems to insert a Bill.
To add a Bill, specify a Vendor, Date, and at least one Expense or Line Item. All Line Item columns can be used for inserting multiple Line Items for a new Bill transaction. For example, the following will insert a new Bill with two Line Items:
INSERT INTO BillLineItems#TEMP (VendorName, Date, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('Cal Telephone', '1/1/2011', 'Repairs', 1)
INSERT INTO BillLineItems#TEMP (VendorName, Date, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('Cal Telephone', '1/1/2011', 'Removal', 2)
INSERT INTO BillLineItems (VendorName, Date, ItemName, ItemQuantity) SELECT VendorName, Date, ItemName, ItemQuantity FROM BillLineItems#TEMP
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
A unique identifier for the line item in the format BillId|ItemLineId, combining the bill and line item information. | |
| BillId | String | False |
Bills.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the bill associated with this transaction. |
| VendorName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the vendor for this transaction. Either VendorName or VendorId must be provided when inserting. | |
| VendorId | String | False |
Vendors.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the vendor associated with this transaction. Either VendorName or VendorId must be provided when inserting. |
| ReferenceNumber | String | False | 21 |
The reference number for the transaction, used for tracking and identification. | |
| Date | Date | False |
The date of the transaction. If set in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, it overrides the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate. | ||
| TxnNumber | Integer | True |
A manually assigned transaction number that identifies this transaction separately from the Quickbooks generated ID. | ||
| DueDate | Date | False |
The date when payment for this bill is due. | ||
| Terms | String | False | 100 |
The payment terms associated with this bill, such as Net30 or COD. | |
| TermsId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the payment terms associated with this bill. | |
| AccountsPayable | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the accounts payable account associated with this bill. | |
| AccountsPayableId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the accounts payable account associated with this bill. |
| Amount | Decimal | True |
The total amount of the transaction, calculated by QuickBooks based on the line items. | ||
| Memo | String | False | 5000 |
A memo providing additional details about the transaction. | |
| IsPaid | Boolean | True |
Indicates whether this bill has been paid. Returns true if paid, otherwise false. | ||
| IsTaxIncluded | Boolean | False |
Specifies whether tax is included in the transaction amount. This field is available only in international editions of QuickBooks. | ||
| ItemLineId | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the specific line item. | |
| ItemLineNumber | String | True | 255 |
The line number of this item within the transaction. | |
| ItemName | String | False |
The name of the item listed in this transaction. | ||
| ItemId | String | False |
Items.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the item listed in this transaction. |
| ItemGroup | String | False | 100 |
The name of the item group this line item belongs to, if applicable. | |
| ItemGroupId | String | False |
Items.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the item group this line item belongs to, if applicable. |
| ItemDescription | String | False | 5000 |
A detailed description of the item listed in this transaction. | |
| ItemQuantity | Double | False |
The quantity of the item or item group specified in this line. | ||
| ItemUnitOfMeasure | String | False | 31 |
The unit of measure for the item as defined in the company's settings. Requires QBXML version 7.0 or above. | |
| ItemCost | Double | False |
The cost per unit of the item listed in this transaction. | ||
| ItemAmount | Decimal | False |
The total amount for this item line, calculated as quantity multiplied by cost. | ||
| ItemBillableStatus | String | False | 13 |
The billing status of the item, such as Billable or Non-Billable. The allowed values are EMPTY, BILLABLE, NOTBILLABLE, HASBEENBILLED. | |
| ItemCustomer | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the customer associated with this item line. | |
| ItemCustomerId | String | False |
Customers.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the customer associated with this item line. |
| ItemInventorySiteId | String | False | 31 |
The unique identifier for the inventory site where this item is stored. Requires QBXML version 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on. | |
| ItemInventorySiteName | String | False | 255 |
The name of the inventory site where this item is stored. Requires QBXML version 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on. | |
| ItemInventorySiteLocationId | String | False | 31 |
The unique identifier for the location within the inventory site for this item. Requires QBXML version 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on. | |
| ItemInventorySiteLocationName | String | False | 255 |
The name of the location within the inventory site for this item. Requires QBXML version 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on. | |
| ItemSerialNumber | String | False | 5000 |
The serial number of the item, if applicable. Requires QBXML version 11.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on. | |
| ItemLotNumber | String | False | 40 |
The lot number of the item, if applicable. Requires QBXML version 11.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on. | |
| ItemClass | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the class associated with this item, used for categorization. | |
| ItemClassId | String | False |
Class.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the class associated with this item. |
| ItemTaxCode | String | False | 3 |
The tax code indicating whether the item is taxable or non-taxable. | |
| ItemTaxCodeId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the tax code associated with this item. | |
| ItemCustomFields | String | False |
Custom fields defined for this specific line item. | ||
| ItemExpirationDateForSerialLotNumber | String | True | 1099 |
The expiration date for the serial or lot number of this item. Requires QBXML version 16.0 or above. | |
| CurrencyName | String | False | 64 |
The name of the currency used for this bill. | |
| CurrencyId | String | False |
Currency.ID | 1000 |
The unique identifier for the currency used for this bill. |
| ExchangeRate | Decimal | False |
The exchange rate used to convert the currency of this bill to the company's home currency. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of the last modification made to the bill. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of when the bill was created. | ||
| OpenAmount | Decimal | True |
The current outstanding balance for the vendor associated with this bill. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description |
| LinkToTxnId | String |
The unique identifier of a transaction, such as a purchase order, to link this bill to. This must be an open transaction and requires QBXML version 4.0. |
| ItemOverrideAccount | String |
The name of the account used to override the default account for the item. Available only during inserts and updates. |
| ItemOverrideAccountId | String |
The unique identifier of the account used to override the default account for the item. Available only during inserts and updates. |
Manages Bill Payment Checks in QuickBooks, including creating, updating, deleting, and querying checks. Requires QBXML Version 6.0 or higher for updates.
BillPaymentChecks may be inserted, queried, or updated via the BillPaymentChecks or BillPaymentChecksAppliedTo tables. BillPaymentChecks may be deleted by using the BillPaymentChecks table.
This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for BillPaymentChecks are Id, Date, ReferenceNumber, PayeeName, PayeeId, AccountsPayable, AccountsPayableId, and TimeModified. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM BillPaymentChecks WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'
To add a BillPaymentCheck, specify a Payee and BankAccount. The Payee must match the Vendor associated with the Bill you are adding a payment for. The AppliedToAggregate column may be used to specify an XML aggregate of AppliedTo data. The columns that may be used in these aggregates are defined in the BillPaymentChecksAppliedTo table and it starts with AppliedTo. For example, the following will insert a new BillPaymentCheck with two AppliedTo entries:
INSERT INTO BillPaymentChecks (PayeeName, BankAccountName, AppliedToAggregate)
VALUES ('Vu Contracting', 'Checking',
'<BillPaymentChecksAppliedTo>
<Row><AppliedToRefId>178C1-1450221347</AppliedToRefId><AppliedToAmount>20.00</AppliedToAmount></Row>
<Row><AppliedToRefId>178C1-1450221347</AppliedToRefId><AppliedToAmount>51.25</AppliedToAmount></Row>
</BillPaymentChecksAppliedTo>')
AppliedToRefId is a reference to a BillId and can be found in Bills, BillLineItems, or BillExpenseItems.
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the bill payment transaction in QuickBooks. | |
| PayeeName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the entity (such as a vendor) to whom the payment is being made. Either PayeeId or PayeeName is required when inserting. | |
| PayeeId | String | False |
Vendors.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the entity (such as a vendor) to whom the payment is being made. Either PayeeId or PayeeName is required when inserting. |
| ReferenceNumber | String | False | 21 |
The reference number for the transaction, used for identification and tracking. | |
| TxnNumber | Int | True |
A manually assigned transaction number for identifying this payment separately from the Quickbooks generated ID. | ||
| Date | Date | False |
The date of the transaction. If specified in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, it overrides the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate. | ||
| Amount | Decimal | True |
The total amount of the bill payment. This value is calculated by QuickBooks based on the associated line items or expense line items. | ||
| AccountsPayable | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the accounts payable account associated with this transaction. | |
| AccountsPayableId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the accounts payable account associated with this transaction. |
| BankAccountName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the bank account from which funds are drawn for this bill payment. Applicable only for the check payment method. | |
| BankAccountId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the bank account from which funds are drawn for this bill payment. Applicable only for the check payment method. |
| IsToBePrinted | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether the transaction is marked as 'To Be Printed' in QuickBooks. If true, the 'To Be Printed' box in the user interface is checked. The default value is false. | ||
| Memo | String | False | 5000 |
A memo or note associated with the transaction, visible on internal reports. | |
| AppliedToAggregate | String | False | 5000 |
An aggregate of data showing which bills the payment is applied to. Used for adding a bill payment check and its associated data. | |
| ExchangeRate | Double | False |
The currency exchange rate used to convert this payment's currency to the company's home currency. | ||
| AmountInHomeCurrency | Double | True |
The total amount of the payment converted to the company's home currency. | ||
| CustomFields | String | False |
Custom fields returned from QuickBooks, formatted as XML. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of the last modification made to this bill payment. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of when this bill payment was originally created. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description |
| AppliedTo* | String |
Represents all applied-to-specific columns that can be used during insertion to specify details about which bills the payment applies to. |
Tracks the bill transactions to which Bill Payments are applied, with support for creating, updating, deleting, and querying aggregates. In a Bill Payment, each AppliedTo aggregate represents the Bill transaction to which this part of the payment is being applied.
BillPaymentChecks may be inserted, queried, or updated via the BillPaymentChecks or BillPaymentChecksAppliedTo tables. BillPaymentChecks may be deleted by using the BillPaymentChecks table.
This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for BillPaymentChecks are Id, Date, ReferenceNumber, PayeeName, PayeeId, AccountsPayable, AccountsPayableId, and TimeModified. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM BillPaymentChecksAppliedTo WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'
To add a BillPaymentCheck entry, specify the Payee and BankAccount fields. The Payee must match the Vendor associated with the Bill you are adding a payment for. All AppliedTo columns can be used to explicitly identify the Bills being paid. For example, the following will insert a new BillPaymentCheck with two AppliedTo entries:
INSERT INTO BillPaymentChecksAppliedTo#TEMP (PayeeName, BankAccountName, AppliedToRefId, AppliedToAmount) VALUES ('Vu Contracting', 'Checking', '178C1-1450221347', 20.00)
INSERT INTO BillPaymentChecksAppliedTo#TEMP (PayeeName, BankAccountName, AppliedToRefId, AppliedToAmount) VALUES ('Vu Contracting', 'Checking', '881-933371709', 51.25)
INSERT INTO BillPaymentChecksAppliedTo (PayeeName, BankAccountName, AppliedToRefId, AppliedToAmount) SELECT PayeeName, BankAccountName, AppliedToRefId, AppliedToAmount FROM BillPaymentChecksAppliedTo#TEMP
AppliedToRefId is a reference to a BillId and can be found in Bills, BillLineItems, or BillExpenseItems.
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
A unique identifier for the applied-to entry, formatted as BillPaymentId|AppliedToId. | |
| BillPaymentId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the bill payment transaction associated with this applied-to entry. | |
| PayeeName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the entity (such as a vendor) to whom the payment is being made. Either PayeeId or PayeeName is required and must match the vendor associated with the bill being paid when inserting. | |
| PayeeId | String | False |
Vendors.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the entity (such as a vendor) to whom the payment is being made. Either PayeeId or PayeeName is required and must match the vendor associated with the bill being paid when inserting. |
| ReferenceNumber | String | False | 21 |
The reference number for the transaction, used for identification and tracking. | |
| TxnNumber | Int | True |
A manually assigned transaction number for identifying this payment separately from the Quickbooks generated ID. | ||
| Date | Date | False |
The date of the transaction. If specified in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, it overrides the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate. | ||
| AccountsPayable | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the accounts payable account associated with this transaction. | |
| AccountsPayableId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the accounts payable account associated with this transaction. | |
| BankAccountId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the bank account from which funds are drawn for this bill payment. Applicable only for the check payment method. | |
| BankAccountName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the bank account from which funds are drawn for this bill payment. Applicable only for the check payment method. | |
| IsToBePrinted | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether the transaction is marked as 'To Be Printed' in QuickBooks. If true, the 'To Be Printed' box in the user interface is checked. The default value is false. | ||
| Memo | String | False | 5000 |
A memo or note associated with the transaction, visible on internal reports. | |
| ExchangeRate | Double | False |
The currency exchange rate used to convert this payment's currency to the company's home currency. | ||
| AmountInHomeCurrency | Double | True |
The total amount of the payment converted to the company's home currency. | ||
| CustomFields | String | False |
Custom fields returned from QuickBooks, formatted as XML. | ||
| AppliedToRefId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the bill to which this payment is being applied. Found in the Bills table. | |
| AppliedToAmount | Decimal | False |
The amount of the payment being applied to the bill. | ||
| AppliedToBalanceRemaining | Decimal | True |
The remaining balance of the bill after this payment is applied. | ||
| AppliedToCreditAmount | Decimal | False |
The amount of credit being applied to the bill. | ||
| AppliedToCreditMemoId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the credit memo being applied to the bill. | |
| AppliedToDiscountAccountId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the discount account being applied to the bill. | |
| AppliedToDiscountAccountName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the discount account being applied to the bill. | |
| AppliedToDiscountAmount | Decimal | False |
The discount amount being applied to the bill. | ||
| AppliedToPaymentAmount | Decimal | False |
The specific payment amount being applied to the bill. | ||
| AppliedToReferenceNumber | String | True | 21 |
The reference number associated with the bill being paid. | |
| AppliedToTxnDate | Date | True |
The date of the transaction being applied. | ||
| AppliedToTxnType | String | True | 100 |
The type of transaction being applied, such as Bill or CreditMemo. | |
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of the last modification made to the bill payment. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of when the bill payment was originally created. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description |
| AppliedToCreditAppliedAmount | String |
The amount of credit applied to the bill during this transaction. |
Manages QuickBooks Bill Payments made via credit cards, including creation, updates, deletion, and queries.
BillPaymentCreditCards may be inserted, queried, or updated via the BillPaymentCreditCards or BillPaymentCreditCardsAppliedTo tables. BillPaymentCreditCards may be deleted by using the BillPaymentCreditCards table.
This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for BillPaymentCreditCards are Id, Date, ReferenceNumber, PayeeName, PayeeId, AccountsPayable, AccountsPayableId, and TimeModified. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM BillPaymentCreditCards WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'
To add a BillPaymentCreditCard, specify a Payee and CreditCard. The Payee must match the Vendor associated with the Bill you are adding a payment for. The AppliedToAggregate column may be used to specify an XML aggregate of AppliedTo data. The columns that may be used in these aggregates are defined in the BillPaymentCreditCardsAppliedTo table and it starts with AppliedTo. For example, the following will insert a new BillPaymentCreditCard with two AppliedTo entries:
INSERT INTO BillPaymentCreditCard (PayeeName, CreditCardName, AppliedToAggregate)
VALUES ('Vu Contracting', 'CalOil Credit Card',
'<BillPaymentCreditCardsAppliedTo>
<Row><AppliedToRefId>178C1-1450221347</AppliedToRefId><AppliedToAmount>20.00</AppliedToAmount></Row>
<Row><AppliedToRefId>881-933371709</AppliedToRefId><AppliedToAmount>51.25</AppliedToAmount></Row>
</BillPaymentCreditCardsAppliedTo>')
AppliedToRefId is a reference to a BillId and can be found in Bills, BillLineItems, or BillExpenseItems.
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the bill payment transaction. | |
| PayeeName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the entity (such as a vendor) to whom the payment is being made. Either PayeeId or PayeeName is required. | |
| PayeeId | String | False |
Vendors.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the entity (such as a vendor) to whom the payment is being made. Either PayeeId or PayeeName is required. |
| ReferenceNumber | String | False | 21 |
The reference number for the transaction, used for identification and tracking. | |
| TxnNumber | Int | True |
A manually assigned transaction number for identifying this payment separately from the Quickbooks generated ID. | ||
| Date | Date | False |
The date of the transaction. If specified in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, it overrides the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate. | ||
| Amount | Decimal | True |
The total amount of the bill payment. This value is calculated by QuickBooks based on the associated line items or expense line items. | ||
| AccountsPayable | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the accounts payable account associated with this transaction. | |
| AccountsPayableId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the accounts payable account associated with this transaction. |
| CreditCardName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the credit card account this payment is charged to. Applicable only for credit card payment methods. | |
| CreditCardId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the credit card account this payment is charged to. Applicable only for credit card payment methods. | |
| Memo | String | False | 5000 |
A memo or note associated with the transaction, visible on internal reports. | |
| AppliedToAggregate | String | False | 5000 |
An aggregate of data showing which bills the payment is applied to. Used for adding a bill payment credit card and its associated data. | |
| ExchangeRate | Double | False |
The currency exchange rate used to convert this payment's currency to the company's home currency. | ||
| AmountInHomeCurrency | Double | True |
The total amount of the payment converted to the company's home currency. | ||
| CustomFields | String | False |
Custom fields returned from QuickBooks, formatted as XML. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of the last modification made to this bill payment. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of when this bill payment was originally created. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description |
| AppliedTo* | String |
Represents all applied-to-specific columns that can be used during insertion to specify details about which bills the payment applies to. |
Tracks the application of credit card payments to specific Bill transactions, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries. In a Bill Payment, each AppliedTo aggregate represents the Bill transaction to which this part of the payment is being applied.
BillPaymentCreditCards may be inserted, queried, or updated via the BillPaymentCreditCards or BillPaymentCreditCardsAppliedTo tables. BillPaymentCreditCards may be deleted by using the BillPaymentCreditCards table.
This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for BillPaymentCreditCards are Id, Date, ReferenceNumber, PayeeName, PayeeId, AccountsPayable, AccountsPayableId, and TimeModified. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM BillPaymentCreditCardsAppliedTo WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'
You can also use BillPaymentCreditCards to insert a BillPaymentCreditCard.
To add a BillPaymentCreditCard, specify a Payee and CreditCard. The Payee must match the Vendor associated with the Bill you are adding a payment for. All AppliedTo columns can be used to explicitly identify the Bills being paid. For example, the following will insert a new BillPaymentCreditCard with two AppliedTo entries:
INSERT INTO BillPaymentCreditCardsAppliedTo#TEMP (PayeeName, CreditCardName, AppliedToRefId, AppliedToAmount) VALUES ('Vu Contracting', 'CalOil Credit Card', '178C1-1450221347', 20.00)
INSERT INTO BillPaymentCreditCardsAppliedTo#TEMP (PayeeName, CreditCardName, AppliedToRefId, AppliedToAmount) VALUES ('Vu Contracting', 'CalOil Credit Card', '881-933371709', 51.25)
INSERT INTO BillPaymentCreditCardsAppliedTo (PayeeName, CreditCardName, AppliedToRefId, AppliedToAmount) SELECT PayeeName, CreditCardName, AppliedToRefId, AppliedToAmount FROM BillPaymentCreditCardsAppliedTo#TEMP
AppliedToRefId is a reference to a BillId and can be found in Bills, BillLineItems, or BillExpenseItems.
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
A unique identifier for the applied-to entry, formatted as BillPaymentId|AppliedToId, combining the payment and application details. | |
| BillPaymentId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the bill payment transaction associated with this applied-to entry. | |
| PayeeName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the entity (such as a vendor) to whom the payment is being made. Either PayeeId or PayeeName is required and must match the vendor associated with the bill being paid when inserting. | |
| PayeeId | String | False |
Vendors.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the entity (such as a vendor) to whom the payment is being made. Either PayeeId or PayeeName is required and must match the vendor associated with the bill being paid when inserting. |
| ReferenceNumber | String | False | 21 |
The reference number for the transaction, used for identification and tracking. | |
| TxnNumber | Int | True |
A manually assigned transaction number for identifying this payment separately from the Quickbooks generated ID. | ||
| Date | Date | False |
The date of the transaction. If specified in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, it overrides the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate. | ||
| AccountsPayable | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the accounts payable account associated with this transaction. | |
| AccountsPayableId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the accounts payable account associated with this transaction. |
| CreditCardName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the credit card account this payment is charged to. Applicable only for credit card payment methods. | |
| CreditCardId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the credit card account this payment is charged to. Applicable only for credit card payment methods. | |
| IsToBePrinted | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether the transaction is marked as 'To Be Printed' in QuickBooks. If true, the 'To Be Printed' box in the user interface is checked. The default value is false. | ||
| Memo | String | False | 5000 |
A memo or note associated with the transaction, visible on internal reports. | |
| ExchangeRate | Double | False |
The currency exchange rate used to convert this payment's currency to the company's home currency. | ||
| AmountInHomeCurrency | Double | True |
The total amount of the payment converted to the company's home currency. | ||
| CustomFields | String | False |
Custom fields returned from QuickBooks, formatted as XML. | ||
| AppliedToRefId | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the bill to which this payment is being applied. Found in the Bills table. | |
| AppliedToAmount | Decimal | True |
The specific amount of the payment being applied to the bill. | ||
| AppliedToBalanceRemaining | Double | True |
The remaining balance of the bill after this payment is applied. | ||
| AppliedToCreditMemoId | String | False |
CreditMemos.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the credit memo being applied to the bill. |
| AppliedToDiscountAccountName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the discount account being applied to the bill. | |
| AppliedToDiscountAccountId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the discount account being applied to the bill. |
| AppliedToDiscountAmount | Decimal | False |
The discount amount being applied to the bill. | ||
| AppliedToPaymentAmount | Decimal | False |
The specific payment amount being applied to the bill. | ||
| AppliedToReferenceNumber | String | True | 21 |
The reference number of the bill or transaction being paid. | |
| AppliedToTxnDate | Date | True |
The date of the transaction being applied. | ||
| AppliedToTxnType | String | True | 100 |
The type of transaction being applied, such as Bill or CreditMemo. | |
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of the last modification made to the bill payment. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of when the bill payment was originally created. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description |
| AppliedToCreditAppliedAmount | String |
The specific amount of credit applied to the bill during this transaction. |
Handles the management of QuickBooks Bills, including creating, updating, deleting, and querying data for expense tracking.
Bills may be inserted, queried, or updated via the Bills, BillExpenseItems, or BillLineItems tables. Bills may be deleted by using the Bills table.
This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for Bills are Id, Date, ReferenceNumber, VendorName, VendorId, AccountsPayable, AccountsPayableId, IsPaid, and TimeModified. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM Bills WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'
You can also use BillLineItems and BillExpenseItems to insert a bill.
To add a Bill, specify a Vendor, Date, and at least one Expense or Line Item. The ItemAggregate and ExpenseAggregate columns may be used to specify an XML aggregate of Line or Expense Item data. The columns that may be used in these aggregates are defined in the BillLineItems and BillExpenseItems tables and it starts with Item and Expense. For example, the following will insert a new Bill with two Line Items:
INSERT INTO Bills (VendorName, Date, ItemAggregate)
VALUES ('Cal Telephone', '1/1/2011',
'<BillLineItems>
<Row><ItemName>Repairs</ItemName><ItemQuantity>1</ItemQuantity></Row>
<Row><ItemName>Removal</ItemName><ItemQuantity>2</ItemQuantity></Row>
</BillLineItems>')
To insert subitems, set the ItemName field to the FullName of the item; for example, '<Row><ItemName>Subs:Carpet</ItemName><ItemQuantity>0</ItemQuantity></Row>'
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the bill in QuickBooks. | |
| VendorName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the vendor associated with this bill. Either VendorName or VendorId must be provided when inserting. | |
| VendorId | String | False |
Vendors.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the vendor associated with this bill. Either VendorName or VendorId must be provided when inserting. |
| ReferenceNumber | String | False | 21 |
A reference number for the bill transaction, used for identification and tracking. | |
| Date | Date | False |
The date of the transaction. If specified in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, it overrides the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate. | ||
| Amount | Decimal | True |
The total amount of the bill. This value is calculated by QuickBooks based on the line items or expense line items. | ||
| TxnNumber | Integer | True |
A manually assigned transaction number to identify this bill separately from the Quickbooks generated ID. | ||
| DueDate | Date | False |
The date when payment for this bill is due. | ||
| Terms | String | False | 100 |
The payment terms associated with this bill, such as Net30 or COD. | |
| TermsId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the payment terms associated with this bill. | |
| AccountsPayable | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the accounts payable account associated with this bill. | |
| AccountsPayableId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the accounts payable account associated with this bill. |
| Memo | String | False | 5000 |
A memo or note providing additional details about this bill. | |
| IsPaid | Boolean | True |
Indicates whether this bill has been paid. Returns true if paid, otherwise false. | ||
| ExchangeRate | Double | False |
The exchange rate used to convert this bill's currency to the home currency of the QuickBooks company file. | ||
| IsTaxIncluded | Boolean | False |
Specifies whether tax is included in the transaction amount. This field is available only in international editions of QuickBooks. | ||
| ItemCount | Integer | True |
The total number of line items associated with this bill. | ||
| ItemAggregate | String | False | 5000 |
An aggregate of the line item data, used to add a bill and its line item data in a single operation. | |
| ExpenseItemCount | Integer | True |
The total number of expense line items associated with this bill. | ||
| ExpenseItemAggregate | String | False | 5000 |
An aggregate of the expense line item data, used to add a bill and its expense line item data in a single operation. | |
| TransactionCount | Integer | True |
The total number of related transactions linked to this bill. | ||
| TransactionAggregate | String | True | 5000 |
An aggregate of the linked transaction data associated with this bill. | |
| CurrencyName | String | False | 64 |
The name of the currency used for this bill. | |
| CurrencyId | String | False |
Currency.ID | 1000 |
The unique identifier for the currency used for this bill. |
| CustomFields | String | False |
Custom fields returned from QuickBooks, formatted as XML. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of the last modification made to this bill. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of when this bill was originally created. | ||
| OpenAmount | Decimal | True |
The current outstanding balance for the vendor associated with this bill. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description |
| Item* | String |
Represents all line-item-specific columns that can be used during insertion to specify line item details for this bill. |
| Expense* | String |
Represents all expense-item-specific columns that can be used during insertion to specify expense item details for this bill. |
| LinkToTxnId | String |
The unique identifier of a transaction, such as a purchase order, to link this bill to. This transaction must be open, and linking requires a minimum QBXML Version 4.0. |
Manages Build Assembly transactions in QuickBooks, allowing users to insert, update, delete, and query assemblies for inventory management.
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the build assembly transaction in QuickBooks. | |
| TxnNumber | Integer | True |
A manually assigned transaction number for identifying this BuildAssembly separately from the Quickbooks generated ID. | ||
| ItemInventoryAssemblyRef_ListID | String | False |
Items.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the inventory assembly being built. Either this field or ItemInventoryAssemblyRef_FullName must be provided when inserting a BuildAssembly. |
| ItemInventoryAssemblyRef_FullName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the inventory assembly being built. Either this field or ItemInventoryAssemblyRef_ListID must be provided when inserting a BuildAssembly. | |
| InventorySiteRef_ListID | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier of the inventory site where the assembly is being built. | |
| InventorySiteRef_FullName | String | False | 31 |
The name of the inventory site where the assembly is being built. | |
| SerialNumber | String | False | 5000 |
The serial number of the asset being built. Cannot be used if LotNumber is specified. | |
| LotNumber | String | False | 40 |
The lot number of the asset being built. Cannot be used if SerialNumber is specified. | |
| TxnDate | Date | False |
The date of the transaction for the build assembly. | ||
| RefNumber | String | False | 21 |
A reference number for the transaction, used for identification. This number does not have to be unique. | |
| Memo | String | False | 5000 |
A memo providing additional details about the build assembly transaction. | |
| IsPending | Boolean | True |
Indicates whether the transaction is pending. If true, the build assembly has not yet been completed. | ||
| QuantityToBuild | Double | False |
The number of assemblies to be built. The transaction fails if this number exceeds the available on-hand inventory. | ||
| QuantityCanBuild | Double | True |
The maximum number of assemblies that can be built with the current parts on hand. | ||
| QuantityOnHand | Double | True |
The total quantity of these items currently in inventory. Adjustments must be made using inventory adjustments. | ||
| QuantityOnSalesOrder | Double | True |
The number of these items that have been sold but not yet delivered to customers (as recorded in sales orders). | ||
| MarkPendingIfRequired | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether the assembly should be marked as pending if there are insufficient parts to complete it. Requires QBXML Version 7.0 and is not returned in QuickBooks responses. | ||
| ExternalGUID | String | True |
A user-defined globally unique identifier (GUID) for this transaction. Requires QBXML Version 9.0. | ||
| BuildAssemblyLineAggregate | String | True | 5000 |
An aggregate of line item data for adding a build assembly and its associated line items in a single operation. | |
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of when this build assembly transaction was originally created. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of the last modification made to this build assembly transaction. | ||
| EditSequence | String | True |
A unique identifier used for version control of this build assembly transaction, ensuring data integrity during updates. | ||
| ExpirationDateForSerialLotNumber | String | True | 1099 |
The expiration date for the serial or lot number associated with this item. Requires QBXML Version 16.0 or higher. |
Supports creation and querying of individual line items within QuickBooks Build Assembly transactions.
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for this build assembly line item. | |
| BuildAssemblyId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier of the build assembly transaction associated with this line item. | |
| TxnNumber | Integer | True |
A manually assigned transaction number for identifying this build assembly transaction separately from the Quickbooks generated ID. | ||
| ItemInventoryAssemblyRef_ListID | String | False |
Items.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the inventory assembly being built. Either this field or ItemInventoryAssemblyRef_FullName must be provided when inserting a BuildAssembly. |
| ItemInventoryAssemblyRef_FullName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the inventory assembly being built. Either this field or ItemInventoryAssemblyRef_ListID must be provided when inserting a BuildAssembly. | |
| InventorySiteRef_ListID | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier of the inventory site associated with this line item. Requires QBXML Version 10.0. | |
| InventorySiteRef_FullName | String | False | 31 |
The name of the inventory site associated with this line item. Requires QBXML Version 10.0. | |
| SerialNumber | String | False | 5000 |
The serial number of the asset associated with this line item. Cannot be used if LotNumber is specified. | |
| LotNumber | String | False | 40 |
The lot number of the asset associated with this line item. Cannot be used if SerialNumber is specified. | |
| TxnDate | Date | False |
The date of the transaction for the build assembly. | ||
| RefNumber | String | False | 21 |
A reference number for the transaction, used for identification. This number does not have to be unique. | |
| Memo | String | False | 5000 |
A memo providing additional details about this build assembly transaction. | |
| IsPending | Boolean | True |
Indicates whether this transaction is pending. If true, the build assembly has not yet been completed. | ||
| QuantityToBuild | Double | False |
The number of assemblies to be built. The transaction fails if this quantity exceeds the number of on-hand items. | ||
| QuantityCanBuild | Double | True |
The maximum number of assemblies that can be built with the current parts on hand. | ||
| QuantityOnHand | Double | True |
The total quantity of these items currently in inventory. Adjustments must be made using inventory adjustments. | ||
| QuantityOnSalesOrder | Double | True |
The number of these items recorded in sales orders but not yet delivered to customers. | ||
| MarkPendingIfRequired | Boolean | False |
Specifies whether the build assembly should be marked as pending if there are insufficient parts to complete it. Requires QBXML Version 7.0 and is not returned in QuickBooks responses. | ||
| ExternalGUID | String | True |
A user-defined globally unique identifier (GUID) for this transaction. Requires QBXML Version 9.0. | ||
| ComponentItemLineRet_ItemRef_ListID | String | True |
Items.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the item used in this assembly line. |
| ComponentItemLineRet_ItemRef_FullName | String | True | 255 |
The full name of the item used in this assembly line. | |
| ComponentItemLineRet_InventorySiteRef_ListID | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier of the inventory site where the component item is stored. Requires QBXML Version 10.0. | |
| ComponentItemLineRet_InventorySiteRef_FullName | String | True | 31 |
The full name of the inventory site where the component item is stored. Requires QBXML Version 10.0. | |
| ComponentItemLineRet_Desc | String | True | 5000 |
A description of the line item used in this assembly. | |
| ComponentItemLineRet_QuantityOnHand | Double | True |
The total quantity of the component item currently in inventory. | ||
| ComponentItemLineRet_QuantityNeeded | Double | True |
The quantity of the component item required to build the specified number of assemblies. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of when this build assembly transaction was originally created. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of the last modification made to this build assembly transaction. | ||
| EditSequence | String | True |
A unique identifier used for version control of this build assembly transaction, ensuring data integrity during updates. | ||
| ExpirationDateForSerialLotNumber | String | True | 1099 |
The expiration date for the serial or lot number associated with this line item. Requires QBXML Version 16.0 or higher. |
Handles QuickBooks Check Expense Line Items, allowing users to create, update, delete, and query detailed expense records.
Checks may be inserted, queried, or updated via the Checks, CheckExpenseItems, or CheckLineItems tables. Checks may be deleted by using the Checks table.
This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for Checks are Id, Date, ReferenceNumber, Payee, PayeeId, Account, AccountId, and TimeModified. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM CheckExpenseItems WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%' SELECT * FROM CheckExpenseItems WHERE Date >= '2020-01-07' AND Date < '2020-01-10' SELECT * FROM CheckExpenseItems WHERE [Date] = '2020-01-07'
To add a Check, specify an Account, a Date, and at least one Expense or Line Item. All Expense Line Item columns can be used for inserting multiple Expense Line Items for a new Check transaction. For example, the following will insert a new Check with two Expense Line Items:
INSERT INTO CheckExpenseItems#TEMP (Account, Date, ExpenseAccount, ExpenseAmount) VALUES ('Checking', '1/1/2011', 'Utilities:Telephone', 52.25,)
INSERT INTO CheckExpenseItems#TEMP (Account, Date, ExpenseAccount, ExpenseAmount) VALUES ('Checking', '1/1/2011', 'Professional Fees:Accounting', 235.87)
INSERT INTO CheckExpenseItems (Account, Date, ExpenseAccount, ExpenseAmount) SELECT Account, Date, ExpenseAccount, ExpenseAmount FROM CheckExpenseItems#TEMP
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for this expense line, formatted as CheckId|ExpenseLineId, combining the check and line item details. | |
| CheckId | String | False |
Checks.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the check associated with this expense. Obtained from the Checks table. |
| ReferenceNumber | String | False | 21 |
The reference number for the check transaction, used for identification and tracking. | |
| TxnNumber | Integer | True |
A manually assigned transaction number for identifying this check separately from the Quickbooks generated ID. | ||
| Account | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the account from which the funds for this check are being drawn. | |
| AccountId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the account from which the funds for this check are being drawn. |
| Payee | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the payee associated with this check. | |
| PayeeId | String | False |
Vendors.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the payee associated with this check. |
| Date | Date | False |
The date of the check transaction. If specified in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, it overrides the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate. | ||
| Amount | Decimal | True |
The total amount of the check transaction. | ||
| Memo | String | False | 5000 |
A memo providing additional details about this check transaction. | |
| Address | String | True |
The full address associated with this check, as returned by QuickBooks. | ||
| Line1 | String | False | 500 |
The first line of the address associated with this check. | |
| Line2 | String | False | 500 |
The second line of the address associated with this check. | |
| Line3 | String | False | 500 |
The third line of the address associated with this check. | |
| Line4 | String | False | 500 |
The fourth line of the address associated with this check. | |
| Line5 | String | False | 41 |
The fifth line of the address associated with this check. | |
| City | String | False | 255 |
The city associated with the address of the check. | |
| State | String | False | 255 |
The state associated with the address of the check. | |
| PostalCode | String | False | 30 |
The postal code associated with the address of the check. | |
| Country | String | False | 255 |
The country associated with the address of the check. | |
| Note | String | False | 41 |
A note associated with the address of the check. | |
| CustomFields | String | False |
Custom fields returned from QuickBooks, formatted as XML. | ||
| ExpenseLineId | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the specific expense line item. | |
| ExpenseLineNumber | String | True | 255 |
The line number of this expense within the check transaction. | |
| ExpenseAccount | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the account associated with this expense line. | |
| ExpenseAccountId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the account associated with this expense line. |
| ExpenseAmount | Decimal | False |
The total amount of this specific expense line. | ||
| ExpenseBillableStatus | String | False | 13 |
The billing status of this expense line, such as Billable or Non-Billable. The allowed values are Empty, Billable, NotBillable, HasBeenBilled. The default value is Empty. | |
| ExpenseCustomer | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the customer associated with this expense line. | |
| ExpenseCustomerId | String | False |
Customers.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the customer associated with this expense line. |
| ExpenseClass | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the class associated with this expense line, used for categorization. | |
| ExpenseClassId | String | False |
Class.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the class associated with this expense line. |
| ExpenseTaxCode | String | False | 3 |
The tax code indicating whether the expense line is taxable or non-taxable. Available only in international editions of QuickBooks. | |
| ExpenseTaxCodeId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the tax code associated with this expense line. Available only in international editions of QuickBooks. | |
| ExpenseMemo | String | False | 5000 |
A memo providing additional details about this expense line. | |
| ExpenseCustomFields | String | True |
Custom fields defined for this specific expense line. | ||
| IsToBePrinted | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether this check transaction is marked as 'To Be Printed' in QuickBooks. If true, the 'To Be Printed' box is checked. The default value is false. | ||
| IsTaxIncluded | Boolean | False |
Specifies whether tax is included in the transaction amount. Available only in international editions of QuickBooks. | ||
| CurrencyName | String | False | 64 |
The name of the currency used for this check. Requires QBXML Version 8.0 or higher. | |
| CurrencyId | String | False |
Currency.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the currency used for this check. Requires QBXML Version 8.0 or higher. |
| ExchangeRate | Double | False |
The exchange rate used to convert this check's currency to the home currency of the QuickBooks company file. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of the last modification made to this check transaction. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of when this check transaction was originally created. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description |
| ApplyCheckToTxnId | String |
The unique identifier of the transaction (such as a bill) to be paid by this check. Can be used during updates and inserts. |
| ApplyCheckToTxnAmount | String |
The amount of the transaction to be paid by this check. Can be used during updates and inserts. |
Supports management of individual line items within QuickBooks Checks, including creation, updates, deletion, and queries.
Checks may be inserted, queried, or updated via the Checks, CheckExpenseItems, or CheckLineItems tables. Checks may be deleted by using the Checks table.
This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for Checks are Id, Date, ReferenceNumber, Payee, PayeeId, Account, AccountId, and TimeModified. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM CheckLineItems WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%' SELECT * FROM CheckLineItems WHERE Date >= '2020-01-07' AND Date < '2020-01-10' SELECT * FROM CheckLineItems WHERE [Date] = '2020-01-07'
To add a Check, specify an Account, a Date, and at least one Expense or Line Item. All Line Item columns can be used for inserting multiple Line Items for a new Check transaction. For example, the following will insert a new Check with two Line Items:
INSERT INTO CheckLineItems#TEMP (Account, Date, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('Checking', '1/1/2011', 'Repairs', 1)
INSERT INTO CheckLineItems#TEMP (Account, Date, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('Checking', '1/1/2011', 'Removal', 2)
INSERT INTO CheckLineItems (Account, Date, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES Account, Date, ItemName, ItemQuantity FROM CheckLineItems#TEMP
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for this line item, formatted as CheckId|ItemLineId, combining the check and line item details. | |
| CheckId | String | False |
Checks.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the check associated with this line item, obtained from the Checks table. |
| ReferenceNumber | String | False | 21 |
The reference number for the check transaction, used for identification and tracking. | |
| TxnNumber | Integer | True |
A manually assigned transaction number to identify this check separately from the Quickbooks generated ID. | ||
| Account | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the account from which the funds for this check are being drawn. | |
| AccountId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the account from which the funds for this check are being drawn. |
| Payee | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the payee associated with this check. | |
| PayeeId | String | False |
Vendors.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the payee associated with this check. |
| Date | Date | False |
The date of the check transaction. | ||
| Amount | Decimal | True |
The total amount of the check transaction. | ||
| Memo | String | False | 5000 |
A memo providing additional details about this check transaction. | |
| Address | String | True |
The full address associated with this check, as returned by QuickBooks. | ||
| Line1 | String | False | 500 |
The first line of the address associated with this check. | |
| Line2 | String | False | 500 |
The second line of the address associated with this check. | |
| Line3 | String | False | 500 |
The third line of the address associated with this check. | |
| Line4 | String | False | 500 |
The fourth line of the address associated with this check. | |
| Line5 | String | False | 41 |
The fifth line of the address associated with this check. | |
| City | String | False | 255 |
The city associated with the address of the check. | |
| State | String | False | 255 |
The state associated with the address of the check. | |
| PostalCode | String | False | 30 |
The postal code associated with the address of the check. | |
| Country | String | False | 255 |
The country associated with the address of the check. | |
| Note | String | False | 41 |
A note associated with the address of the check. | |
| CustomFields | String | False |
Custom fields returned from QuickBooks, formatted as XML. | ||
| ItemLineId | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the specific line item. | |
| ItemLineNumber | String | True | 255 |
The line number of this item within the check transaction. | |
| ItemName | String | False |
The name of the item listed in this transaction. | ||
| ItemId | String | False |
Items.ID |
The unique identifier for the item listed in this transaction. | |
| ItemGroup | String | False | 100 |
The name of the item group this line item belongs to, if applicable. | |
| ItemGroupId | String | False |
Items.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the item group this line item belongs to, if applicable. |
| ItemDescription | String | False | 5000 |
A detailed description of the item listed in this transaction. | |
| ItemQuantity | Double | False |
The quantity of the item or item group specified in this line. | ||
| ItemUnitOfMeasure | String | False | 31 |
The unit of measure for the item as defined in the company's settings. Requires QBXML Version 7.0 or higher. | |
| ItemCost | Double | False |
The cost per unit of the item listed in this transaction. | ||
| ItemAmount | Decimal | False |
The total amount for this item line, calculated as quantity multiplied by cost. | ||
| ItemBillableStatus | String | False | 13 |
The billing status of the item, such as Billable or Non-Billable. The allowed values are EMPTY, BILLABLE, NOTBILLABLE, HASBEENBILLED. The default value is EMPTY. | |
| ItemCustomer | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the customer associated with this item line. | |
| ItemCustomerId | String | False |
Customers.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the customer associated with this item line. |
| ItemClass | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the class associated with this item, used for categorization. | |
| ItemClassId | String | False |
Class.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the class associated with this item. |
| ItemInventorySiteId | String | False | 31 |
The unique identifier of the inventory site where this item is stored. Requires QBXML Version 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on. | |
| ItemInventorySiteName | String | False | 255 |
The name of the inventory site where this item is stored. Requires QBXML Version 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on. | |
| ItemInventorySiteLocationId | String | False | 31 |
The unique identifier of the location within the inventory site for this item. Requires QBXML Version 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on. | |
| ItemInventorySiteLocationName | String | False | 255 |
The name of the location within the inventory site for this item. Requires QBXML Version 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on. | |
| ItemExpirationDateForSerialLotNumber | String | True | 1099 |
The expiration date for the serial or lot number associated with this item. Requires QBXML Version 16.0 or higher. | |
| ItemTaxCode | String | False | 3 |
The tax code indicating whether the item is taxable or non-taxable. Available only in international editions of QuickBooks. | |
| ItemTaxCodeId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the tax code associated with this item. Available only in international editions of QuickBooks. | |
| ItemCustomFields | String | False |
Custom fields defined for this specific line item. | ||
| IsToBePrinted | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether this check transaction is marked as 'To Be Printed' in QuickBooks. If true, the 'To Be Printed' box is checked. The default value is false. | ||
| IsTaxIncluded | Boolean | False |
Specifies whether tax is included in the transaction amount. Available only in international editions of QuickBooks. | ||
| CurrencyName | String | False | 64 |
The name of the currency used for this check. Requires QBXML Version 8.0 or higher. | |
| CurrencyId | String | False |
Currency.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the currency used for this check. Requires QBXML Version 8.0 or higher. |
| ExchangeRate | Double | False |
The exchange rate used to convert this check's currency to the home currency of the QuickBooks company file. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of the last modification made to this check transaction. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of when this check transaction was originally created. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description |
| ApplyCheckToTxnId | String |
The unique identifier of the transaction (such as a bill) to be paid by this check. Can be used during updates and inserts. |
| ApplyCheckToTxnAmount | String |
The amount of the transaction to be paid by this check. Can be used during updates and inserts. |
Manages QuickBooks Checks, allowing users to create, update, delete, and query check transactions for financial tracking.
Checks may be inserted, queried, or updated via the Checks, CheckExpenseItems, or CheckLineItems tables. Checks may be deleted by using the Checks table.
This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for Checks are Id, Date, ReferenceNumber, Payee, PayeeId, Account, AccountId, and TimeModified. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM Checks WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%' SELECT * FROM Checks WHERE Date >= '2020-01-07' AND Date < '2020-01-10' SELECT * FROM Checks WHERE [Date] = '2020-01-07'
To add a Check, specify an Account, a Date, and at least one Expense or Line Item. The ItemAggregate and ExpenseAggregate columns may be used to specify an XML aggregate of Line or Expense Item data. The columns that may be used in these aggregates are defined in the CheckLineItems and CheckExpenseItems tables and it starts with Item and Expense. For example, the following will insert a new Check with two Line Items:
INSERT INTO Checks (Account, Date, ItemAggregate) VALUES ('Checking', '1/1/2011',
'<CheckLineItems>
<Row><ItemName>Repairs</ItemName><ItemQuantity>1</ItemQuantity></Row>
<Row><ItemName>Removal</ItemName><ItemQuantity>2</ItemQuantity></Row>
</CheckLineItems>')
To insert subitems, set the ItemName field to the FullName of the item; for example, '<Row><ItemName>Subs:Carpet</ItemName><ItemQuantity>0</ItemQuantity></Row>'
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the check transaction in QuickBooks. | |
| ReferenceNumber | String | False | 21 |
The reference number for the check transaction, used for identification and tracking. | |
| TxnNumber | Integer | True |
A manually assigned transaction number to identify this check separately from the Quickbooks generated ID. | ||
| Account | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the account from which the funds for this check are being drawn. | |
| AccountId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the account from which the funds for this check are being drawn. |
| Payee | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the payee associated with this check. | |
| PayeeId | String | False |
Vendors.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the payee associated with this check. |
| Date | Date | False |
The date of the check transaction. | ||
| Amount | Decimal | True |
The total amount of the check transaction. | ||
| Memo | String | False | 5000 |
A memo providing additional details about this check transaction. | |
| Address | String | True |
The full address associated with this check, as returned by QuickBooks. | ||
| Line1 | String | False | 500 |
The first line of the address associated with this check. | |
| Line2 | String | False | 500 |
The second line of the address associated with this check. | |
| Line3 | String | False | 500 |
The third line of the address associated with this check. | |
| Line4 | String | False | 500 |
The fourth line of the address associated with this check. | |
| Line5 | String | False | 41 |
The fifth line of the address associated with this check. | |
| City | String | False | 255 |
The city associated with the address of the check. | |
| State | String | False | 255 |
The state associated with the address of the check. | |
| PostalCode | String | False | 30 |
The postal code associated with the address of the check. | |
| Country | String | False | 255 |
The country associated with the address of the check. | |
| Note | String | False | 41 |
A note associated with the address of the check. | |
| ItemCount | Integer | True |
The total number of line items associated with this check. | ||
| ItemAggregate | String | False | 5000 |
An aggregate of line item data used to add a check and its line item data in a single operation. | |
| ExpenseItemCount | Integer | True |
The total number of expense line items associated with this check. | ||
| ExpenseItemAggregate | String | False | 5000 |
An aggregate of expense line item data used to add a check and its expense item data in a single operation. | |
| IsToBePrinted | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether this check transaction is marked as 'To Be Printed' in QuickBooks. If true, the 'To Be Printed' box is checked. The default value is false. | ||
| IsTaxIncluded | Boolean | False |
Specifies whether tax is included in the transaction amount. Available only in international editions of QuickBooks. | ||
| CurrencyName | String | False | 64 |
The name of the currency used for this check. Requires QBXML Version 8.0 or higher. | |
| CurrencyId | String | False |
Currency.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the currency used for this check. Requires QBXML Version 8.0 or higher. |
| ExchangeRate | Double | False |
The exchange rate used to convert this check's currency to the home currency of the QuickBooks company file. | ||
| CustomFields | String | False |
Custom fields returned from QuickBooks, formatted as XML. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of the last modification made to this check transaction. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of when this check transaction was originally created. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description |
| Item* | String |
Represents all line-item-specific columns that can be used during insertion to specify line item details for this check. |
| Expense* | String |
Represents all expense-item-specific columns that can be used during insertion to specify expense item details for this check. |
| ApplyCheckToTxnId | String |
The unique identifier of the transaction (such as a bill) to be paid by this check. Can be used during updates and inserts. |
| ApplyCheckToTxnAmount | String |
The amount of the transaction to be paid by this check. Can be used during updates and inserts. |
Facilitates the management of QuickBooks Classes, including creating, updating, deleting, and querying classifications. Updates require QBXML Version 8.0 or higher.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for the Class table are Id, Name, and IsActive. Name may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax.
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier assigned to the class in QuickBooks. | |
| Name | String | False | 100 |
The name of the class, used for categorization or tracking within QuickBooks. | |
| FullName | String | True | 1000 |
The full hierarchical name of the class, formatted as ParentName|ClassName if it has a parent. | |
| IsActive | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether the class is active and available for use in QuickBooks. | ||
| ParentRef_FullName | String | False |
The full name of the parent class, if applicable. Specify either ParentRef_FullName or ParentRef_ListId on INSERT/UPDATE operations, but not both. | ||
| ParentRef_ListId | String | False |
Class.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the parent class, if applicable. Specify either ParentRef_FullName or ParentRef_ListId on INSERT/UPDATE operations, but not both. |
| Sublevel | Integer | True |
The hierarchical level of the class, indicating how many parent classes it has. | ||
| EditSequence | String | True | 16 |
A unique string used for versioning, representing the revision of the class. | |
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of when this class was originally created in QuickBooks. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of the last modification made to this class in QuickBooks. |
Handles QuickBooks Credit Card Charge Expense Line Items, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and detailed queries.
CreditCardCharges may be inserted, queried, or updated via the CreditCardCharges, CreditCardChargeExpenseItems, or CreditCardChargeLineItems tables. CreditCardCharges may be deleted by using the CreditCardCharges table.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for CreditCardCharges are Id, ReferenceNumber, Date, TimeModified, AccountName, and AccountId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM CreditCardChargeExpenseItems WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'
To add a CreditCardCharge, specify an Account and at least one Expense or Line Item. All Expense Line Item columns can be used for inserting multiple Expense Line Items for a new CreditCardCharge transaction. For example, the following will insert a new CreditCardCharge with two Expense Line Items:
INSERT INTO CreditCardChargeExpenseItems#TEMP (AccountName, ExpenseAccount ExpenseAmount) VALUES ('CalOil Credit Card', 'Job Expenses:Job Materials', 52.25)
INSERT INTO CreditCardChargeExpenseItems#TEMP (AccountName, ExpenseAccount ExpenseAmount) VALUES ('CalOil Credit Card', 'Automobile:Fuel', 235.87)
INSERT INTO CreditCardChargeExpenseItems (AccountName, ExpenseAccount, ExpenseAmount) SELECT AccountName, ExpenseAccount, ExpenseAmount FROM CreditCardChargeExpenseItems#TEMP
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the expense line, formatted as CCChargeId|ItemLineId, combining the credit card charge and line item details. | |
| CCChargeId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier of the credit card charge associated with this expense line. | |
| Date | Date | False |
The date of the credit card charge transaction. If specified in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, it overrides the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate. | ||
| ReferenceNumber | String | False | 21 |
The reference number for the credit card charge transaction, used for identification and tracking. | |
| AccountName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the credit card account associated with this charge. Either AccountName or AccountId must be provided when inserting. | |
| AccountId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the credit card account associated with this charge. Either AccountName or AccountId must be provided when inserting. |
| Memo | String | False | 5000 |
A memo providing additional details about this transaction, visible on internal reports only. | |
| PayeeName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the payee associated with this credit card charge. | |
| PayeeId | String | False |
Vendors.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the payee associated with this credit card charge. |
| IsTaxIncluded | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether tax is included in the transaction amount. Available only in international editions of QuickBooks. | ||
| ExpenseLineId | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier of the specific expense line item. | |
| ExpenseLineNumber | String | True | 255 |
The line number of this expense within the credit card charge transaction. | |
| ExpenseAccount | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the account associated with this expense line. Either ExpenseAccount or ExpenseAccountId must be provided when inserting. | |
| ExpenseAccountId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the account associated with this expense line. Either ExpenseAccount or ExpenseAccountId must be provided when inserting. |
| ExpenseAmount | Decimal | False |
The total amount of this specific expense line. | ||
| ExpenseBillableStatus | String | False | 13 |
The billing status of this expense line, such as Billable or Non-Billable. The allowed values are Empty, Billable, NotBillable, HasBeenBilled. | |
| ExpenseCustomer | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the customer associated with this expense line. | |
| ExpenseCustomerId | String | False |
Customers.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the customer associated with this expense line. |
| ExpenseClass | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the class associated with this expense line, used for categorization. | |
| ExpenseClassId | String | False |
Class.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the class associated with this expense line. |
| ExpenseMemo | String | False | 5000 |
A memo providing additional details about this specific expense line. | |
| ExpenseTaxCode | String | False | 3 |
The tax code indicating whether this expense line is taxable or nontaxable. | |
| ExpenseTaxCodeId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier of the tax code associated with this expense line. | |
| ExchangeRate | Double | False |
The exchange rate used to convert this transaction's currency to the home currency of the QuickBooks company file. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of the last modification made to this credit card charge transaction. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of when this credit card charge transaction was originally created. |
Manages individual line items associated with QuickBooks Credit Card Charges, including creation, updates, deletion, and queries.
CreditCardCharges may be inserted, queried, or updated via the CreditCardCharges, CreditCardChargeExpenseItems, or CreditCardChargeLineItems tables. CreditCardCharges may be deleted by using the CreditCardCharges table.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for CreditCardCharges are Id, ReferenceNumber, Date, TimeModified, AccountName, and AccountId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM CreditCardChargeLineItems WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'
To add a CreditCardCharge, specify an Account and at least one Expense or Line Item. All Line Item columns can be used for inserting multiple Line Items for a new CreditCardCharge transaction. For example, the following will insert a new CreditCardCharge with two Line Items:
INSERT INTO CreditCardChargeLineItems#TEMP (AccountName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('CalOil Credit Card', '1/1/2011', 'Repairs', 1)
INSERT INTO CreditCardChargeLineItems#TEMP (AccountName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('CalOil Credit Card', '1/1/2011', 'Removal', 2)
INSERT INTO CreditCardChargeLineItems (AccountName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) SELECT AccountName, ItemName, ItemQuantity FROM CreditCardChargeLineItems#TEMP
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the line item, formatted as CCChargeId|ItemLineId, combining the credit card charge and line item details. | |
| CCChargeId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the credit card charge associated with this line item. | |
| Date | Date | False |
The date of the credit card charge transaction. If specified in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, it overrides the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate. | ||
| ReferenceNumber | String | False | 21 |
The reference number for the credit card charge transaction, used for identification and tracking. | |
| AccountName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the credit card account associated with this charge. Either AccountName or AccountId must be provided when inserting. | |
| AccountId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the credit card account associated with this charge. Either AccountName or AccountId must be provided when inserting. |
| Memo | String | False | 5000 |
A memo providing additional details about this transaction, visible on internal reports only. | |
| PayeeName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the payee associated with this credit card charge. | |
| PayeeId | String | False |
Vendors.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the payee associated with this credit card charge. |
| IsTaxIncluded | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether tax is included in the transaction amount. Available only in international editions of QuickBooks. | ||
| ItemLineId | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the specific line item. | |
| ItemLineNumber | String | True | 255 |
The line number of this item within the credit card charge transaction. | |
| ItemName | String | False |
The name of the item listed in this transaction. | ||
| ItemId | String | False |
Items.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the item listed in this transaction. |
| ItemGroup | String | False | 100 |
The name of the item group this line item belongs to, if applicable. | |
| ItemGroupId | String | False |
Items.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the item group this line item belongs to, if applicable. |
| ItemDescription | String | False | 5000 |
A detailed description of the item listed in this transaction. | |
| ItemQuantity | Double | False |
The quantity of the item or item group specified in this line. | ||
| ItemUnitOfMeasure | String | False | 100 |
The unit of measure for the item, selected from the available units. If the company file allows only a single unit of measure per item, this must be the base unit. Requires QBXML Version 7.0 or higher. | |
| ItemCost | Double | False |
The unit cost of the item listed in this transaction. | ||
| ItemAmount | Decimal | False |
The total amount for this item line, calculated as quantity multiplied by cost. | ||
| ItemBillableStatus | String | False | 13 |
The billing status of the item, such as Billable or Non-Billable. The allowed values are EMPTY, BILLABLE, NOTBILLABLE, HASBEENBILLED. | |
| ItemCustomer | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the customer associated with this item line. | |
| ItemCustomerId | String | False |
Customers.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the customer associated with this item line. |
| ItemClass | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the class associated with this item, used for categorization. | |
| ItemClassId | String | False |
Class.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the class associated with this item. |
| ItemTaxCode | String | False | 3 |
The tax code indicating whether this item is taxable or nontaxable. | |
| ItemTaxCodeId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier of the tax code associated with this item. | |
| ItemInventorySiteId | String | False | 31 |
The unique identifier of the inventory site where this item is stored. Requires QBXML Version 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on. | |
| ItemInventorySiteName | String | False | 255 |
The name of the inventory site where this item is stored. Requires QBXML Version 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on. | |
| ItemInventorySiteLocationId | String | False | 31 |
The unique identifier of the location within the inventory site for this item. Requires QBXML Version 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on. | |
| ItemInventorySiteLocationName | String | False | 255 |
The name of the location within the inventory site for this item. Requires QBXML Version 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on. | |
| ItemExpirationDateForSerialLotNumber | String | True | 1099 |
The expiration date for the serial or lot number associated with this item. Requires QBXML Version 16.0 or higher. | |
| ExchangeRate | Double | False |
The exchange rate used to convert this transaction's currency to the home currency of the QuickBooks company file. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of the last modification made to this transaction. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of when this transaction was originally created. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description |
| ItemOverrideAccount | String |
The name of the account used to override the default account for this item. Applicable only during inserts and updates. |
| ItemOverrideAccountId | String |
The unique identifier of the account used to override the default account for this item. Applicable only during inserts and updates. |
Manages QuickBooks Credit Card Charges, allowing users to create, update, delete, and query financial transactions.
CreditCardCharges may be inserted, queried, or updated via the CreditCardCharges, CreditCardChargeExpenseItems, or CreditCardChargeLineItems tables. CreditCardCharges may be deleted by using the CreditCardCharges table.
This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for CreditCardCharges are Id, ReferenceNumber, Date, TimeModified, AccountName, and AccountId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM CreditCardCharges WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'
To add a CreditCardCharge, specify an Account and at least one Expense or Line Item. The ItemAggregate and ExpenseAggregate columns may be used to specify an XML aggregate of Line or Expense Item data. The columns that may be used in these aggregates are defined in the CreditCardChargeLineItems and CreditCardChargeExpenseItems tables and it starts with Item and Expense. For example, the following will insert a new CreditCardCharge with two Line Items:
INSERT INTO CreditCardCharges (AccountName, ItemAggregate)
VALUES ('CalOil Credit Card',
'<CreditCardChargeLineItems>
<Row><ItemName>Repairs</ItemName><ItemQuantity>1</ItemQuantity></Row>
<Row><ItemName>Removal</ItemName><ItemQuantity>2</ItemQuantity></Row>
</CreditCardChargeLineItems>')
To insert subitems, set the ItemName field to the FullName of the item; for example, '<Row><ItemName>Subs:Carpet</ItemName><ItemQuantity>0</ItemQuantity></Row>'
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier of the credit card charge transaction in QuickBooks. | |
| Date | Date | False |
The date of the credit card charge transaction. If specified in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, it overrides the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate. | ||
| ReferenceNumber | String | False | 11 |
The reference number for the credit card charge transaction, used for identification and tracking. | |
| AccountName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the credit card account associated with this charge. Either AccountName or AccountId must be provided when inserting. | |
| AccountId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the credit card account associated with this charge. Either AccountName or AccountId must be provided when inserting. |
| Memo | String | False | 5000 |
A memo providing additional details about this transaction, visible on internal reports only. | |
| PayeeName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the payee associated with this credit card charge. | |
| PayeeId | String | False |
Vendors.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the payee associated with this credit card charge. |
| IsTaxIncluded | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether tax is included in the transaction amount. Available only in international editions of QuickBooks. | ||
| ItemCount | Integer | True |
The total number of line items associated with this credit card charge. | ||
| ItemAggregate | String | False | 5000 |
An aggregate of line item data used to add a credit card charge and its line items in a single operation. | |
| ExpenseItemCount | Integer | True |
The total number of expense line items associated with this credit card charge. | ||
| ExpenseItemAggregate | String | False | 5000 |
An aggregate of expense item data used to add a credit card charge and its expense items in a single operation. | |
| CustomFields | String | False |
Custom fields returned from QuickBooks, formatted as XML. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of the last modification made to this credit card charge transaction. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of when this credit card charge transaction was originally created. | ||
| TxnNumber | Integer | True |
A manually assigned transaction number to identify this charge separately from the Quickbooks generated ID. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description |
| Item* | String |
Represents all line-item-specific columns that can be used during insertion to specify line item details for this credit card charge. |
| Expense* | String |
Represents all expense-item-specific columns that can be used during insertion to specify expense item details for this credit card charge. |
Supports management of expense items associated with QuickBooks Credit Card Credits, including creation, updates, deletion, and queries.
CreditCardCredits may be inserted, queried, or updated via the CreditCardCredits, CreditCardCreditExpenseItems, or CreditCardCreditLineItems tables. CreditCardCredits may be deleted by using the CreditCardCredits table.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for CreditCardCredits are Id, ReferenceNumber, Date, TimeModified, AccountName, and AccountId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM CreditCardCreditExpenseItems WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'
To add a CreditCardCredit, specify an Account and at least one Expense or Line Item. All Expense Line Item columns can be used for inserting multiple Expense Line Items for a new CreditCardCredit transaction. For example, the following will insert a new CreditCardCredit with two Expense Line Items:
INSERT INTO CreditCardCreditExpenseItems#TEMP (AccountName, ExpenseAccount, ExpenseAmount) VALUES ('CalOil Credit Card', 'Job Expenses:Job Materials', 52.25)
INSERT INTO CreditCardCreditExpenseItems#TEMP (AccountName, ExpenseAccount, ExpenseAmount) VALUES ('CalOil Credit Card', 'Automobile:Fuel', 235.87)
INSERT INTO CreditCardCreditExpenseItems (AccountName, ExpenseAccount, ExpenseAmount) SELECT AccountName, ExpenseAccount, ExpenseAmount FROM CreditCardCreditExpenseItems#TEMP
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the expense line, formatted as CCCreditId|ItemLineId, combining the credit card credit and line item details. | |
| CCCreditId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier of the credit card credit transaction associated with this expense line. | |
| Date | Date | False |
The date of the credit card credit transaction. If specified in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, it overrides the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate. | ||
| ReferenceNumber | String | False | 21 |
The reference number for the credit card credit transaction, used for identification and tracking. | |
| AccountName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the credit card account associated with this credit. Either AccountName or AccountId must be provided when inserting. | |
| AccountId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the credit card account associated with this credit. Either AccountName or AccountId must be provided when inserting. |
| Memo | String | False | 5000 |
A memo providing additional details about this transaction, visible on internal reports only. | |
| PayeeName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the payee associated with this credit card credit. | |
| PayeeId | String | False |
Vendors.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the payee associated with this credit card credit. |
| IsTaxIncluded | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether tax is included in the transaction amount. Available only in international editions of QuickBooks. | ||
| ExpenseLineId | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier of the specific expense line item. | |
| ExpenseLineNumber | String | True | 255 |
The line number of this expense within the credit card credit transaction. | |
| ExpenseAccount | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the account associated with this expense line. Either ExpenseAccount or ExpenseAccountId must be provided when inserting. | |
| ExpenseAccountId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the account associated with this expense line. Either ExpenseAccount or ExpenseAccountId must be provided when inserting. |
| ExpenseAmount | Decimal | False |
The total amount of this specific expense line. | ||
| ExpenseBillableStatus | String | False | 13 |
The billing status of this expense line, such as Billable or Non-Billable. The allowed values are Empty, Billable, NotBillable, HasBeenBilled. | |
| ExpenseCustomer | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the customer associated with this expense line. | |
| ExpenseCustomerId | String | False |
Customers.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the customer associated with this expense line. |
| ExpenseClass | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the class associated with this expense line, used for categorization. | |
| ExpenseClassId | String | False |
Class.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the class associated with this expense line. |
| ExpenseMemo | String | False | 5000 |
A memo providing additional details about this specific expense line. | |
| ExpenseTaxCode | String | False | 3 |
The tax code indicating whether this expense line is taxable or nontaxable. | |
| ExpenseTaxCodeId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier of the tax code associated with this expense line. | |
| ExchangeRate | Double | False |
The exchange rate used to convert this transaction's currency to the home currency of the QuickBooks company file. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of the last modification made to this credit card credit transaction. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of when this credit card credit transaction was originally created. |
Handles individual line items within QuickBooks Credit Card Credits, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries.
CreditCardCredits may be inserted, queried, or updated via the CreditCardCredits, CreditCardCreditExpenseItems, or CreditCardCreditLineItems tables. CreditCardCredits may be deleted by using the CreditCardCredits table.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for CreditCardCredits are Id, ReferenceNumber, Date, TimeModified, AccountName, and AccountId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM CreditCardCreditLineItems WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'
To add a CreditCardCredit, specify an Account and at least one Expense or Line Item. All Line Item columns can be used for inserting multiple Line Items for a new CreditCardCredit transaction. For example, the following will insert a new CreditCardCredit with two Line Items:
INSERT INTO CreditCardCreditLineItems#TEMP (AccountName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('CalOil Credit Card', '1/1/2011', 'Repairs', 1)
INSERT INTO CreditCardCreditLineItems#TEMP (AccountName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('CalOil Credit Card', '1/1/2011', 'Removal', 2)
INSERT INTO CreditCardCreditLineItems (AccountName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) SELECT AccountName, ItemName ItemQuantity FROM CreditCardCreditLineItems#TEMP
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the line item, formatted as CCCreditId|ItemLineId, combining the credit card credit and line item details. | |
| CCCreditId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier of the credit card credit transaction associated with this line item. | |
| Date | Date | False |
The date of the credit card credit transaction. If specified in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, it overrides the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate. | ||
| ReferenceNumber | String | False | 21 |
The reference number for the credit card credit transaction, used for identification and tracking. | |
| AccountName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the credit card account associated with this credit. Either AccountName or AccountId must be provided when inserting. | |
| AccountId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the credit card account associated with this credit. Either AccountName or AccountId must be provided when inserting. |
| Memo | String | False | 5000 |
A memo providing additional details about this transaction, visible on internal reports only. | |
| PayeeName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the payee associated with this credit card credit. | |
| PayeeId | String | False |
Vendors.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the payee associated with this credit card credit. |
| IsTaxIncluded | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether tax is included in the transaction amount. Available only in international editions of QuickBooks. | ||
| ItemLineId | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the specific line item. | |
| ItemLineNumber | String | True | 255 |
The line number of this item within the credit card credit transaction. | |
| ItemName | String | False |
The name of the item listed in this transaction. | ||
| ItemId | String | False |
Items.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the item listed in this transaction. |
| ItemGroup | String | False | 100 |
The name of the item group this line item belongs to, if applicable. | |
| ItemGroupId | String | False |
Items.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the item group this line item belongs to, if applicable. |
| ItemDescription | String | False | 5000 |
A detailed description of the item listed in this transaction. | |
| ItemQuantity | Double | False |
The quantity of the item or item group specified in this line. | ||
| ItemUnitOfMeasure | String | False | 31 |
The unit of measure for the item, selected from the available units. If the company file allows only a single unit of measure per item, this must be the base unit. Requires QBXML Version 7.0 or higher. | |
| ItemCost | Double | False |
The unit cost of the item listed in this transaction. | ||
| ItemAmount | Decimal | False |
The total amount for this item line, calculated as quantity multiplied by cost. | ||
| ItemBillableStatus | String | False | 13 |
The billing status of the item, such as Billable or Non-Billable. The allowed values are EMPTY, BILLABLE, NOTBILLABLE, HASBEENBILLED. | |
| ItemCustomer | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the customer associated with this item line. | |
| ItemCustomerId | String | False |
Customers.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the customer associated with this item line. |
| ItemClass | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the class associated with this item, used for categorization. | |
| ItemClassId | String | False |
Class.ID | 1000 |
The unique identifier of the class associated with this item. |
| ItemTaxCode | String | False | 3 |
The tax code indicating whether this item is taxable or nontaxable. | |
| ItemTaxCodeId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier of the tax code associated with this item. | |
| ItemInventorySiteId | String | False | 31 |
The unique identifier of the inventory site where this item is stored. Requires QBXML Version 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on. | |
| ItemInventorySiteName | String | False | 255 |
The name of the inventory site where this item is stored. Requires QBXML Version 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on. | |
| ItemInventorySiteLocationId | String | False | 31 |
The unique identifier of the location within the inventory site for this item. Requires QBXML Version 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on. | |
| ItemInventorySiteLocationName | String | False | 255 |
The name of the location within the inventory site for this item. Requires QBXML Version 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on. | |
| ExchangeRate | Double | False |
The exchange rate used to convert this transaction's currency to the home currency of the QuickBooks company file. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of the last modification made to this credit card credit transaction. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of when this credit card credit transaction was originally created. | ||
| ItemExpirationDateForSerialLotNumber | String | True | 1099 |
The expiration date for the serial or lot number associated with this item. Requires QBXML Version 16.0 or higher. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description |
| ItemOverrideAccount | String |
The name of the account used to override the default account for this item. Applicable only during inserts and updates. |
| ItemOverrideAccountId | String |
The unique identifier of the account used to override the default account for this item. Applicable only during inserts and updates. |
Manages QuickBooks Credit Card Credits, allowing users to create, update, delete, and query credit transactions for accurate accounting.
CreditCardCredits may be inserted, queried, or updated via the CreditCardCredits, CreditCardCreditExpenseItems, or CreditCardCreditLineItems tables. CreditCardCredits may be deleted by using the CreditCardCredits table.
This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for CreditCardCredits are Id, ReferenceNumber, Date, TimeModified, AccountName, and AccountId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM CreditCardCredits WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'
To add a CreditCardCredit, specify an Account and at least one Expense or Line Item. The ItemAggregate and ExpenseAggregate columns may be used to specify an XML aggregate of Line or Expense Item data. The columns that may be used in these aggregates are defined in the CreditCardCreditLineItems and CreditCardCreditExpenseItems tables and it starts with Item and Expense. For example, the following will insert a new CreditCardCredit with two Line Items:
INSERT INTO CreditCardCredits (AccountName, ItemAggregate)
VALUES ('CalOil Credit Card',
'<CreditCardCreditLineItems>
<Row><ItemName>Repairs</ItemName><ItemQuantity>1</ItemQuantity></Row>
<Row><ItemName>Removal</ItemName><ItemQuantity>2</ItemQuantity></Row>
</CreditCardCreditLineItems>')
To insert subitems, set the ItemName field to the FullName of the item; for example, '<Row><ItemName>Subs:Carpet</ItemName><ItemQuantity>0</ItemQuantity></Row>'
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier of the credit card credit transaction in QuickBooks. | |
| Date | Date | False |
The date of the credit card credit transaction. If specified in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, it overrides the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate. | ||
| ReferenceNumber | String | False | 21 |
The reference number for the credit card credit transaction, used for identification and tracking. | |
| AccountName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the credit card account associated with this credit. Either AccountName or AccountId must be provided when inserting. | |
| AccountId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the credit card account associated with this credit. Either AccountName or AccountId must be provided when inserting. |
| Memo | String | False | 5000 |
A memo providing additional details about this transaction, visible on internal reports only. | |
| PayeeName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the payee associated with this credit card credit. | |
| PayeeId | String | False |
Vendors.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the payee associated with this credit card credit. |
| IsTaxIncluded | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether tax is included in the transaction amount. Available only in international editions of QuickBooks. | ||
| ItemCount | Integer | True |
The total number of line items associated with this credit card credit. | ||
| ItemAggregate | String | False | 5000 |
An aggregate of line item data used to add a credit card credit and its line items in a single operation. | |
| ExpenseItemCount | Integer | True |
The total number of expense line items associated with this credit card credit. | ||
| ExpenseItemAggregate | String | False | 5000 |
An aggregate of expense item data used to add a credit card credit and its expense items in a single operation. | |
| CustomFields | String | False |
Custom fields returned from QuickBooks, formatted as XML. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of the last modification made to this credit card credit transaction. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of when this credit card credit transaction was originally created. | ||
| TxnNumber | Integer | True |
A manually assigned transaction number to identify this credit separately from the Quickbooks generated ID. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description |
| Item* | String |
Represents all line-item-specific columns that can be used during insertion to specify line item details for this credit card credit. |
| Expense* | String |
Represents all expense-item-specific columns that can be used during insertion to specify expense item details for this credit card credit. |
Facilitates the creation and querying of QuickBooks AR Credit Card Refund transactions for managing customer refunds.
CreditCardRefunds may be inserted or queried via the CreditCardRefunds table. CreditCardRefunds may be deleted by using the CreditCardRefunds table. QuickBooks does not currently support updating CreditCardRefunds.
This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for ARCreditCardRefunds are Id, Date, ReferenceNumber, and TimeModified. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM CreditCardRefunds WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'
To add a CreditCardRefund, specify a Customer, Date, and at least one reference to a Credit Memo. For example, the following will insert a new CreditCardRefunds:
INSERT INTO CreditCardRefunds#TEMP (CustomerRef_ListID, PaymentMethodRef_ListID, RefundAppliedToTxnAdd_TxnId, RefundAppliedToTxnAdd_RefundAmount) VALUES ('150000-933272658', '1D575-1544895769', '30000-933272660', 200.00)
INSERT INTO CreditCardRefunds (CustomerRef_ListID, PaymentMethodRef_ListID, RefundAppliedToTxnAdd_TxnId, RefundAppliedToTxnAdd_RefundAmount) SELECT CustomerRef_ListID, PaymentMethodRef_ListID, RefundAppliedToTxnAdd_TxnId, RefundAppliedToTxnAdd_RefundAmount FROM CreditCardRefunds#TEMP
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the credit card refund transaction. | |
| TxnDate | Date | False |
The date of the transaction when the refund was processed. | ||
| TxnNumber | Integer | True |
A manually assigned transaction number to identify this refund separately from the Quickbooks generated ID. | ||
| RefNumber | String | False | 21 |
The transaction reference number for the refund. | |
| CustomerRef_ListID | String | False |
Customers.ID | 255 |
The unique ID of the customer associated with the refund. Either CustomerRef_ListID or CustomerRef_FullName must be provided when inserting. |
| CustomerRef_FullName | String | False | 209 |
The full name of the customer associated with the refund. Either CustomerRef_ListID or CustomerRef_FullName must be provided when inserting. | |
| RefundFromAccountRef_ListID | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique ID of the account where the refund amount originates. |
| RefundFromAccountRef_FullName | String | False | 159 |
The full name of the account where the refund amount originates. | |
| ARAccountRef_ListID | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique ID of the accounts-receivable account receiving the money from the refund. |
| ARAccountRef_FullName | String | False | 159 |
The full name of the accounts-receivable account receiving the money from the refund. | |
| TotalAmount | Decimal | True |
The total amount refunded in the transaction. | ||
| TotalAmountInHomeCurrency | Decimal | True |
The total amount refunded, converted to the home currency. | ||
| Address_Addr1 | String | False | 41 |
The first line of the customer's address. | |
| Address_Addr2 | String | False | 41 |
The second line of the customer's address. | |
| Address_Addr3 | String | False | 41 |
The third line of the customer's address. | |
| Address_Addr4 | String | False | 41 |
The fourth line of the customer's address. | |
| Address_Addr5 | String | False | 41 |
The fifth line of the customer's address. | |
| Address_City | String | False | 31 |
The city associated with the customer's address. | |
| Address_State | String | False | 21 |
The state associated with the customer's address. | |
| Address_PostalCode | String | False | 13 |
The postal code associated with the customer's address. | |
| Address_Country | String | False | 31 |
The country associated with the customer's address. | |
| Address_Note | String | False | 41 |
Additional notes related to the customer's address. | |
| PaymentMethodRef_ListID | String | False | 255 |
The unique ID of the payment method used for the refund. | |
| PaymentMethodRef_FullName | String | False | 31 |
The full name of the payment method used for the refund. | |
| Memo | String | False | 4095 |
Additional information or notes about the refund transaction. | |
| RefundAppliedToTxnAggregate | String | False | 5000 |
An aggregate of transactions to which this refund is applied. | |
| CreditCardTxnInfo_CreditCardTxnInputInfo_CreditCardNumber | String | False | 25 |
The credit card number used by the customer for this refund. | |
| CreditCardTxnInfo_CreditCardTxnInputInfo_ExpirationMonth | Integer | False |
The expiration month of the customer's credit card. | ||
| CreditCardTxnInfo_CreditCardTxnInputInfo_ExpirationYear | Integer | False |
The expiration year of the customer's credit card. | ||
| CreditCardTxnInfo_CreditCardTxnInputInfo_NameOnCard | String | False | 41 |
The name printed on the customer's credit card. | |
| CreditCardTxnInfo_CreditCardTxnInputInfo_CreditCardAddress | String | False | 41 |
The address associated with the customer's credit card. | |
| CreditCardTxnInfo_CreditCardTxnInputInfo_CreditCardPostalCode | String | False | 18 |
The postal code associated with the address for the customer's credit card. | |
| CreditCardTxnInfo_CreditCardTxnInputInfo_CommercialCardCode | String | False | 24 |
An optional field for Visa and MasterCard commercial cards, containing additional card details. | |
| CreditCardTxnInfo_CreditCardTxnInputInfo_TransactionMode | String | False | 50 |
Indicates whether the transaction was processed as 'CardPresent' or 'CardNotPresent.' Defaults to 'CardNotPresent.' | |
| CreditCardTxnInfo_CreditCardTxnInputInfo_CreditCardTxnType | String | False | 50 |
Specifies the type of transaction, such as Authorization, Capture, Charge, Refund, or VoiceAuthorization. | |
| CreditCardTxnInfo_CreditCardTxnResultInfo_ResultCode | Integer | False |
The status code returned by the credit card processor for this transaction. | ||
| CreditCardTxnInfo_CreditCardTxnResultInfo_ResultMessage | String | False | 60 |
The status message returned by the credit card processor for this transaction. | |
| CreditCardTxnInfo_CreditCardTxnResultInfo_CreditCardTransID | String | False | 24 |
The transaction ID returned by the credit card processor. | |
| CreditCardTxnInfo_CreditCardTxnResultInfo_MerchantAccountNumber | String | False | 32 |
The account number of the merchant processing this refund. | |
| CreditCardTxnInfo_CreditCardTxnResultInfo_AuthorizationCode | String | False | 12 |
The authorization code returned by the credit card processor. | |
| CreditCardTxnInfo_CreditCardTxnResultInfo_AVSStreet | String | False | 50 |
Indicates whether the street address supplied matches the customer's registered address. | |
| CreditCardTxnInfo_CreditCardTxnResultInfo_AVSZip | String | False | 50 |
Indicates whether the postal code supplied matches the customer's registered postal code. | |
| CreditCardTxnInfo_CreditCardTxnResultInfo_CardSecurityCodeMatch | String | False | 50 |
Indicates whether the supplied card security code matches the card's actual code. | |
| CreditCardTxnInfo_CreditCardTxnResultInfo_TxnAuthorizationTime | Datetime | False |
The timestamp when the card processor authorized this transaction. | ||
| CustomFields | String | False | 5000 |
Custom fields returned from QuickBooks, formatted as XML. | |
| CurrencyRef_ListID | String | True |
Currency.ListID | 255 |
The unique ID of the currency code used for this refund. |
| CurrencyRef_Name | String | True | 64 |
The name of the currency code used for this refund. | |
| ExchangeRate | Decimal | False |
The exchange rate used to convert the transaction amount to the home currency. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of when the refund transaction was created. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of the last modification made to the refund transaction. | ||
| EditSequence | String | True | 16 |
A versioning identifier for this refund transaction. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description |
| RefundAppliedToTxnAdd_TxnID | String |
The unique ID of the transaction to which the refund is applied. Required for insertion. |
| RefundAppliedToTxnAdd_RefundAmount | Decimal |
The amount of the refund applied to the transaction. Required for insertion. |
Manages individual line items within QuickBooks Credit Memos, allowing creation, updates, deletion, and detailed queries.
CreditMemos may be inserted, queried, or updated via the CreditMemoLineItems table. CreditMemos may be deleted by using the CreditMemos table.
This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for CreditMemos are Id, ReferenceNumber, Date, TimeModified, CustomerName, CustomerId, AccountsReceivable, and AccountsReceivableId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM CreditMemoLineItems WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'
To add a CreditMemo, specify a Customer and at least one Line Item. All Line Item columns can be used for inserting multiple Line Items for a new CreditMemo transaction. For example, the following will insert a new CreditMemo with two Line Items:
INSERT INTO CreditMemoLineItems#TEMP (CustomerName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('Abercrombie, Kristy', 'Repairs', 1)
INSERT INTO CreditMemoLineItems#TEMP (CustomerName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('Abercrombie, Kristy', 'Removal', 2)
INSERT INTO CreditMemoLineItems (CustomerName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) SELECT CustomerName, ItemName, ItemQuantity FROM CreditMemoLineItems#TEMP
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the credit memo line item, formatted as CreditMemoId|ItemLineId. | |
| CreditMemoId | String | False |
CreditMemos.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the credit memo associated with this line item. |
| ReferenceNumber | String | False | 21 |
The reference number for the credit memo transaction. | |
| TxnNumber | Integer | True |
A manually assigned transaction number to identify the credit memo separately from the Quickbooks generated ID. | ||
| Date | Date | False |
The date of the credit memo transaction. If specified in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, it overrides the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate. | ||
| CustomerName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the customer on the credit memo. Either CustomerName or CustomerId must be provided when inserting. | |
| CustomerId | String | False |
Customers.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the customer on the credit memo. Either CustomerName or CustomerId must be provided when inserting. |
| AccountsReceivable | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the accounts-receivable account where the transaction is recorded. | |
| AccountsReceivableId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the accounts-receivable account where the transaction is recorded. |
| ShipMethod | String | False | 1000 |
The method used for shipping associated with this credit memo. | |
| ShipMethodId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the shipping method. | |
| ShipDate | Date | False |
The date when the items were shipped. | ||
| Memo | String | False | 5000 |
A memo providing additional information about this credit memo transaction. | |
| Amount | Decimal | False |
The total amount for this transaction. | ||
| Message | String | False | 101 |
A message to be communicated to the customer. | |
| MessageId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the message to the customer. | |
| SalesRep | String | False | 5 |
The initials or reference to the sales representative associated with this transaction. | |
| SalesRepId | String | False |
SalesReps.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the sales representative. |
| FOB | String | False | 13 |
The place where the ownership of goods transfers (Freight on Board). | |
| BillingAddress | String | True |
The full billing address for this credit memo. | ||
| BillingLine1 | String | False | 500 |
The first line of the billing address. | |
| BillingLine2 | String | False | 500 |
The second line of the billing address. | |
| BillingLine3 | String | False | 500 |
The third line of the billing address. | |
| BillingLine4 | String | False | 500 |
The fourth line of the billing address. | |
| BillingLine5 | String | False | 41 |
The fifth line of the billing address. | |
| BillingCity | String | False | 255 |
The city associated with the billing address. | |
| BillingState | String | False | 255 |
The state associated with the billing address. | |
| BillingPostalCode | String | False | 30 |
The postal code associated with the billing address. | |
| BillingCountry | String | False | 255 |
The country associated with the billing address. | |
| BillingNote | String | False | 41 |
A note associated with the billing address. | |
| ShippingAddress | String | True |
The full shipping address for this credit memo. | ||
| ShippingLine1 | String | False | 500 |
The first line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine2 | String | False | 500 |
The second line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine3 | String | False | 500 |
The third line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine4 | String | False | 500 |
The fourth line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine5 | String | False | 41 |
The fifth line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingCity | String | False | 255 |
The city associated with the shipping address. | |
| ShippingState | String | False | 255 |
The state associated with the shipping address. | |
| ShippingPostalCode | String | False | 30 |
The postal code associated with the shipping address. | |
| ShippingCountry | String | False | 255 |
The country associated with the shipping address. | |
| ShippingNote | String | False | 41 |
A note associated with the shipping address. | |
| Subtotal | Decimal | True |
The gross subtotal for this transaction, excluding tax or previously paid amounts. | ||
| Tax | Double | False |
The total sales tax applied to this transaction. | ||
| TaxItem | String | False | 100 |
The name of the sales tax item applied to this transaction. | |
| TaxItemId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier of the sales tax item applied to this transaction. | |
| TaxPercent | Double | True |
The percentage rate charged for sales tax. | ||
| IsPending | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether the transaction is pending or completed. | ||
| IsToBeEmailed | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether this credit memo is to be emailed to the customer. | ||
| IsToBePrinted | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether this credit memo is to be printed. | ||
| IsTaxIncluded | Boolean | False |
Determines if tax is included in the transaction amount. Available only in international editions of QuickBooks. | ||
| PONumber | String | False | 25 |
The purchase order number associated with this transaction. | |
| Terms | String | False | 100 |
The payment terms for the transaction. | |
| TermsId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the payment terms. | |
| CreditRemaining | Double | True |
The remaining credit amount available on this transaction. | ||
| DueDate | Date | False |
The date when the credit is due. | ||
| Template | String | False | 100 |
The name of the template applied to this transaction. | |
| TemplateId | String | False |
Templates.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the template applied to this transaction. |
| CustomerSalesTax | String | False | 3 |
The sales tax information associated with the customer. | |
| CustomerSalesTaxId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier of the sales tax information for the customer. | |
| Class | String | False | 1000 |
The class associated with the transaction for categorization. | |
| ClassId | String | False |
Class.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the class associated with this transaction. |
| ExchangeRate | Double | False |
The exchange rate used for this transaction's currency conversion. | ||
| CustomFields | String | False |
Custom fields returned from QuickBooks, formatted as XML. | ||
| ItemLineId | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the line item. | |
| ItemLineNumber | String | True | 255 |
The line number for this item within the credit memo. | |
| ItemName | String | False |
The name of the item associated with this line. | ||
| ItemId | String | False |
Items.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the item associated with this line. |
| ItemGroup | String | False | 100 |
The name of the group this item belongs to, if applicable. | |
| ItemGroupId | String | False |
Items.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the group this item belongs to, if applicable. |
| ItemDescription | String | False | 5000 |
A detailed description of the item listed in this line. | |
| ItemUnitOfMeasure | String | False | 31 |
The unit of measure for the item. Requires QBXML Version 7.0 or higher. | |
| ItemQuantity | Double | False |
The quantity of the item specified in this line. | ||
| ItemRate | Double | False |
The rate charged per unit for this item. | ||
| ItemRatePercent | Double | False |
The rate percentage charged for this item, if applicable. | ||
| ItemTaxCode | String | False | 3 |
The sales tax code for this item, indicating taxable or nontaxable status. | |
| ItemTaxCodeId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier of the sales tax code for this item. | |
| ItemAmount | Decimal | False |
The total amount for this item line. | ||
| ItemClass | String | False | 1000 |
The class associated with this item. | |
| ItemClassId | String | False |
Class.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the class of this item. |
| ItemInventorySiteName | String | False | 31 |
The name of the inventory site for this item. Requires QBXML Version 10.0 or higher. | |
| ItemInventorySiteId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier of the inventory site for this item. Requires QBXML Version 10.0 or higher. | |
| ItemInventorySiteLocationName | String | False | 31 |
The name of the inventory site location for this item. Requires QBXML Version 10.0 or higher. | |
| ItemInventorySiteLocationId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier of the inventory site location for this item. Requires QBXML Version 10.0 or higher. | |
| ItemSerialNumber | String | False | 5000 |
The serial number associated with this item. Requires QBXML Version 11.0 or higher. | |
| ItemLotNumber | String | False | 40 |
The lot number associated with this item. Requires QBXML Version 11.0 or higher. | |
| ItemExpirationDateForSerialLotNumber | String | True | 1099 |
The expiration date for the serial or lot number of this item. Requires QBXML Version 16.0 or higher. | |
| ItemOther1 | String | False | 29 |
The custom field 'Other1' associated with this line item. Requires QBXML Version 6.0 or higher. | |
| ItemOther2 | String | False | 29 |
The custom field 'Other2' associated with this line item. Requires QBXML Version 6.0 or higher. | |
| ItemCustomFields | String | False |
Custom fields associated with this line item. | ||
| ItemUOMSetFullName | String | False | 1000 |
The full name of the unit of measure set for this item. | |
| ItemUOMSetListID | String | False | 1000 |
The unique identifier of the unit of measure set for this item. | |
| ItemIsGetPrintItemsInGroup | String | False | 1000 |
Indicates whether a list of this group's individual items and their amounts appear on printed forms. | |
| EditSequence | String | True | 16 |
An identifier used for versioning this transaction object. | |
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of the last modification made to this credit memo. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of when this credit memo was originally created. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description |
| ItemPriceLevel | String |
The price level associated with the item. QuickBooks does not return the price level. |
| ItemOverrideAccount | String |
The name of the account used to override the default account for this item. Available during inserts and updates. |
| ItemOverrideAccountId | String |
The unique identifier of the account used to override the default account for this item. Available during inserts and updates. |
Manages QuickBooks Credit Memos, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for issuing and tracking customer credits.
CreditMemos may be inserted, queried, or updated via the CreditMemoLineItems table. CreditMemos may be deleted by using the CreditMemos table.
This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for CreditMemos are Id, ReferenceNumber, Date, TimeModified, CustomerName, CustomerId, AccountsReceivable, and AccountsReceivableId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM CreditMemos WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'
To add a CreditMemo, specify a Customer and at least one Line Item. The ItemAggregate column may be used to specify an XML aggregate of Line Item data. The columns that may be used in these aggregates are defined in the CreditMemoLineItems tableand it starts with Item. For example, the following will insert a new CreditMemo with two Line Items:
INSERT INTO CreditMemos (CustomerName, ItemAggregate)
VALUES ('Abercrombie, Kristy',
'<CreditMemoLineItems>
<Row><ItemName>Repairs</ItemName><ItemQuantity>1</ItemQuantity></Row>
<Row><ItemName>Removal</ItemName><ItemQuantity>2</ItemQuantity></Row>
</CreditMemoLineItems>')
To insert subitems, set the ItemName field to the FullName of the item; for example, '<Row><ItemName>Subs:Carpet</ItemName><ItemQuantity>0</ItemQuantity></Row>'
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the credit memo. | |
| ReferenceNumber | String | False | 21 |
The reference number associated with the credit memo transaction. | |
| TxnNumber | Integer | True |
The manually assigned transaction number, used to distinguish this credit memo from others in QuickBooks. | ||
| Date | Date | False |
The date of the credit memo transaction. If specified in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, it overrides the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate. | ||
| CustomerName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the customer associated with the credit memo. Either CustomerName or CustomerId is required when inserting. | |
| CustomerId | String | False |
Customers.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the customer associated with the credit memo. Either CustomerName or CustomerId is required when inserting. |
| AccountsReceivable | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the accounts-receivable account where the credit memo is recorded. | |
| AccountsReceivableId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the accounts-receivable account where the credit memo is recorded. |
| ShipMethod | String | False | 1000 |
The shipping method used for this transaction. | |
| ShipMethodId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the shipping method used. | |
| ShipDate | Date | False |
The date when the items were shipped. | ||
| Memo | String | False | 5000 |
A memo providing additional information about the credit memo transaction. | |
| Amount | Decimal | False |
The total amount for the credit memo transaction. | ||
| Message | String | False | 101 |
A message for the customer associated with this credit memo. | |
| MessageId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the message sent to the customer. | |
| SalesRep | String | False | 5 |
The initials or reference to the sales representative associated with the transaction. | |
| SalesRepId | String | False |
SalesReps.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the sales representative. |
| FOB | String | False | 13 |
Freight on board: The location from which goods are shipped. | |
| BillingAddress | String | True |
The full billing address associated with this credit memo. | ||
| BillingLine1 | String | False | 500 |
The first line of the billing address. | |
| BillingLine2 | String | False | 500 |
The second line of the billing address. | |
| BillingLine3 | String | False | 500 |
The third line of the billing address. | |
| BillingLine4 | String | False | 500 |
The fourth line of the billing address. | |
| BillingLine5 | String | False | 41 |
The fifth line of the billing address. | |
| BillingCity | String | False | 255 |
The city associated with the billing address. | |
| BillingState | String | False | 255 |
The state associated with the billing address. | |
| BillingPostalCode | String | False | 30 |
The postal code associated with the billing address. | |
| BillingCountry | String | False | 255 |
The country associated with the billing address. | |
| BillingNote | String | False | 41 |
A note providing additional context for the billing address. | |
| ShippingAddress | String | True |
The full shipping address associated with this credit memo. | ||
| ShippingLine1 | String | False | 500 |
The first line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine2 | String | False | 500 |
The second line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine3 | String | False | 500 |
The third line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine4 | String | False | 500 |
The fourth line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine5 | String | False | 41 |
The fifth line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingCity | String | False | 255 |
The city associated with the shipping address. | |
| ShippingState | String | False | 255 |
The state associated with the shipping address. | |
| ShippingPostalCode | String | False | 30 |
The postal code associated with the shipping address. | |
| ShippingCountry | String | False | 255 |
The country associated with the shipping address. | |
| ShippingNote | String | False | 41 |
A note providing additional context for the shipping address. | |
| Subtotal | Decimal | True |
The gross subtotal of the credit memo, excluding tax or any applied payments. | ||
| Tax | Double | False |
The total amount of sales tax applied to the credit memo. | ||
| TaxItem | String | False | 100 |
The sales tax item applied to this transaction, collected at a specified rate and paid to a single agency. | |
| TaxItemId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier of the sales tax item applied to this transaction. | |
| TaxPercent | Double | True |
The percentage rate charged for sales tax on this transaction. | ||
| IsPending | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether this transaction is pending or completed. | ||
| IsToBeEmailed | Boolean | False |
Specifies whether the credit memo is to be emailed to the customer. | ||
| IsToBePrinted | Boolean | False |
Specifies whether the credit memo is to be printed. | ||
| IsTaxIncluded | Boolean | False |
Determines if the transaction amount includes tax. Available only in international editions of QuickBooks. | ||
| PONumber | String | False | 25 |
The purchase order number associated with this transaction. | |
| Terms | String | False | 100 |
The payment terms associated with the credit memo. | |
| TermsId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the payment terms. | |
| CreditRemaining | Double | True |
The remaining credit amount available for this credit memo. | ||
| DueDate | Date | False |
The date when the credit memo payment is due. | ||
| Template | String | False | 100 |
The name of the template applied to this credit memo transaction. | |
| TemplateId | String | False |
Templates.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the template applied to this credit memo. |
| CustomerSalesTax | String | False | 3 |
The sales tax information for the customer associated with this transaction. | |
| CustomerSalesTaxId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier of the sales tax information for the customer. | |
| Class | String | False | 1000 |
The class associated with this credit memo transaction for categorization. | |
| ClassId | String | False |
Class.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the class associated with this credit memo transaction. |
| ExchangeRate | Double | False |
The exchange rate used for converting currency in this transaction. | ||
| ItemCount | Integer | True |
The total number of line items in this credit memo. | ||
| ItemAggregate | String | False | 5000 |
An aggregate of the line item data, useful for adding a credit memo with its line items. | |
| TransactionCount | Integer | True |
The total number of related transactions linked to this credit memo. | ||
| TransactionAggregate | String | True | 5000 |
An aggregate of the data for transactions linked to this credit memo. | |
| CustomFields | String | False |
Custom fields associated with this credit memo, formatted as XML. | ||
| EditSequence | String | True | 16 |
An identifier used for versioning this specific credit memo object. | |
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of the last modification made to this credit memo. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of when this credit memo was created. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description |
| Item* | String |
All line-item-specific columns are available for insertions. |
Handles QuickBooks currency management, including creation, updates, deletion, and querying of supported currencies. Requires QBXML Version 8.0 or higher, with multi-currency enabled.
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the currency. | |
| Name | String | False | 64 |
The full name of the currency, such as United States Dollar or Euro. | |
| IsActive | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether the currency is currently active and available for use in transactions. | ||
| CurrencyCode | String | False | 3 |
A three-character code that represents the currency, such as USD for United States Dollar or EUR for Euro. | |
| CurrencyFormat_ThousandSeparator | String | False | 10 |
The character used to separate thousands in currency values. For example, a comma in 1,000,000. The allowed values are Comma, Period, Space, Apostrophe. The default value is Comma. | |
| CurrencyFormat_ThousandSeparatorGrouping | String | False | 50 |
Specifies how currency values are grouped by thousands. For example, 10,000,000 may use a grouping pattern such as XX_XXX_XXX. | |
| CurrencyFormat_DecimalPlaces | String | False | 50 |
Specifies the number of decimal places to display in the currency value. For example, '2' for values like 1.00. The default value is 2. | |
| CurrencyFormat_DecimalSeparator | String | False | 6 |
The character used to separate whole numbers from decimal values in currency. For example, a period in 1.00. The allowed values are Comma, Period. The default value is Period. | |
| IsUserDefinedCurrency | Boolean | True |
Indicates whether the currency is a default currency provided by QuickBooks or a custom currency created by the user. | ||
| ExchangeRate | Double | True |
The exchange rate for converting this currency to the home currency in the QuickBooks company file. The rate reflects the snapshot in effect at the AsOfDate. | ||
| AsOfDate | Date | True |
The date when the exchange rate was last updated or modified. | ||
| EditSequence | String | True | 16 |
A string representing the version of this currency record. Useful for tracking changes. | |
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The date and time when the currency record was originally created. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The date and time when the currency record was last modified. |
Manages QuickBooks Customer Contacts, allowing creation, updates, deletion, and queries for customer relationship management. Requires QBXML Version 12.0 or higher and is only available in QuickBooks editions 2016 and above.
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the shipping address, formatted as CustomerId|ContactId. | |
| CustomerId | String | False |
Customers.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the customer associated with the shipping address. |
| Name | String | False | 100 |
The name of the customer. This field is required when inserting a new record. | |
| FullName | String | True | 1000 |
The full name of the customer, including hierarchical parent relationships, formatted as Parent:Customer. | |
| ContactId | String | False | 500 |
The unique identifier of the contact associated with the customer. | |
| ContactEditSequence | String | False | 500 |
An identifier used to track versioning for this specific copy of the contact object. | |
| ContactFirstName | String | False | 500 |
The first name of the contact associated with the customer. | |
| ContactMiddleName | String | False | 500 |
The middle name of the contact associated with the customer. | |
| ContactLastName | String | False | 500 |
The last name of the contact associated with the customer. | |
| ContactJobTitle | String | False | 41 |
The job title or position of the contact within their organization. | |
| ContactSalutation | String | False | 255 |
The salutation for the contact, such as Mr., Ms., or Dr. | |
| ContactMethods | String | False | 1000 |
A list of contact methods for the contact, such as phone numbers, email addresses, or fax numbers. | |
| EditSequence | String | False | 16 |
An identifier used to track versioning for this specific copy of the object. | |
| TimeModified | Datetime | False |
The timestamp indicating when the customer or contact record was last modified. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | False |
The timestamp indicating when the customer or contact record was originally created. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description |
| IncludeJobs | Boolean |
Indicates whether job information should be included in the query results. True to include jobs; false otherwise. The default value is TRUE. |
Supports creating, deleting, and querying Customer Messages within QuickBooks to streamline communication.
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the customer message. | |
| Name | String | False | 101 |
The name or title of the customer message, used to identify it. | |
| IsActive | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether the customer message is active and available for use. | ||
| EditSequence | String | True | 16 |
A string that represents the version of this customer message, useful for tracking changes. | |
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The timestamp when the customer message was originally created. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The timestamp when the customer message was last modified. |
Manages QuickBooks Customer Notes, allowing creation, updates, and queries for tracking customer-specific information. Requires QBXML Version 12.0 or higher.
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the note, formatted as CustomerId|NoteId. | |
| CustomerID | String | False |
Customers.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the customer associated with the note. |
| Name | String | False | 100 |
The name of the customer. This field is required when inserting a new record. | |
| FullName | String | True | 1000 |
The full name of the customer, including any hierarchical parent relationships, formatted as Parent:Customer. | |
| NoteId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the note associated with the customer. | |
| Date | String | False | 5000 |
The date when the note was created or last updated. | |
| Note | String | False | 5000 |
The content of the note related to the customer. | |
| EditSequence | String | False | 16 |
An identifier used to track versioning for this specific note object. | |
| TimeModified | Datetime | False |
The timestamp indicating when the customer or note record was last modified. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | False |
The timestamp indicating when the customer or note record was originally created. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description |
| IncludeJobs | Boolean |
Indicates whether job-related information should be included in the query results. True to include jobs; false otherwise. The default value is TRUE. |
Handles QuickBooks Customers, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for managing customer data effectively.
To add a Customer, you must specify the Name field.
This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for Customers are Id, Name, Balance, IsActive, and TimeModified. TimeModified may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. Balance may be used with the >=, <=, or = conditions but cannot be used to specify a range. Name may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM Customers WHERE Name LIKE '%George%' AND TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND Balance > 100.00 AND Balance < 200.00
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the customer. | |
| Name | String | False | 41 |
The name of the customer. This is required when adding a new customer. | |
| FullName | String | True | 159 |
The full name of the customer, including hierarchical parent relationships, formatted as Parent:Customer. | |
| Salutation | String | False | 15 |
The salutation for the customer, such as Mr., Mrs., Dr., etc. | |
| FirstName | String | False | 25 |
The customer's first name as per the address information. | |
| MiddleInitial | String | False | 5 |
The middle name or initial of the customer. | |
| LastName | String | False | 25 |
The customer's last name as per the address information. | |
| AccountNumber | String | False | 99 |
The account number associated with the customer. | |
| Company | String | False | 41 |
The name of the company the customer is associated with. | |
| Balance | Double | True |
The total balance owed by the customer, including balances of any subcustomers. | ||
| CustomerBalance | Double | True |
The balance owed solely by this customer, excluding subcustomers. | ||
| Contact | String | False | 41 |
The name of the primary contact person for the customer. | |
| Type | String | False | 1000 |
The predefined customer type in QuickBooks, such as Commercial or Residential. | |
| TypeId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the customer type in QuickBooks. | |
| Phone | String | False | 21 |
The main phone number for the customer. | |
| Fax | String | False | 21 |
The fax number for the customer. | |
| AlternateContact | String | False | 41 |
The name of an alternate contact for the customer. | |
| AlternatePhone | String | False | 21 |
The alternate phone number for the customer. | |
| String | False | 1023 |
The email address for the customer. | ||
| Cc | String | False | 1023 |
An additional email address for sending copies of communications to the customer. Requires QBXML Version 12.0 or higher. | |
| AdditionalContactInfo | String | False |
Additional contact details for the customer. | ||
| ContactsAggregate | String | False | 5000 |
An XML-formatted collection of additional contacts for the customer. Must include the contact's FirstName. Requires QBXML Version 12.0. | |
| ClassName | String | False |
The name of the class associated with the customer. Requires QBXML Version 12.0 or higher. | ||
| ClassId | String | False |
The unique identifier for the class associated with the customer. Requires QBXML Version 12.0 or higher. | ||
| Notes | String | False | 5000 |
The first note associated with the customer. For all notes, refer to NotesAggregate or the CustomerNotes table. | |
| NotesAggregate | String | False | 5000 |
An XML-formatted collection of additional notes for the customer, including NoteId and Note elements. Requires QBXML Version 12.0. | |
| ParentName | String | False |
The name of the parent job for this customer. | ||
| ParentId | String | False |
Customers.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the parent job associated with this customer. |
| Sublevel | Integer | False |
The number of levels in the customer's hierarchy. | ||
| JobStatus | String | False | 10 |
The current status of the customer's job, if applicable. The allowed values are Awarded, Closed, InProgress, None, NotAwarded, Pending. | |
| JobStartDate | Date | False |
The starting date of the customer's job. | ||
| JobProjectedEndDate | Date | False |
The projected end date of the customer's job. | ||
| JobEndDate | Date | False |
The actual end date of the customer's job. | ||
| JobDescription | String | False | 99 |
A description of the customer's job. | |
| JobType | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the job type. | |
| JobTypeId | String | False |
JobTypes.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the job type. |
| CreditCardAddress | String | False | 41 |
The billing address associated with the customer's credit card. | |
| CreditCardExpMonth | Integer | False |
The expiration month of the customer's credit card. | ||
| CreditCardExpYear | Integer | False |
The expiration year of the customer's credit card. | ||
| CreditCardNameOnCard | String | False | 41 |
The name appearing on the customer's credit card. | |
| CreditCardNumber | String | False | 25 |
The credit card number associated with the customer. | |
| CreditCardPostalCode | String | False | 41 |
The postal code linked to the customer's credit card address. | |
| CreditLimit | Double | False |
The credit limit for the customer. If zero, no credit limit applies. | ||
| BillingAddress | String | True |
The complete billing address for the customer. | ||
| BillingLine1 | String | False | 41 |
The first line of the billing address. | |
| BillingLine2 | String | False | 41 |
The second line of the billing address. | |
| BillingLine3 | String | False | 41 |
The third line of the billing address. | |
| BillingLine4 | String | False | 41 |
The fourth line of the billing address. | |
| BillingLine5 | String | False | 41 |
The fifth line of the billing address. | |
| BillingCity | String | False | 31 |
The city in the billing address. | |
| BillingState | String | False | 21 |
The state in the billing address. | |
| BillingPostalCode | String | False | 13 |
The postal code in the billing address. | |
| BillingCountry | String | False | 31 |
The country in the billing address. | |
| BillingNote | String | False | 41 |
A note associated with the billing address. | |
| ShippingAddress | String | True |
The complete shipping address for the customer. | ||
| ShippingLine1 | String | False | 41 |
The first line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine2 | String | False | 41 |
The second line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine3 | String | False | 41 |
The third line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine4 | String | False | 41 |
The fourth line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine5 | String | False | 41 |
The fifth line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingCity | String | False | 31 |
The city in the shipping address. | |
| ShippingState | String | False | 21 |
The state in the shipping address. | |
| ShippingPostalCode | String | False | 13 |
The postal code in the shipping address. | |
| ShippingCountry | String | False | 31 |
The country in the shipping address. | |
| ShippingNote | String | False | 41 |
A note associated with the shipping address. | |
| ShippingAggregate | String | False | 5000 |
An XML-formatted collection of shipping addresses for the customer. Requires QBXML Version 12.0. | |
| ResaleNumber | String | False | 16 |
The resale number associated with the customer, if applicable. Can only be set on inserts. | |
| SalesRep | String | False |
SalesReps.ID | 5 |
The name of the sales representative assigned to the customer. |
| SalesRepId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the sales representative assigned to the customer. | |
| Terms | String | False | 100 |
The payment terms for the customer, such as '2% 10 Net 60'. Can only be set on inserts. | |
| TermsId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the payment terms associated with the customer. | |
| CurrencyName | String | False | 64 |
The name of the currency used by this customer. Requires QBXML Version 8.0 or higher. | |
| CurrencyId | String | False |
Currency.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the currency used by this customer. Requires QBXML Version 8.0 or higher. |
| TaxCode | String | False | 3 |
A reference to the predefined sales tax code in QuickBooks. Can only be set on inserts. | |
| TaxCodeId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the predefined sales tax code. Can only be set on inserts. | |
| TaxItem | String | False | 100 |
A sales tax item specifying a single tax collected at a specific rate and paid to an agency. | |
| TaxItemId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the sales tax item. | |
| SalesTaxCountry | String | False | 100 |
The country that collects applicable sales taxes. Available only in international editions of QuickBooks. | |
| PriceLevel | String | False | 100 |
The name of the price level associated with the customer. | |
| PriceLevelId | String | False |
PriceLevels.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the price level associated with the customer. |
| PreferredDeliveryMethod | String | False | 20 |
The preferred delivery method for customer communications, such as email, fax, or none. Requires QBXML Version 12.0. | |
| PreferredPaymentMethodName | String | False | 100 |
The preferred payment method for the customer. | |
| PreferredPaymentMethodId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the preferred payment method. | |
| IsActive | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether the customer is currently active. | ||
| CustomFields | String | False |
An XML-formatted collection of custom fields for the customer. | ||
| EditSequence | String | True | 16 |
An identifier used to track the version of this customer object. | |
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The timestamp when the customer was last modified. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The timestamp when the customer was created. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description |
| IncludeJobs | Boolean |
Indicates whether job-related information should be included in the results. The default value is TRUE. |
Manages multiple shipping addresses for QuickBooks Customers, including creation, updates, deletion, and queries. Requires QBXML Version 12.0 or higher and is supported in QuickBooks 2013 and higher.
INSERT INTO CustomerShippingAddresses#TEMP (CustomerId, ShipToName, ShipToCity) VALUES ('123456789-9999', 'Shipto Addr 1', 'London')
INSERT INTO CustomerShippingAddresses#TEMP (CustomerId, ShipToName, ShipToCity) VALUES ('123456789-9999', 'Shipto Addr 2', 'Paris')
INSERT INTO CustomerShippingAddresses (CustomerId, ShipToName, ShipToCity) SELECT CustomerId, ShipToName, ShipToCity FROM CustomerShippingAddresses#TEMP
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the shipping address, formatted as CustomerId|ShipToName. | |
| CustomerId | String | False |
Customers.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the customer associated with this shipping address. |
| Name | String | False | 100 |
The name of the customer. This is required when adding a new shipping address. | |
| FullName | String | True | 1000 |
The full hierarchical name of the customer, formatted as Parent:Customer. | |
| ShipToName | String | False | 500 |
The name assigned to the shipping address in QuickBooks. This field is required when adding additional shipping addresses for a customer. | |
| ShipToAddr1 | String | False | 500 |
The first line of the shipping address. | |
| ShipToAddr2 | String | False | 500 |
The second line of the shipping address. | |
| ShipToAddr3 | String | False | 500 |
The third line of the shipping address. | |
| ShipToAddr4 | String | False | 500 |
The fourth line of the shipping address. | |
| ShipToAddr5 | String | False | 41 |
The fifth line of the shipping address. | |
| ShipToCity | String | False | 255 |
The city associated with the shipping address. | |
| ShipToState | String | False | 255 |
The state or province associated with the shipping address. | |
| ShipToPostalCode | String | False | 30 |
The postal code or ZIP code of the shipping address. | |
| ShipToCountry | String | False | 255 |
The country associated with the shipping address. | |
| ShipToNote | String | False | 41 |
Additional notes or information about the shipping address. | |
| ShipToDefaultShipTo | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether this shipping address is set as the default for the customer. | ||
| EditSequence | String | False | 16 |
An identifier used to track versioning for this shipping address. | |
| TimeModified | Datetime | False |
The timestamp of the last modification made to this shipping address. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | False |
The timestamp when this shipping address was created. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description |
| IncludeJobs | Boolean |
Specifies whether to include job-related information in the results. The default value is TRUE. |
Facilitates the management of QuickBooks Customer Types, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries to classify customers.
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the customer type. | |
| Name | String | False | 31 |
The name assigned to the customer type. | |
| FullName | String | True | 159 |
The full hierarchical name of the customer type, formatted as Parent:CustomerType. | |
| ParentName | String | False |
The name of the parent customer type, if applicable. | ||
| ParentId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier of the parent customer type, if applicable. | |
| IsActive | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether this customer type is active and available for use. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The timestamp indicating when the customer type was created. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The timestamp indicating when the customer type was last modified. | ||
| EditSequence | String | True | 16 |
A versioning identifier used to track changes to this customer type. |
Supports the creation, deletion, and querying of QuickBooks Date-Driven Terms for payment and invoice schedules.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for DateDrivenTerms are Name, TimeModified, and IsActive. TimeModified may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. Name may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax.
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the date-driven payment term. | |
| Name | String | False | 31 |
The name assigned to the date-driven payment term. | |
| IsActive | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether the date-driven payment term is currently active and available for use. | ||
| DayOfMonthDue | Integer | False |
Specifies the day of the month when the full payment is due without any discount. | ||
| DueNextMonthDays | Integer | False |
Defines the number of days before the due date within which, if the invoice or bill is issued, the payment deadline is extended to the following month. | ||
| DiscountDayOfMonth | Integer | False |
The day of the month by which payment must be made to qualify for a discount. | ||
| DiscountPct | Double | False |
The percentage discount applied to payments made by the specified discount day of the month. Must be between 0 and 100. | ||
| EditSequence | String | True | 16 |
An identifier used for versioning and tracking changes to this payment term. | |
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The timestamp indicating when this payment term was created. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The timestamp indicating the last modification to this payment term. |
Handles individual line items within QuickBooks Deposits, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries. Requires QBXML Version 7.0 or higher.
Deposits may be inserted, queried, or updated via the Deposits or DepositLineItems tables. Deposits may be deleted by using the Deposits table.
This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for Deposits are Id, Date, TimeModified, DepositToAccount, and DepositToAccountId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. For example:
SELECT * FROM DepositLineItems WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011'
To add a Deposit, specify the DepositToAccount field and at least one Line Item. All Line Items must have an ItemAccount specified.
All Line Item columns can be used for inserting multiple Line Items for a new Deposit transaction. For example, the following will insert a new Deposit with two Line Items:
INSERT INTO DepositLineItems#TEMP (DepositToAccount, ItemAccount, ItemAmount) VALUES ('Checking', 'Undeposited Funds', 12.25)
INSERT INTO DepositLineItems#TEMP (DepositToAccount, ItemAccount, ItemAmount) VALUES ('Checking', 'Savings', 155.35)
INSERT INTO DepositLineItems (DepositToAccount, ItemAccount, ItemAmount) SELECT DepositToAccount, ItemAccount, ItemAmount FROM DepositLineItems#TEMP
Following is an example to Insert with Transaction Id(ItemPaymentId)
INSERT INTO DepositLineItems (DepositToAccount, Date, ItemPaymentId) VALUES ('Petty Cash', '2022-06-21', '28D31-1702630754')
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the deposit line item, formatted as DepositId|ItemLineId. | |
| DepositId | String | False |
Deposits.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the deposit. Set this value to add line items to an existing deposit, or leave blank to create a new deposit. |
| TxnNumber | Integer | True |
A unique transaction number assigned to this deposit, distinct from the Quickbooks generated ID. | ||
| Date | Date | False |
The date of the deposit transaction. If used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, this overrides the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate. | ||
| CashBackAccount | String | False | 1000 |
The account reference for the bank or credit card company receiving the cash back. | |
| CashBackAccountId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique ID of the account for the bank or credit card company receiving the cash back. |
| CashBackAmount | Decimal | False |
The amount of cash back received in this deposit transaction. | ||
| CashBackId | String | True | 255 |
The unique ID of the cash back transaction. | |
| CashBackMemo | String | False | 5000 |
Additional details or notes regarding the cash back transaction. | |
| DepositToAccount | String | False | 1000 |
The account where the deposit funds are to be credited. | |
| DepositToAccountId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique ID of the account where the deposit funds are to be credited. |
| Memo | String | False | 5000 |
A note or comment to appear on internal reports related to this deposit. | |
| TotalDeposit | Double | True |
The total sum of the deposit transaction, including all line items and cash back. | ||
| CustomFields | String | False |
Custom fields for the deposit, formatted as XML and returned by QuickBooks. | ||
| ItemLineId | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the specific line item within the deposit. | |
| ItemAccount | String | False | 1000 |
The account associated with this deposit line item. | |
| ItemAccountId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique ID of the account associated with this deposit line item. |
| ItemAmount | Decimal | False |
The total monetary amount for this specific deposit line item. This value should always be positive. | ||
| ItemCheckNumber | String | False | 11 |
The check number associated with this deposit line item, if applicable. | |
| ItemClass | String | False | 1000 |
The classification of this deposit line item. | |
| ItemClassId | String | False |
Class.ID | 255 |
The unique ID for the classification of this deposit line item. |
| ItemEntityName | String | False | 209 |
The name of the entity associated with this deposit line item, such as a vendor or customer. | |
| ItemEntityId | String | False | 255 |
The unique ID of the entity associated with this deposit line item. | |
| ItemMemo | String | False | 5000 |
A memo or note specific to this deposit line item. | |
| ItemPaymentMethod | String | False | 31 |
The payment method used for this deposit line item, such as cash, check, or credit card. | |
| ItemPaymentMethodId | String | False | 255 |
The unique ID of the payment method used for this deposit line item. | |
| ItemPaymentId | String | False | 255 |
The transaction ID for the payment associated with this deposit line item. For example, a TxnID from a related ReceivePayment transaction. | |
| ItemPaymentLineId | String | False | 255 |
The unique line ID of the payment transaction associated with this deposit line item. | |
| ItemRefId | String | True | 255 |
The unique reference ID of the transaction linked to this deposit line item. | |
| ItemTxnType | String | True | 100 |
The type of transaction linked to this deposit line item, such as ReceivePayment or Invoice. | |
| CurrencyName | String | False | 64 |
The name of the currency used for this deposit. Requires QBXML Version 8.0 or higher. | |
| CurrencyId | String | False |
Currency.ID | 255 |
The unique ID of the currency used for this deposit. Requires QBXML Version 8.0 or higher. |
| ExchangeRate | Double | False |
The exchange rate at which the currency can be converted to the company's home currency. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The date and time when the deposit was last modified. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The date and time when the deposit was created. | ||
| Payee | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the payee associated with this deposit line item. | |
| PayeeId | String | False |
Vendors.ID | 255 |
The unique ID of the payee associated with this deposit line item. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description |
| ItemPriceLevel | String |
The price level name associated with the item. QuickBooks does not return this field. |
Manages QuickBooks Deposits, allowing users to create, update, delete, and query financial deposits. Requires QBXML Version 7.0 or higher for updates.
Deposits may be inserted, queried, or updated via the Deposits or DepositLineItems tables. Deposits may be deleted by using the Deposits table.
This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for Deposits are Id, DepositToAccount, and DepositToAccountId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. For example:
SELECT * FROM Deposits WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011'
To add a Deposit, specify the DepositToAccount field and at least one Line Item. The ItemAggregate column may be used to specify an XML aggregate of Line Item data. The columns that may be used in these aggregates are defined in the DepositLineItems table and it starts with Item. For example, the following will insert a new Deposit with two Line Items:
INSERT INTO Deposits (DepositToAccount, ItemAggregate)
VALUES ('Checking', '<DepositLineItems>
<Row><ItemAccount>Undeposited Funds</ItemAccount><ItemAmount>12.25</ItemAmount></Row>
<Row><ItemAccount>Savings</ItemAccount><ItemAmount>155.35</ItemAmount></Row>
</DepositLineItems>')
To insert subitems, set the ItemName field to the FullName of the item; for example, '<Row><ItemName>Subs:Carpet</ItemName><ItemQuantity>0</ItemQuantity></Row>'
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the deposit transaction. | |
| TxnNumber | Integer | True |
A unique transaction number assigned to this deposit, distinct from the Quickbooks generated ID. | ||
| Date | Date | False |
The date of the deposit transaction. If specified in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, this overrides the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate. | ||
| CashBackAccount | String | False | 1000 |
The account reference for the bank or credit card company associated with cash back transactions. | |
| CashBackAccountId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique ID of the account for the bank or credit card company handling cash back transactions. |
| CashBackAmount | Decimal | False |
The amount of cash back received in this deposit transaction. | ||
| CashBackId | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the cash back transaction. | |
| CashBackMemo | String | False | 5000 |
Additional details or notes about the cash back transaction. | |
| DepositToAccount | String | False | 1000 |
The account where the deposit funds are credited. | |
| DepositToAccountId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique ID of the account where the deposit funds are credited. |
| Memo | String | False | 5000 |
A note or comment for internal use, appearing on reports related to this deposit. | |
| TotalDeposit | Double | True |
The total monetary value of the deposit, including all line items and cash back. | ||
| ItemCount | Integer | True |
The number of line items included in this deposit. | ||
| ItemAggregate | String | False | 5000 |
An XML aggregate of line item data that can be used to add or manage deposits and their associated line items. | |
| CurrencyName | String | False | 64 |
The name of the currency used for this deposit. Requires QBXML Version 8.0 or higher. | |
| CurrencyId | String | False |
Currency.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the currency used in this deposit. Requires QBXML Version 8.0 or higher. |
| ExchangeRate | Double | False |
The exchange rate at which the currency can be converted into the company's home currency. | ||
| CustomFields | String | False |
Custom fields for the deposit, formatted as XML and returned by QuickBooks. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The timestamp indicating when the deposit was last modified. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The timestamp indicating when the deposit was created. | ||
| Payee | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the payee associated with this deposit transaction. | |
| PayeeId | String | False |
Vendors.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the payee associated with this deposit transaction. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description |
| Item* | String |
Includes all specific columns for deposit line items, which can be used during insertions. |
Facilitates the management of QuickBooks Employee Earnings, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for payroll tracking.
The Ids for the EmployeeEarnings table operate a bit differently than Line Items. Unlike Line Items, QuickBooks does not return a unique Id for EmployeeEarnings. Instead, each EmployeeEarnings entry is returned in a specific order, and Employee Earnings entries can be updated in that order back to QuickBooks. To give the Employee Earnings unique Ids, we have appended the index number of each EmployeeEarnings entry to the Id. It will be up to the programmer to ensure that any modifications to Employee entries through the QuickBooks UI (or another application between a SELECT and an UPDATE call) are handled.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for Employees are Id, Name, and IsActive. TimeModified may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. Name may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM EmployeeEarnings WHERE Name LIKE '%George%' AND TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011'
To add an EmployeeEarnings entry, specify the EmployeeId field in the INSERT statement. If you instead specify the Employee Name, the Sync App will attempt to add a new Employee. For example:
INSERT INTO EmployeeEarnings (Name, EarningsWageName, EarningsRate) VALUES ('370000-933272659', 'Regular Pay', 21.32)
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the employee earnings record, formatted as EmployeeId|EmployeeEarningsId. | |
| Name | String | True | 255 |
The name of the employee associated with the earnings record. | |
| PayPeriod | String | False | 255 |
Specifies the frequency of employee payments, such as weekly, biweekly, or monthly. The allowed values are Daily, Weekly, Biweekly, Semimonthly, Monthly, Quarterly, Yearly. | |
| EmployeeId | String | False |
Employees.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the employee. This field is required when inserting a new earnings entry. |
| EarningsId | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the specific employee earnings entry. | |
| EarningsWageName | String | False | 31 |
The name of the wage or earning type, such as 'Regular Hours' or 'Overtime.' This field is required when inserting a new entry. | |
| EarningsWageId | String | False | 255 |
A reference identifier for the specific wage or earning type, used for payroll processing. | |
| EarningsRate | Double | False |
The rate of pay for the employee's earnings, typically in the format of hourly or salary rates. | ||
| EarningsRatePercent | String | False |
The percentage rate for specific earnings, such as commission or bonus calculations, if applicable. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The timestamp indicating when this employee earnings record was last modified. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The timestamp indicating when this employee earnings record was created. |
Manages QuickBooks Employees, allowing creation, updates, deletion, and queries for employee records and payroll data.
This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for Employees are Id, Name, TimeModified, and IsActive. TimeModified may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. Name may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM Employees WHERE Name LIKE '%George%' AND TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011'
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the employee record. | |
| Name | String | False | 100 |
The name of the employee. This field is required when inserting a new record. | |
| Salutation | String | False | 15 |
A salutation for the employee, such as Mr., Mrs., or Dr. | |
| FirstName | String | False | 25 |
The first name of the employee. | |
| MiddleInitial | String | False | 25 |
The middle name or middle initial of the employee. | |
| LastName | String | False | 25 |
The last name of the employee. | |
| JobTitle | String | False | 41 |
The job title or position of the employee. Requires QBXML Version 12.0 or higher. | |
| AccountNumber | String | False | 99 |
The account number assigned to the employee. | |
| SSN | String | False | 11 |
The social security number (SSN) of the employee. | |
| EmployeeType | String | False | 13 |
Specifies the type of employee, such as full-time, part-time, or contractor. The allowed values are Regular, Unspecified, Officer, Statutory, Owner. | |
| Gender | String | False | 12 |
The gender of the employee. Note that this field cannot be updated after insertion. The allowed values are Unspecified, Male, Female. | |
| Address | String | True |
The full address of the employee as returned by QuickBooks. | ||
| Line1 | String | False | 500 |
The first line of the employee's address. | |
| Line2 | String | False | 500 |
The second line of the employee's address. | |
| City | String | False | 255 |
The city of the employee's address. | |
| State | String | False | 255 |
The state of the employee's address. | |
| PostalCode | String | False | 30 |
The postal code of the employee's address. | |
| AlternatePhone | String | False | 21 |
An alternate phone number for the employee. | |
| String | False | 1023 |
The email address of the employee. | ||
| PrintAs | String | False | 110 |
Specifies how the employee's name should appear on printed documents. | |
| MobilePhone | String | False | 21 |
The mobile phone number of the employee. | |
| Pager | String | False | 21 |
The pager number of the employee. | |
| PagerPIN | String | False | 10 |
The personal identification number (PIN) for the pager. | |
| Fax | String | False | 21 |
The fax number of the employee. | |
| BirthDate | Date | False |
The date of birth of the employee. | ||
| USCitizen | String | False | 10 |
Indicates whether the employee is a U.S. citizen. The allowed values are Unspecified, Yes, No. | |
| Ethnicity | String | False | 20 |
Specifies the ethnicity of the employee. The allowed values are Unspecified, AmericanIndian, Asian, Black, Hawaiian, Hispanic, White, TwoOrMoreRaces. | |
| Disabled | String | False | 10 |
Indicates whether the employee has a disability. The allowed values are Unspecified, Yes, No. | |
| DisabilityDescription | String | False | 25 |
A description of the employee's disability, if applicable. | |
| FormOnFile | String | False | 10 |
Indicates whether the I-9 form is on file for the employee. The allowed values are Unspecified, Yes, No. | |
| USVeteran | String | False | 10 |
Indicates whether the employee is a U.S. veteran. The allowed values are Unspecified, Yes, No. | |
| MilitaryStatus | String | False | 10 |
The current military status of the employee. The allowed values are Unspecified, Active, Reserve. | |
| HiredDate | Date | False |
The date the employee was hired. | ||
| IsActive | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether the employee is currently active in QuickBooks. | ||
| Notes | String | False | 5000 |
Any notes or comments related to the employee. | |
| PayPeriod | String | False | 13 |
The frequency of the employee's pay period (for example, weekly, bi-weekly, monthly). The allowed values are NotSet, Daily, Weekly, Biweekly, Semimonthly, Monthly, Quarterly, Yearly. | |
| PayrollClassName | String | False | 159 |
The payroll class name associated with the employee. | |
| PayrollClassId | String | False |
Class.ID | 1000 |
The payroll class ID associated with the employee. |
| Phone | String | False | 21 |
The primary phone number of the employee. | |
| ReleasedDate | Date | False |
The date the employee's employment was terminated, if applicable. | ||
| TimeDataForPaychecks | String | False | 18 |
Indicates if time data is used to calculate the employee's paychecks. The allowed values are NotSet, UseTimeData, DoNotUseTimeData. | |
| SickTimeAccrualPeriod | String | False | 19 |
The accrual period for sick time. The allowed values are BeginningOfYear, EveryHourOnPaycheck, EveryPaycheck. | |
| SickTimeAccrualStartDate | Date | False |
The date when sick time accrual starts. | ||
| SickTimeAccrued | String | False | 30 |
The total accrued sick time, represented in hours and minutes (for example, 2:30 for 2 hours and 30 minutes). | |
| SickTimeAvailable | String | False | 30 |
The available sick time, represented in hours and minutes. | |
| SickTimeMaximum | String | False | 30 |
The maximum allowable sick time, represented in hours and minutes. | |
| SickTimeYearlyReset | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether sick time resets annually. Defaults to false. | ||
| SickTimeUsed | String | False | 30 |
The amount of sick time used, represented in hours and minutes. | |
| VacationTimeAccrualPeriod | String | False | 19 |
The accrual period for vacation time. The allowed values are BeginningOfYear, EveryHourOnPaycheck, EveryPaycheck. | |
| VacationTimeAccrualStartDate | Date | False |
The date when vacation time accrual starts. | ||
| VacationTimeAccrued | String | False | 30 |
The total accrued vacation time, represented in hours and minutes. | |
| VacationTimeAvailable | String | False | 30 |
The available vacation time, represented in hours and minutes. | |
| VacationTimeMaximum | String | False | 30 |
The maximum allowable vacation time, represented in hours and minutes. | |
| VacationTimeYearlyReset | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether vacation time resets annually. Defaults to false. | ||
| VacationTimeUsed | String | False | 30 |
The amount of vacation time used, represented in hours and minutes. | |
| CustomFields | String | False |
Custom fields associated with the employee, formatted as XML. | ||
| EditSequence | String | True | 16 |
A string used for versioning the employee record. | |
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of the last modification to the employee record. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of when the employee record was created. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description |
| OpeningBalance | String |
The opening balance of the account, defaulting to 0. Used only when adding new accounts. |
| OpeningDate | String |
The date of the opening balance for the account. Used only when adding new accounts. |
Manages individual line items within QuickBooks Estimates, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for sales planning.
Estimates may be inserted, queried, or updated via the Estimates or EstimateLineItems tables. Estimates may be deleted by using the Estimates table.
This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can only be used with the equals or = comparison. The available columns for Estimates are Id, ReferenceNumber, Date, TimeModified, CustomerName, and CustomerId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM EstimateLineItems WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'
To add an Estimate, specify a Customer and at least one Line Item. All Line Item columns can be used for inserting multiple Line Items for a new Estimate transaction. For example, the following will insert a new Estimate with two Line Items:
INSERT INTO EstimateLineItems#TEMP (CustomerName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('Abercrombie, Kristy', 'Repairs', 1)
INSERT INTO EstimateLineItems#TEMP (CustomerName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('Abercrombie, Kristy', 'Removal', 2)
INSERT INTO EstimateLineItems (CustomerName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) SELECT CustomerName, ItemName, ItemQuantity FROM EstimateLineItems#TEMP
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
A unique identifier for the estimate line item, formatted as EstimateId|ItemLineId. | |
| EstimateId | String | False |
Estimates.ID | 255 |
A unique identifier for the estimate associated with this line item. |
| ReferenceNumber | String | False | 21 |
A user-defined reference number for the transaction. | |
| TxnNumber | Integer | True |
A unique transaction number assigned by QuickBooks, different from the internal identifier. | ||
| CustomerName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the customer linked to the estimate. This is required when creating an estimate. | |
| CustomerId | String | False |
Customers.ID | 255 |
The internal ID of the customer associated with the estimate. This is required when creating an estimate. |
| Date | Date | False |
The date when the estimate was created. | ||
| Memo | String | False | 5000 |
Additional notes or details about this estimate. | |
| TotalAmount | Double | True |
The total monetary value of the estimate, including all line items and charges. | ||
| ItemLineID | String | True | 255 |
A unique identifier for a specific line item within the estimate. | |
| ItemLineNumber | String | True | 255 |
The sequential number for a line item in the estimate. | |
| ItemName | String | False |
The name of the product or service associated with this line item. | ||
| ItemId | String | False |
Items.ID | 255 |
The unique ID of the product or service associated with this line item. |
| ItemGroup | String | False | 100 |
The name of the item group this line belongs to, if applicable. | |
| ItemGroupId | String | False |
Items.ID | 255 |
The unique ID of the item group this line belongs to, if applicable. |
| ItemDescription | String | False | 5000 |
A detailed description of the product or service in this line item. | |
| ItemUnitOfMeasure | String | False | 31 |
The unit of measure for the item, selected from predefined options. | |
| ItemQuantity | Double | False |
The quantity of the item specified in this line. | ||
| ItemRate | Double | False |
The rate per unit for the item in this line. | ||
| ItemRatePercent | Double | False |
The percentage rate applicable to this item, if charged as a percentage. | ||
| ItemTaxCode | String | False | 3 |
Indicates whether the item is taxable or non-taxable. | |
| ItemTaxCodeId | String | False | 255 |
The unique ID of the tax code applied to this item. | |
| ItemAmount | Decimal | False |
The total amount for this line item, calculated as quantity times rate. | ||
| ItemClass | String | False | 1000 |
The class assigned to this item, useful for categorization or reporting. | |
| ItemClassId | String | False |
Class.ID | 255 |
The unique ID of the class assigned to this item. |
| ItemInventorySiteId | String | False | 255 |
The ID of the inventory site where this item is stored, applicable only with the Advanced Inventory add-on. | |
| ItemInventorySiteName | String | False | 31 |
The name of the inventory site where this item is stored. | |
| ItemMarkupRate | Double | False |
The rate of markup applied to the base cost of this item. | ||
| ItemMarkupRatePercent | Double | False |
The markup percentage applied to the base cost of this item. | ||
| ItemOther1 | String | False | 29 |
A custom field for additional information about this item. | |
| ItemOther2 | String | False | 29 |
Another custom field for additional information about this item. | |
| ItemCustomFields | String | False |
Custom fields specific to this line item, formatted as XML. | ||
| ItemUOMSetFullName | String | False | 1000 |
The full name of the unit of measure set applied to the item. | |
| ItemUOMSetListID | String | False | 1000 |
The unique ID of the unit of measure set applied to the item. | |
| ItemIsGetPrintItemsInGroup | String | False | 1000 |
Specifies whether the details of this group should appear on printed forms. | |
| Message | String | False | 101 |
A message or note intended for the customer. | |
| MessageId | String | False | 1000 |
The unique ID of the customer message. | |
| Class | String | False | 1000 |
The class assigned to this transaction, useful for tracking and reporting. | |
| ClassId | String | False |
Class.ID | 255 |
The unique ID of the class assigned to this transaction. |
| SalesRep | String | False | 5 |
The initials or reference to the sales representative associated with this transaction. | |
| SalesRepId | String | False |
SalesReps.ID | 255 |
The unique ID of the sales representative associated with this transaction. |
| FOB | String | False | 13 |
The location where ownership transfers, often used in shipping agreements. | |
| BillingAddress | String | True |
The complete billing address for the transaction. | ||
| BillingLine1 | String | False | 500 |
The first line of the billing address. | |
| BillingLine2 | String | False | 500 |
The second line of the billing address. | |
| BillingLine3 | String | False | 500 |
The third line of the billing address. | |
| BillingLine4 | String | False | 500 |
The fourth line of the billing address. | |
| BillingLine5 | String | False | 41 |
The fifth line of the billing address. | |
| BillingCity | String | False | 255 |
The city in the billing address. | |
| BillingState | String | False | 255 |
The state or region in the billing address. | |
| BillingPostalCode | String | False | 30 |
The postal or ZIP code in the billing address. | |
| BillingCountry | String | False | 255 |
The country in the billing address. | |
| BillingNote | String | False | 41 |
Notes or additional information about the billing address. | |
| ShippingAddress | String | True |
The complete shipping address for the transaction. | ||
| ShippingLine1 | String | False | 500 |
The first line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine2 | String | False | 500 |
The second line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine3 | String | False | 500 |
The third line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine4 | String | False | 500 |
The fourth line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine5 | String | False | 41 |
The fifth line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingCity | String | False | 255 |
The city in the shipping address. | |
| ShippingState | String | False | 255 |
The state or region in the shipping address. | |
| ShippingPostalCode | String | False | 30 |
The postal or ZIP code in the shipping address. | |
| ShippingCountry | String | False | 255 |
The country in the shipping address. | |
| ShippingNote | String | False | 41 |
Notes or additional information about the shipping address. | |
| Subtotal | Double | True |
The subtotal of all line items, excluding taxes and adjustments. | ||
| Tax | Double | True |
The total sales tax applied to this transaction. | ||
| TaxItem | String | False | 100 |
The name of the sales tax item applied to this transaction. | |
| TaxItemId | String | False | 255 |
The unique ID of the sales tax item applied to this transaction. | |
| TaxPercent | Double | True |
The percentage rate of sales tax applied. | ||
| IsActive | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether this estimate is active. | ||
| IsToBeEmailed | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether this estimate is set to be emailed to the customer. | ||
| IsTaxIncluded | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether taxes are included in the total amount. | ||
| PONumber | String | False | 25 |
The purchase order number associated with this estimate. | |
| Terms | String | False | 100 |
The payment terms for this estimate. | |
| TermsId | String | False | 255 |
The unique ID of the payment terms applied to this estimate. | |
| Template | String | False | 100 |
The name of the template used for this estimate. | |
| TemplateId | String | False |
Templates.ID | 255 |
The unique ID of the template used for this estimate. |
| CustomerSalesTaxName | String | False | 3 |
The name of the sales tax information associated with the customer. | |
| CustomerSalesTaxId | String | False | 255 |
The unique ID of the sales tax information associated with the customer. | |
| ExchangeRate | Double | False |
The exchange rate applied to this transaction. | ||
| DueDate | Date | True |
The date when payment for this estimate is due. | ||
| CustomFields | String | False |
Custom fields specific to this estimate, formatted as XML. | ||
| EditSequence | String | True | 16 |
A versioning identifier for this estimate. | |
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The date and time when this estimate was last modified. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The date and time when this estimate was created. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description |
| ItemPriceLevel | String |
The name of the price level used for the items in this estimate. |
| ItemOverrideAccount | String |
The account name used to override the default account for an item. |
| ItemOverrideAccountId | String |
The account ID used to override the default account for an item. |
Handles QuickBooks Estimates, including creation, updates, deletion, and queries for tracking potential sales.
Estimates may be inserted, queried, or updated via the Estimates or EstimateLineItems tables. Estimates may be deleted by using the Estimates table.
This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for Estimates are Id, Date, TimeModified, ReferenceNumber, CustomerName, and CustomerId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM Estimates WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'
To add an Estimate, specify a Customer and at least one Line Item. The ItemAggregate column may be used to specify an XML aggregate of Line Item data. The columns that may be used in these aggregates are defined in the EstimateLineItems table and it starts with Item. For example, the following will insert a new Estimate with two Line Items:
INSERT INTO Estimates (CustomerName, ItemAggregate)
VALUES ('Abercrombie, Kristy',
'<EstimateLineItems>
<Row><ItemName>Repairs</ItemName><ItemQuantity>1</ItemQuantity></Row>
<Row><ItemName>Removal</ItemName><ItemQuantity>2</ItemQuantity></Row>
</EstimateLineItems>')
To insert subitems, set the ItemName field to the FullName of the item; for example, '<Row><ItemName>Subs:Carpet</ItemName><ItemQuantity>0</ItemQuantity></Row>'
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
A unique identifier for the estimate. | |
| ReferenceNumber | String | False | 21 |
A user-defined reference number for the estimate transaction. | |
| TxnNumber | Integer | True |
A Quickbooks assigned transaction number for this estimate, distinct from its internal ID. | ||
| CustomerName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the customer associated with this estimate. This is required for creating an estimate. | |
| CustomerId | String | False |
Customers.ID | 255 |
The internal ID of the customer linked to this estimate. This is required for creating an estimate. |
| Date | Date | False |
The date when the estimate was created. | ||
| Memo | String | False | 5000 |
Additional notes or information about this estimate. | |
| TotalAmount | Decimal | True |
The total monetary value of the estimate, including all items and charges. | ||
| Message | String | False | 101 |
A custom message or note directed to the customer. | |
| MessageId | String | False | 255 |
The internal ID of the customer message. | |
| Class | String | False | 1000 |
The classification assigned to this estimate for tracking or reporting purposes. | |
| ClassId | String | False |
Class.ID | 255 |
The unique ID of the class assigned to this estimate. |
| SalesRep | String | False | 5 |
The initials or reference to the sales representative associated with this estimate. | |
| SalesRepId | String | False |
SalesReps.ID | 255 |
The unique ID of the sales representative linked to this estimate. |
| FOB | String | False | 13 |
Freight on board location, indicating the shipping origin or transfer point. | |
| BillingAddress | String | True |
The complete billing address associated with this estimate. | ||
| BillingLine1 | String | False | 500 |
The first line of the billing address. | |
| BillingLine2 | String | False | 500 |
The second line of the billing address. | |
| BillingLine3 | String | False | 500 |
The third line of the billing address. | |
| BillingLine4 | String | False | 500 |
The fourth line of the billing address. | |
| BillingLine5 | String | False | 41 |
The fifth line of the billing address. | |
| BillingCity | String | False | 255 |
The city listed in the billing address. | |
| BillingState | String | False | 255 |
The state or region listed in the billing address. | |
| BillingPostalCode | String | False | 30 |
The postal or ZIP code for the billing address. | |
| BillingCountry | String | False | 255 |
The country listed in the billing address. | |
| BillingNote | String | False | 41 |
Additional notes or details about the billing address. | |
| ShippingAddress | String | True |
The complete shipping address associated with this estimate. | ||
| ShippingLine1 | String | False | 500 |
The first line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine2 | String | False | 500 |
The second line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine3 | String | False | 500 |
The third line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine4 | String | False | 500 |
The fourth line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine5 | String | False | 41 |
The fifth line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingCity | String | False | 255 |
The city listed in the shipping address. | |
| ShippingState | String | False | 255 |
The state or region listed in the shipping address. | |
| ShippingPostalCode | String | False | 30 |
The postal or ZIP code for the shipping address. | |
| ShippingCountry | String | False | 255 |
The country listed in the shipping address. | |
| ShippingNote | String | False | 41 |
Additional notes or details about the shipping address. | |
| Subtotal | Decimal | True |
The total amount of all line items before taxes or discounts are applied. | ||
| Tax | Double | True |
The total sales tax applied to this estimate. | ||
| TaxItem | String | False | 100 |
The name of the tax item applied to this estimate. | |
| TaxItemId | String | False | 255 |
The unique ID of the tax item applied to this estimate. | |
| TaxPercent | Double | True |
The percentage rate of the sales tax applied to this estimate. | ||
| IsActive | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether this estimate is currently active or not. | ||
| IsToBeEmailed | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether this estimate is set to be emailed to the customer. | ||
| IsTaxIncluded | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether the sales tax is included in the total amount. | ||
| PONumber | String | False | 25 |
The purchase order number associated with this estimate. | |
| Terms | String | False | 100 |
The payment terms predefined in QuickBooks and applied to this estimate. | |
| TermsId | String | False | 255 |
The unique ID of the payment terms applied to this estimate. | |
| Template | String | False | 100 |
The name of the template applied to this estimate for formatting. | |
| TemplateId | String | False |
Templates.ID | 255 |
The unique ID of the template applied to this estimate. |
| CustomerSalesTaxName | String | False | 3 |
The name of the sales tax item associated with the customer linked to this estimate. | |
| CustomerSalesTaxId | String | False | 255 |
The unique ID of the sales tax item associated with the customer. | |
| ExchangeRate | Double | False |
The exchange rate applied to this estimate, if dealing with foreign currency. | ||
| DueDate | Date | True |
The date when payment for this estimate is due. | ||
| Other | String | False | 29 |
Additional data or notes associated with this estimate. | |
| ItemCount | Integer | True |
The total number of line items in this estimate. | ||
| ItemAggregate | String | False | 5000 |
A collection of all line items included in this estimate, represented as an aggregate. | |
| TransactionCount | Integer | True |
The total number of related transactions associated with this estimate. | ||
| TransactionAggregate | String | True | 5000 |
A collection of related transaction data linked to this estimate. | |
| CustomFields | String | False |
Custom fields defined in QuickBooks for this estimate, formatted as XML. | ||
| EditSequence | String | True | 16 |
A versioning identifier for tracking changes to this estimate. | |
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The date and time when this estimate was last updated. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The date and time when this estimate was initially created. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description |
| Item* | String |
A placeholder for all item-specific columns that can be used during insertions or updates. |
Manages individual line items within QuickBooks Inventory Adjustments, supporting creation and queries for stock control.
InventoryAdjustments may be inserted, queried, or deleted via the InventoryAdjustments or InventoryAdjustmentLineItems tables. InventoryAdjustments may be deleted by using the InventoryAdjustments table.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for InventoryAdjustments are Id, Date, TimeModified, ReferenceNumber, CustomerName, CustomerId, Account, and AccountId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM InventoryAdjustmentLineItems WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'
To add an InventoryAdjustment, specify an Account and at least one Line Item. To add a Line Item, either the ItemName or ItemId is required, as well as either ItemNewQuantity, ItemNewValue, or ItemQuantityDiff. All Line Item columns can be used for inserting multiple Line Items for a new InventoryAdjustment transaction. For example, the following will insert a new InventoryAdjustment with two Line Items:
INSERT INTO InventoryAdjustmentLineItems#TEMP (Account, ItemName, ItemNewQuantity) VALUES ('Cost of Good Sold', 'Wood Door:Exterior', 100)
INSERT INTO InventoryAdjustmentLineItems#TEMP (Account, ItemName, ItemNewQuantity) VALUES ('Cost of Good Sold', 'Wood Door:Interior', 200)
INSERT INTO InventoryAdjustmentLineItems (Account, ItemName, ItemNewQuantity) SELECT Account, ItemName, ItemNewQuantity FROM InventoryAdjustmentLineItems#TEMP
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
A unique identifier combining the Inventory Adjustment ID and Item Line ID, formatted as InventoryAdjustmentId|ItemLineId. | |
| InventoryAdjustmentID | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier of the Inventory Adjustment transaction. | |
| ReferenceNumber | String | False | 21 |
A reference number for the transaction, often used for tracking or identification. | |
| Account | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the account associated with this inventory adjustment. Either this or AccountId must be provided during insertion. | |
| AccountId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The ID of the account associated with this inventory adjustment. Either this or Account must be provided during insertion. |
| Class | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the class associated with this inventory adjustment, used for categorization or reporting. | |
| ClassId | String | False |
Class.ID | 255 |
The ID of the class associated with this inventory adjustment, used for categorization or reporting. |
| CustomerName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the customer associated with this inventory adjustment, if applicable. | |
| CustomerId | String | False |
Customers.ID | 255 |
The ID of the customer associated with this inventory adjustment, if applicable. |
| Memo | String | False | 5000 |
Additional notes or details about this transaction. | |
| InventorySite | String | False | 31 |
The name of the inventory site where the adjustment takes place. | |
| InventorySiteId | String | False | 255 |
The ID of the inventory site where the adjustment takes place. | |
| Date | Date | False |
The date when the inventory adjustment transaction occurred. | ||
| ItemLineId | String | False | 255 |
A unique identifier for the specific line item within the inventory adjustment. | |
| ItemLineNumber | String | True | 255 |
The sequential number assigned to this line item within the inventory adjustment. | |
| ItemName | String | False |
The name of the item being adjusted. Either ItemName or ItemId must be provided during insertion. | ||
| ItemId | String | False |
Items.ID | 255 |
The ID of the item being adjusted. Either ItemName or ItemId must be provided during insertion. |
| ItemNewQuantity | Double | False |
The updated quantity of the item after the adjustment. Only applicable during insertion; no value is returned. | ||
| ItemNewValue | Double | False |
The updated value of the item after the adjustment. Only applicable during insertion; no value is returned. | ||
| ItemQuantityDiff | Double | False |
The change in the quantity of the item as a result of this adjustment. | ||
| ItemValueDiff | Double | False |
The change in the total value of the item as a result of this adjustment. | ||
| ItemLotNumber | String | False | 40 |
The lot number associated with the adjusted item. Requires QBXML Version 11.0 or higher. | |
| ItemExpirationDateForSerialLotNumber | String | True | 1099 |
The expiration date for the serial lot number of this item. Requires QBXML Version 16.0 or higher. | |
| ItemSerialNumber | String | False | 4095 |
The serial number associated with the adjusted item. Requires QBXML Version 11.0 or higher. | |
| ItemSerialNumberAddedOrRemoved | String | False |
Indicates whether the serial number was added or removed during the adjustment. Requires QBXML Version 11.0 or higher. The allowed values are Added, Removed. | ||
| ItemInventorySiteLocationId | String | False | 255 |
The ID of the specific location within the inventory site for this adjustment. Requires QBXML Version 12.0 or higher. | |
| ItemInventorySiteLocationName | String | False |
The name of the specific location within the inventory site for this adjustment. Requires QBXML Version 12.0 or higher. | ||
| EditSequence | String | True |
A versioning identifier used to track changes to this record. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of the last modification to this inventory adjustment. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of when this inventory adjustment was created. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description |
| LinkToTxnId | String |
Specifies another transaction to which this adjustment is linked. Available only during insertion and requires QBXML Version 6.0 or higher. |
Handles QuickBooks Inventory Adjustments, allowing creation, queries, and deletion to reconcile stock discrepancies.
InventoryAdjustments may be inserted, queried, or deleted via the InventoryAdjustments or InventoryAdjustmentLineItems tables. InventoryAdjustments may be deleted by using the InventoryAdjustments table.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for InventoryAdjustments are Id, Date, TimeModified, ReferenceNumber, CustomerName, CustomerId, Account, and AccountId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM InventoryAdjustments WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'
To add an InventoryAdjustment, specify an Account and at least one Line Item. To add a Line Item, either the ItemName or the ItemId is required, as well as either ItemNewQuantity, ItemNewValue, ItemQuantityDiff, or ItemValueDiff. The ItemAggregate columns may be used to specify an XML aggregate of Line Item data. The columns that may be used in these aggregates are defined in the InventoryAdjustmentLineItems tables and it starts with Item. For example, the following will insert a new InventoryAdjustment with two Line Items:
INSERT INTO InventoryAdjustments (Account, ItemAggregate)
VALUES ('Cost of Good Sold', '<InventoryAdjustmentLineItems>
<Row><ItemName>Wood Door:Exterior</ItemName><ItemNewQuantity>100</ItemNewQuantity></Row>
<Row><ItemName>Wood Door:Interior</ItemName><ItemNewQuantity>200</ItemNewQuantity></Row>
</InventoryAdjustmentLineItems>')
To insert subitems, set the ItemName field to the FullName of the item; for example, '<Row><ItemName>Subs:Carpet</ItemName><ItemQuantity>0</ItemQuantity></Row>'
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
A unique identifier for the inventory adjustment transaction. | |
| ReferenceNumber | String | False | 21 |
A reference number for the inventory adjustment, used for tracking and identification purposes. | |
| Account | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the account associated with this inventory adjustment. Either this or AccountId must be provided during insertion. | |
| AccountId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The ID of the account associated with this inventory adjustment. Either this or Account must be provided during insertion. |
| Class | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the class associated with this inventory adjustment, used for categorization or reporting. | |
| ClassId | String | False |
Class.ID | 255 |
The ID of the class associated with this inventory adjustment, used for categorization or reporting. |
| CustomerName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the customer associated with this inventory adjustment, if applicable. | |
| CustomerId | String | False |
Customers.ID | 255 |
The ID of the customer associated with this inventory adjustment, if applicable. |
| Memo | String | False | 5000 |
Additional notes or details about this inventory adjustment. | |
| InventorySite | String | False | 31 |
The name of the inventory site where the adjustment occurs. | |
| InventorySiteId | String | False | 255 |
The ID of the inventory site where the adjustment occurs. | |
| Date | Date | False |
The date when the inventory adjustment transaction was recorded. | ||
| ItemCount | Integer | True |
The total number of line items included in this inventory adjustment. | ||
| ItemAggregate | String | False | 5000 |
A data structure containing aggregated information about the line items, used for adding inventory adjustments along with their associated line item data. | |
| EditSequence | String | True |
A versioning identifier used to track changes to this inventory adjustment. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of the last modification made to this inventory adjustment. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of when this inventory adjustment was created. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description |
| Item* | String |
A placeholder for all line-item-specific columns that can be included during insertions or updates. |
Manages QuickBooks Inventory Sites, including creation, updates, deletion, and queries. Available only in QuickBooks Enterprise with Advanced Inventory and QBXML Version 10.0 or higher.
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the inventory site. | |
| Name | String | False | 31 |
The name of the inventory site, used for identification within QuickBooks. | |
| IsActive | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether the inventory site is currently active and available for use. | ||
| SiteDesc | String | False | 100 |
A detailed description of the inventory site, providing additional context or notes. | |
| Contact | String | False | 41 |
The name of the primary contact person for the inventory site. | |
| Phone | String | False | 21 |
The phone number associated with the inventory site for communication. | |
| Fax | String | False | 21 |
The fax number associated with the inventory site. | |
| String | False | 1023 |
The email address associated with the inventory site for correspondence. | ||
| SiteAddress_Addr1 | String | False | 500 |
The first line of the inventory site's address, typically the street address. | |
| SiteAddress_Addr2 | String | False | 500 |
The second line of the inventory site's address, often used for suite or unit numbers. | |
| SiteAddress_Addr3 | String | False | 500 |
The third line of the inventory site's address, used for additional location details. | |
| SiteAddress_Addr4 | String | False | 500 |
The fourth line of the inventory site's address, used as needed for further address details. | |
| SiteAddress_Addr5 | String | False | 41 |
The fifth line of the inventory site's address, for any remaining address information. | |
| SiteAddress_City | String | False | 255 |
The city where the inventory site is located. | |
| SiteAddress_State | String | False | 255 |
The state or province where the inventory site is located. | |
| SiteAddress_PostalCode | String | False | 30 |
The postal or ZIP code for the inventory site's location. | |
| SiteAddress_Country | String | False | 255 |
The country where the inventory site is located. | |
| EditSequence | String | True | 16 |
A version control string that tracks changes made to the inventory site. | |
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The date and time when the inventory site was first created. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The date and time when the inventory site was last updated. | ||
| IsDefaultSite | Boolean | True |
Indicates whether this inventory site is set as the default site for the company. |
Manages individual line items within QuickBooks Invoices, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for billing details.
Invoices may be inserted, queried, or updated via the Invoices or InvoiceLineItems tables. Invoices may be deleted by using the Invoices table.
This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for Invoices are Id, Date, TimeModified, ReferenceNumber, CustomerName, CustomerId, IsPaid, Account, and AccountId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM InvoiceLineItems WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'
To add an Invoice, specify a Customer and at least one Line Item. All Line Item columns can be used for inserting multiple Line Items for a new Invoice transaction. For example, the following will insert a new Invoice with two Line Items:
INSERT INTO InvoiceLineItems#TEMP (CustomerName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('Abercrombie, Kristy', 'Repairs', 1)
INSERT INTO InvoiceLineItems#TEMP (CustomerName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('Abercrombie, Kristy', 'Removal', 2)
INSERT INTO InvoiceLineItems (CustomerName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) SELECT CustomerName, ItemName, ItemQuantity FROM InvoiceLineItems#TEMP
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier combining the InvoiceId and ItemLineId, used to reference specific line items in an invoice. | |
| InvoiceId | String | False |
Invoices.ID |
The unique identifier for the invoice to which this line item belongs. | |
| ReferenceNumber | String | False | 21 |
The transaction reference number for identifying this invoice. | |
| TxnNumber | Integer | True |
The unique transaction number assigned by QuickBooks, separate from the InvoiceId. | ||
| CustomerName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the customer associated with this invoice. Either CustomerName or CustomerId must be specified when inserting. | |
| CustomerId | String | False |
Customers.ID | 255 |
The Quickbooks generated identifier for the customer associated with this invoice. Can be used instead of CustomerName during inserts. |
| Account | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the accounts-receivable account where funds from this invoice will be deposited. | |
| AccountId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the accounts-receivable account where funds from this invoice will be deposited. |
| Date | Date | False |
The transaction date of this invoice. If specified in a query, it overrides StartDate and EndDate pseudo-columns. | ||
| ShipMethod | String | False | 1000 |
The shipping method associated with the invoice, such as FedEx or UPS. | |
| ShipMethodId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the shipping method associated with the invoice. | |
| ShipDate | Date | False |
The shipping date related to this invoice. | ||
| Memo | String | False | 5000 |
A memo or note providing additional details about this invoice. | |
| Class | String | False | 1000 |
A reference to the class of the transaction for categorization purposes. | |
| ClassId | String | False |
Class.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the class associated with this transaction. |
| Amount | Decimal | True |
The total monetary value of this invoice. | ||
| Message | String | False | 101 |
A custom message for the customer or vendor, to be displayed on the invoice. | |
| MessageId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the message displayed on the invoice. | |
| SalesRep | String | False | 5 |
A reference to the sales representative (identified by initials or name) responsible for this transaction. | |
| SalesRepId | String | False |
SalesReps.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the sales representative responsible for this transaction. |
| FOB | String | False | 13 |
Indicates the location from which the goods are shipped (Freight On Board). | |
| BillingAddress | String | True |
The complete billing address associated with the invoice. | ||
| BillingLine1 | String | False | 500 |
The first line of the billing address, typically containing the street address. | |
| BillingLine2 | String | False | 500 |
The second line of the billing address, often used for suite or apartment numbers. | |
| BillingLine3 | String | False | 500 |
The third line of the billing address, for additional details if necessary. | |
| BillingLine4 | String | False | 500 |
The fourth line of the billing address, if required for additional address information. | |
| BillingLine5 | String | False | 41 |
The fifth line of the billing address, if applicable. | |
| BillingCity | String | False | 255 |
The city name for the billing address. | |
| BillingState | String | False | 255 |
The state or province name for the billing address. | |
| BillingPostalCode | String | False | 30 |
The postal code or ZIP code for the billing address. | |
| BillingCountry | String | False | 255 |
The country name for the billing address. | |
| BillingNote | String | False | 41 |
A note associated with the billing address. | |
| ShippingAddress | String | True |
The complete shipping address associated with the invoice. | ||
| ShippingLine1 | String | False | 500 |
The first line of the shipping address, typically containing the street address. | |
| ShippingLine2 | String | False | 500 |
The second line of the shipping address, often used for suite or apartment numbers. | |
| ShippingLine3 | String | False | 500 |
The third line of the shipping address, for additional details if necessary. | |
| ShippingLine4 | String | False | 500 |
The fourth line of the shipping address, if required for additional address information. | |
| ShippingLine5 | String | False | 41 |
The fifth line of the shipping address, if applicable. | |
| ShippingCity | String | False | 255 |
The city name for the shipping address. | |
| ShippingState | String | False | 255 |
The state or province name for the shipping address. | |
| ShippingPostalCode | String | False | 30 |
The postal code or ZIP code for the shipping address. | |
| ShippingCountry | String | False | 255 |
The country name for the shipping address. | |
| ShippingNote | String | False | 41 |
A note associated with the shipping address. | |
| Subtotal | Decimal | True |
The total of the line items before taxes or additional charges are applied. | ||
| Tax | Double | True |
The total sales tax amount applied to this transaction. | ||
| TaxItem | String | False | 100 |
A sales tax item representing a specific tax rate and agency collecting the tax. | |
| TaxItemId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the sales tax item associated with this invoice. | |
| TaxPercent | Double | True |
The percentage of sales tax applied to the invoice. | ||
| PONumber | String | False | 25 |
The purchase order number associated with this invoice. | |
| DueDate | Date | False |
The date by which payment for this invoice is due. | ||
| Terms | String | False | 100 |
The payment terms agreed upon for this invoice. | |
| TermsId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the payment terms applied to this invoice. | |
| CustomFields | String | False |
Custom fields containing additional data returned from QuickBooks, formatted as XML. | ||
| ItemLineId | String | True |
The unique identifier for the specific line item within the invoice. | ||
| ItemLineNumber | String | True | 255 |
The line number of this item in the invoice. | |
| ItemName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the item included in this invoice. | |
| ItemId | String | False |
Items.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the item included in this invoice. |
| ItemGroup | String | False | 100 |
The name of the item group this line item belongs to. | |
| ItemGroupId | String | False |
Items.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the item group this line item belongs to. |
| ItemDescription | String | False | 5000 |
A detailed description of the item included in this line. | |
| ItemUnitOfMeasure | String | False | 31 |
The unit of measure for this item, such as pounds, pieces, or liters. | |
| ItemQuantity | Double | False |
The quantity of the item included in this invoice line. | ||
| ItemRate | Double | False |
The unit rate charged for this item. | ||
| ItemRatePercent | Double | False |
The percentage rate charged for this item. | ||
| ItemTaxCode | String | False | 3 |
The tax code applied to this item, specifying whether it is taxable or not. | |
| ItemTaxCodeId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the tax code applied to this item. | |
| ItemAmount | Decimal | False |
The total cost for this item in the invoice line. | ||
| ItemClass | String | False | 1000 |
The class name assigned to this item for categorization. | |
| ItemClassId | String | False |
Class.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the class assigned to this item. |
| ItemServiceDate | Date | False |
The date the service associated with this item was performed. | ||
| ItemInventorySiteId | String | False | 31 |
The unique identifier for the inventory site storing this item. | |
| ItemInventorySiteName | String | False | 255 |
The name of the inventory site storing this item. | |
| ItemInventorySiteLocationId | String | False | 31 |
The unique identifier for the location within the inventory site. | |
| ItemInventorySiteLocationName | String | False | 255 |
The name of the location within the inventory site storing this item. | |
| ItemSerialNumber | String | False | 5000 |
The serial number of this item, if applicable. | |
| ItemLotNumber | String | False | 40 |
The lot number associated with this item, if applicable. | |
| ItemExpirationDateForSerialLotNumber | String | True | 1099 |
The expiration date for the serial lot number of this item. | |
| ItemOther1 | String | False | 29 |
An additional field for custom data related to this item. | |
| ItemOther2 | String | False | 29 |
Another field for custom data related to this item. | |
| ItemCustomFields | String | False |
Additional custom fields specific to this line item. | ||
| ItemUOMSetFullName | String | False | 1000 |
The full name of the unit of measure set applied to this item. | |
| ItemUOMSetListID | String | False | 1000 |
The unique identifier for the unit of measure set applied to this item. | |
| ItemIsGetPrintItemsInGroup | String | False | 1000 |
Indicates if individual items in a group appear on printed forms. | |
| AppliedAmount | Decimal | True |
The total amount of applied credits and payments for this invoice. | ||
| Balance | Decimal | False |
The remaining unpaid amount for this invoice. | ||
| CustomerTaxCode | String | False | 3 |
The tax code specifically associated with this customer. | |
| CustomerTaxCodeId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the customer's tax code. | |
| IsToBePrinted | Boolean | False |
Indicates if this invoice is marked for printing. | ||
| IsToBeEmailed | Boolean | False |
Indicates if this invoice is marked for emailing. | ||
| IsPaid | Boolean | True |
Indicates if this invoice has been fully paid. | ||
| IsTaxIncluded | Boolean | False |
Specifies whether the tax is included in the transaction amount. | ||
| IsPending | Boolean | False |
Indicates if the invoice is pending or completed. | ||
| IsFinanceCharge | String | False | 16 |
Indicates if this invoice includes a finance charge. The allowed values are NotSet, IsFinanceCharge, NotFinanceCharge. The default value is NotSet. | |
| Template | String | False | 100 |
The name of the template applied to this invoice for formatting. | |
| TemplateId | String | False |
Templates.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the template applied to this invoice. |
| SuggestedDiscountAmount | Decimal | False |
The discount amount suggested for this invoice. | ||
| SuggestedDiscountDate | Date | False |
The suggested date by which a discount applies to this invoice. | ||
| ExchangeRate | Double | False |
The currency exchange rate applied to this invoice. | ||
| BalanceInHomeCurrency | Double | False |
The remaining balance converted to the home currency. | ||
| CurrencyName | String | False | 64 |
The name of the currency used for this invoice. | |
| CurrencyId | String | False |
Currency.ID | 1000 |
The unique identifier for the currency used for this invoice. |
| Other | String | False | 29 |
Additional data associated with this invoice. | |
| EditSequence | String | True | 16 |
A version control string that tracks changes to this invoice. | |
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The timestamp indicating when the invoice was last modified. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The timestamp indicating when the invoice was created. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description |
| LinkToTxnId | String |
Links this invoice to another transaction. |
| SetCreditAggregate | String |
Allows applying multiple credit memos to this invoice. |
| ItemLinkToTxnId | String |
Links this specific line item to another transaction. |
| ItemLinkToTxnLineId | String |
Links this specific line item to another transaction line item. |
| ItemOverrideAccount | String |
Overrides the default account for this line item with a specified account name. |
| ItemOverrideAccountId | String |
Overrides the default account for this line item with a specified account ID. |
Handles QuickBooks Invoices, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for billing and receivables tracking.
Invoices may be inserted, queried, or updated via the Invoices or InvoiceLineItems tables. Invoices may be deleted by using the Invoices table.
This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for Invoices are Id, Date, TimeModified, ReferenceNumber, CustomerName, CustomerId, IsPaid, Account, and AccountId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM Invoices WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'
To add an Invoice, specify a Customer and at least one Line Item. The ItemAggregate columns may be used to specify an XML aggregate of Line Item data. The columns that may be used in these aggregates are defined in the InvoiceLineItems tables and it starts with Item. For example, the following will insert a new Invoice with two Line Items:
INSERT INTO Invoices (CustomerName, ItemAggregate)
VALUES ('Abercrombie, Kristy', '<InvoiceLineItems>
<Row><ItemName>Repairs</ItemName><ItemQuantity>1</ItemQuantity></Row>
<Row><ItemName>Removal</ItemName><ItemQuantity>2</ItemQuantity></Row>
</InvoiceLineItems>')
To insert subitems, set the ItemName field to the FullName of the item; for example, '<Row><ItemName>Subs:Carpet</ItemName><ItemQuantity>0</ItemQuantity></Row>'
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
A unique identifier for the invoice, used to reference the invoice within QuickBooks. | |
| ReferenceNumber | String | False | 21 |
A transaction reference number assigned to the invoice for tracking and identification. | |
| TxnNumber | Integer | True |
A unique number assigned to the transaction by QuickBooks, distinct from the invoice ID. | ||
| CustomerName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the customer associated with the invoice. Either CustomerName or CustomerId must be provided when inserting a new invoice. | |
| CustomerId | String | False |
Customers.ID | 255 |
The Quickbooks generated unique identifier for the customer associated with the invoice. Can be used as an alternative to CustomerName during insertion. |
| Account | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the accounts-receivable account where funds from this invoice will be recorded. | |
| AccountId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the accounts-receivable account where funds from this invoice will be recorded. |
| Date | Date | False |
The date of the invoice transaction. If specified in a query, it overrides the StartDate and EndDate pseudo-columns. | ||
| ShipMethod | String | False | 1000 |
The shipping method used for the items in the invoice, such as UPS or FedEx. | |
| ShipMethodId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the shipping method associated with the invoice. | |
| ShipDate | Date | False |
The date when the shipment for the invoice is scheduled or completed. | ||
| Memo | String | False | 5000 |
A memo providing additional details or notes related to the invoice transaction. | |
| Class | String | False | 1000 |
A reference to the class associated with the invoice, useful for categorization and reporting. | |
| ClassId | String | False |
Class.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the class associated with the invoice. |
| Amount | Decimal | True |
The total monetary value of the invoice, including all items, taxes, and fees. | ||
| Message | String | False | 101 |
A message displayed to the customer or vendor on the invoice. | |
| MessageId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the message displayed to the customer or vendor on the invoice. | |
| SalesRep | String | False | 5 |
A reference to the sales representative responsible for the transaction, identified by initials. | |
| SalesRepId | String | False |
SalesReps.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the sales representative responsible for the transaction. |
| FOB | String | False | 13 |
Freight on board: Specifies the location from which the shipment originates or becomes the buyer's responsibility. | |
| BillingAddress | String | True |
The full billing address for the customer, as returned by QuickBooks. | ||
| BillingLine1 | String | False | 500 |
The first line of the billing address. | |
| BillingLine2 | String | False | 500 |
The second line of the billing address. | |
| BillingLine3 | String | False | 500 |
The third line of the billing address. | |
| BillingLine4 | String | False | 500 |
The fourth line of the billing address. | |
| BillingLine5 | String | False | 41 |
The fifth line of the billing address. | |
| BillingCity | String | False | 255 |
The city associated with the billing address. | |
| BillingState | String | False | 255 |
The state or province associated with the billing address. | |
| BillingPostalCode | String | False | 30 |
The postal code associated with the billing address. | |
| BillingCountry | String | False | 255 |
The country associated with the billing address. | |
| BillingNote | String | False | 41 |
Additional notes or comments related to the billing address. | |
| ShippingAddress | String | True |
The full shipping address for the customer, as returned by QuickBooks. | ||
| ShippingLine1 | String | False | 500 |
The first line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine2 | String | False | 500 |
The second line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine3 | String | False | 500 |
The third line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine4 | String | False | 500 |
The fourth line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine5 | String | False | 41 |
The fifth line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingCity | String | False | 255 |
The city associated with the shipping address. | |
| ShippingState | String | False | 255 |
The state or province associated with the shipping address. | |
| ShippingPostalCode | String | False | 30 |
The postal code associated with the shipping address. | |
| ShippingCountry | String | False | 255 |
The country associated with the shipping address. | |
| ShippingNote | String | False | 41 |
Additional notes or comments related to the shipping address. | |
| Subtotal | Decimal | True |
The gross subtotal for the invoice before applying taxes or payments. | ||
| Tax | Double | True |
The total sales tax applied to the invoice. | ||
| TaxItem | String | False | 100 |
The specific sales tax item applied to the invoice, collected at a specified rate and paid to a single agency. | |
| TaxItemId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the sales tax item applied to the invoice. | |
| TaxPercent | Double | True |
The percentage rate applied as sales tax for the invoice. | ||
| POnumber | String | False | 25 |
The purchase order number associated with the invoice. | |
| DueDate | Date | False |
The date when payment for the invoice is due. | ||
| Terms | String | False | 100 |
The payment terms agreed upon for the invoice, such as Net 30. | |
| TermsId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the payment terms associated with the invoice. | |
| ItemCount | Integer | True |
The total number of items included in the invoice. | ||
| ItemAggregate | String | False | 5000 |
A structured summary of all line items included in the invoice. | |
| TransactionCount | Integer | True |
The number of transactions linked to the invoice. | ||
| TransactionAggregate | String | True | 5000 |
A structured summary of all linked transactions associated with the invoice. | |
| AppliedAmount | Decimal | True |
The total amount of credits or payments applied to the invoice. | ||
| Balance | Decimal | False |
The remaining unpaid balance for the invoice. | ||
| CustomerTaxCode | String | False | 3 |
The tax code associated with the customer receiving the invoice. | |
| CustomerTaxCodeId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the tax code associated with the customer. | |
| IsToBePrinted | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether the invoice is marked for printing. | ||
| IsToBeEmailed | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether the invoice is marked for emailing. | ||
| IsPaid | Boolean | True |
Indicates whether the invoice has been paid in full. | ||
| IsTaxIncluded | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether taxes are included in the line item amounts on the invoice. | ||
| IsPending | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether the transaction is pending completion or finalization. | ||
| IsFinanceCharge | String | False | 16 |
Indicates whether the invoice includes a finance charge. The allowed values are NotSet, IsFinanceCharge, NotFinanceCharge. The default value is NotSet. | |
| Template | String | False | 100 |
The template used for printing or displaying the invoice. | |
| TemplateId | String | False |
Templates.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the template associated with the invoice. |
| SuggestedDiscountAmount | Decimal | False |
A suggested discount amount for early payment of the invoice. | ||
| SuggestedDiscountDate | Date | False |
A suggested discount deadline for early payment of the invoice. | ||
| ExchangeRate | Double | False |
The currency exchange rate applied to the invoice. | ||
| BalanceInHomeCurrency | Double | False |
The remaining balance for the invoice, converted to the company's home currency. | ||
| CurrencyName | String | False | 64 |
The name of the currency used for the invoice. | |
| CurrencyId | String | False |
Currency.ID | 1000 |
The unique identifier for the currency used for the invoice. |
| Other | String | False | 29 |
Additional data or information related to the invoice. | |
| CustomFields | String | False |
Custom-defined fields for the invoice, returned in XML format. | ||
| EditSequence | String | True | 16 |
A unique identifier used for versioning the current copy of the invoice. | |
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The date and time when the invoice was last modified. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The date and time when the invoice was originally created. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description |
| Item* | String |
Includes all line-item-specific columns that can be used for inserting or updating line items in the invoice. |
| LinkToTxnId | String |
Links this invoice to another transaction. Available only during inserts and requires QBXML Version 6.0 or higher. |
| SetCreditAggregate | String |
Applies multiple credit memos to this invoice. Available during inserts and updates with QBXML Version 10.0 or higher. |
Manages individual line items in QuickBooks Items, including creation, updates, deletion, and queries for detailed inventory tracking.
Item Line Items may be inserted, deleted, and updated via the ItemLineItems table. Item Line Items refer to the Line Items associated with item groups, inventory assemblies, or sales tax groups.
This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for Items are Id, TimeModified, Name, Type, and IsActive. TimeModified may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. Name may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM ItemLineItems WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND Name LIKE '%12345%'
To add a Line Item, specify the ItemId or Assembly Id columns of the Item Group or Assembly you want to add the Line Item to when making the insertion. For example:
INSERT INTO ItemLineItems (ItemId, LineItemName, LineItemQuantity) VALUES ('430001-1071511103|130000-933272656', 'Hardware:Doorknobs Std', 1)
To insert a new Inventory Assembly, Item Group, or Sales Tax Group with Line Items, provide the Name and Type columns and at least one Line Item. For example:
INSERT INTO ItemLineItems#TEMP (Name, Type, LineItemName, LineItemQuantity) VALUES ('MyItemGroup', 'ItemGroup', 'Hardware:Doorknobs Std', 1)
INSERT INTO ItemLineItems#TEMP (Name, Type, LineItemName, LineItemQuantity) VALUES ('MyItemGroup', 'ItemGroup', 'Cabinets', 2)
INSERT INTO ItemLineItems (Name, Type, LineItemName, LineItemQuantity) SELECT Name, Type, LineItemName, LineItemQuantity FROM ItemLineItems#TEMP
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
A unique identifier for the line item, formatted as ItemId|ItemLineNumber. | |
| ItemId | String | False |
Items.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the inventory assembly or group item within QuickBooks. |
| Name | String | False | 100 |
The name of the inventory assembly or group item. | |
| FullName | String | True | 1000 |
The full name of the item, including parent item names if it is a subitem. Formatted as parentname:name. | |
| Type | String | False | 100 |
The type of item, such as inventory, non-inventory, or service. This field is required when inserting new items. The default value is ALL. | |
| Barcode | String | False |
The barcode assigned to the item for scanning and identification purposes. | ||
| Account | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the account associated with the inventory assembly or group. | |
| AccountId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the account associated with the inventory assembly or group. |
| COGSAccount | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the Cost of Goods Sold (COGS) account linked to the inventory assembly or group. | |
| COGSAccountId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the Cost of Goods Sold (COGS) account linked to the inventory assembly or group. |
| AssetAccount | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the inventory asset account associated with the inventory assembly or group, applicable if it is an inventory item. | |
| AssetAccountId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the inventory asset account associated with the inventory assembly or group, applicable if it is an inventory item. |
| LineItemNumber | Integer | False |
The sequential number of the line item within the inventory assembly or group. | ||
| LineItemId | String | False |
Items.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the line item. Either LineItemId or LineItemName must be provided when inserting. |
| LineItemName | String | False |
The name of the line item. Either LineItemId or LineItemName must be provided when inserting. | ||
| LineItemQuantity | Double | False |
The quantity of the line item included in the inventory assembly or group. | ||
| LineItemUnitOfMeasure | String | False |
The unit of measure used for the line item, such as 'each' or 'dozen.' | ||
| ParentName | String | False |
The name of the parent item for the inventory assembly or group, if it is a subitem. | ||
| ParentId | String | False |
Items.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the parent item for the inventory assembly or group, if it is a subitem. |
| Description | String | False | 5000 |
A description of the inventory assembly or group, providing details about its use or contents. | |
| Price | Double | False |
The price of the inventory assembly or group, used for sales and pricing calculations. | ||
| AverageCost | Double | True |
The average cost of the inventory assembly or group, calculated based on purchase and inventory data. | ||
| IsActive | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether the inventory assembly or group item is active and available for use. | ||
| PurchaseCost | Double | False |
The cost of purchasing the inventory assembly or group item. | ||
| PurchaseDescription | String | False | 5000 |
A description of the inventory assembly or group item specific to purchasing transactions. | |
| PreferredVendor | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the preferred vendor for procuring the inventory assembly or group item. | |
| PreferredVendorId | String | False |
Vendors.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the preferred vendor for procuring the inventory assembly or group item. |
| TaxCode | String | False | 3 |
A reference to a predefined sales tax code within QuickBooks, applicable to the item. | |
| TaxCodeId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the sales tax code within QuickBooks, applicable to the item. | |
| IsTaxIncluded | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether taxes are included in the transaction amount. This feature is available only in international editions of QuickBooks. | ||
| CustomFields | String | False |
Custom fields defined for the item, returned as XML data. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The date and time when the inventory assembly or group was last modified. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The date and time when the inventory assembly or group was originally created. |
Handles QuickBooks Item Receipt Expense Line Items, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for purchase expense tracking.
ItemReceipts may be inserted, queried, or updated via the ItemReceipts, ItemReceiptExpenseItems, or ItemReceiptLineItems tables. ItemReceipts may be deleted by using the ItemReceipts table.
This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for ItemReceipts are Id, Date, ReferenceNumber, Payee, PayeeId, VendorName, VendorId, Account, AccountId, and TimeModified. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. VendorName and ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM ItemReceipts WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND VendorName LIKE '%Patton Hardware Supplies%' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '12345%'
To add an ItemReceipt, specify the Vendor, Date, and at least one Expense or Line Item. All Expense Line Item columns can be used for inserting multiple Expense Line Items for a new ItemReceipt transaction. For example, the following will insert a new ItemReceipt with two Expense Line Items:
INSERT INTO ItemReceiptExpenseItems#TEMP (VendorName, Date, ExpenseAccount, ExpenseAmount) VALUES ('Patton Hardware Supplies', '1/1/2011', 'Utilities:Telephone', 52.25)
INSERT INTO ItemReceiptExpenseItems#TEMP (VendorName, Date, ExpenseAccount, ExpenseAmount) VALUES ('Patton Hardware Supplies', '1/1/2011', 'Professional Fees:Accounting', 235.87)
INSERT INTO ItemReceiptExpenseItems (VendorName, Date, ExpenseAccount, ExpenseAmount) SELECT VendorName, Date, ExpenseAccount, ExpenseAmount FROM ItemReceiptExpenseItems#TEMP
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
A unique identifier for the expense line item, formatted as ItemReceiptId|ExpenseLineId. | |
| ItemReceiptId | String | False |
ItemReceipts.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the item receipt, sourced from the ItemReceipts table. |
| VendorName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the vendor associated with the item receipt. Either VendorName or VendorId must be provided when inserting. | |
| VendorId | String | False |
Vendors.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the vendor associated with the item receipt. Either VendorName or VendorId must be provided when inserting. |
| Date | Date | False |
The date the transaction occurred or was recorded. | ||
| ReferenceNumber | String | False | 21 |
A reference number assigned to this transaction for identification. | |
| AccountsPayable | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the accounts payable account associated with the item receipt. | |
| AccountsPayableId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the accounts payable account associated with the item receipt. |
| Memo | String | False | 5000 |
An optional note or memo describing the item receipt. | |
| Amount | Decimal | True |
The total monetary value of the item receipt. | ||
| TxnNumber | Integer | True |
A unique transaction number assigned to differentiate this transaction from others, apart from the Quickbooks generated ID. | ||
| ExchangeRate | Double | False |
The exchange rate used to convert this transaction's currency to the home currency of the QuickBooks file. Requires QBXML Version 8.0 or higher. | ||
| IsTaxIncluded | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether the transaction amount includes tax. This feature is available only in international editions of QuickBooks. | ||
| ExpenseLineId | String | True | 255 |
A unique identifier for this specific expense line. | |
| ExpenseLineNumber | String | True | 255 |
The line number of this expense within the item receipt. | |
| ExpenseAccount | String | False | 1000 |
The account name to which this expense line is associated. Either ExpenseAccount or ExpenseAccountId must be provided when inserting. | |
| ExpenseAccountId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the account to which this expense line is associated. Either ExpenseAccount or ExpenseAccountId must be provided when inserting. |
| ExpenseAmount | Decimal | False |
The monetary value of this specific expense line. | ||
| ExpenseBillableStatus | String | False | 13 |
The billing status of this expense line, indicating whether it is billable, non-billable, or has already been billed. The allowed values are Empty, Billable, NotBillable, HasBeenBilled. The default value is Empty. | |
| ExpenseCustomer | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the customer linked to this expense line, if applicable. | |
| ExpenseCustomerId | String | False |
Customers.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the customer linked to this expense line, if applicable. |
| ExpenseClass | String | False | 1000 |
The class name categorizing this expense. | |
| ExpenseClassId | String | False |
Class.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the class categorizing this expense. |
| ExpenseTaxCode | String | False | 3 |
The name of the sales tax code associated with this expense. This field is available only in QuickBooks UK and Canada editions. | |
| ExpenseTaxCodeId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier of the sales tax code associated with this expense. This field is available only in QuickBooks UK and Canada editions. | |
| ExpenseCustomFields | String | True |
Custom fields specific to this expense item, formatted as XML. | ||
| CustomFields | String | False |
Custom fields related to the item receipt, formatted as XML. | ||
| EditSequence | String | True | 16 |
An identifier used for version control of this object in QuickBooks. | |
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The date and time when the item receipt was last updated. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The date and time when the item receipt was initially created. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description |
| LinkToTxnId | String |
The unique identifier of a transaction (such as a purchase order) to which the new item receipt is linked. Available only during insertion. |
Manages individual line items within QuickBooks Item Receipts, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for purchase tracking.
ItemReceipts may be inserted, queried, or updated via the ItemReceipts, ItemReceiptExpenseItems, or ItemReceiptLineItems tables. ItemReceipts may be deleted by using the ItemReceipts table.
This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. Typically, These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for ItemReceipts are Id, Date, ReferenceNumber, VendorName, VendorId, Payee, PayeeId, Account, AccountId, and TimeModified. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. VendorName and ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM ItemReceipts WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND VendorName LIKE '%Patton Hardware Supplies%' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '12345%'
To add an ItemReceipt, specify the Vendor, Date, and at least one Expense or Line Item. To create LineItems, you must insert data in a temporary table called 'LineItems#TEMP'. For example, the following will insert a new ItemReceipt with two Line Items:
INSERT INTO ItemReceiptLineItems#TEMP (VendorName, Date, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('Patton Hardware Supplies', '1/1/2011', 'Repairs', 1)
INSERT INTO ItemReceiptLineItems#TEMP (VendorName, Date, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('Patton Hardware Supplies', '1/1/2011', 'Removal', 2)
INSERT INTO ItemReceiptLineItems (VendorName, Date, ItemName, ItemQuantity) SELECT FROM VendorName, Date, ItemName, ItemQuantity ItemReceiptLineItems#TEMP
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
A unique identifier for the line item, formatted as ItemReceiptId|ItemLineId. | |
| ItemReceiptId | String | False |
ItemReceipts.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the item receipt, sourced from the ItemReceipt table. |
| VendorName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the vendor associated with the item receipt. Either VendorName or VendorId must be provided when inserting. | |
| VendorId | String | False |
Vendors.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the vendor associated with the item receipt. Either VendorName or VendorId must be provided when inserting. |
| Date | Date | False |
The date the transaction occurred or was recorded. | ||
| ReferenceNumber | String | False | 21 |
A reference number assigned to this transaction for identification. | |
| AccountsPayable | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the accounts payable account associated with the item receipt. | |
| AccountsPayableId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the accounts payable account associated with the item receipt. |
| Memo | String | False | 5000 |
An optional note or memo describing the item receipt. | |
| Amount | Decimal | True |
The total monetary value of the item receipt. | ||
| TxnNumber | Integer | True |
A unique transaction number assigned to differentiate this transaction from others, apart from the Quickbooks generated ID. | ||
| ExchangeRate | Double | False |
The exchange rate used to convert this transaction's currency to the home currency of the QuickBooks file. Requires QBXML Version 8.0 or higher. | ||
| IsTaxIncluded | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether the transaction amount includes tax. This feature is available only in international editions of QuickBooks. | ||
| ItemLineId | String | True | 255 |
A unique identifier for this specific line item. | |
| ItemLineNumber | String | True | 255 |
The sequential number of this line item within the item receipt. | |
| ItemName | String | False |
The name of the item associated with this line. | ||
| ItemId | String | False |
Items.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the item associated with this line. |
| ItemGroup | String | False | 100 |
The name of the item group this line belongs to, if applicable. | |
| ItemGroupId | String | False |
Items.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the item group this line belongs to, if applicable. |
| ItemDescription | String | False | 5000 |
A brief description of the item associated with this line. | |
| ItemQuantity | Double | False |
The quantity of the item or item group specified in this line. | ||
| ItemTaxCode | String | False | 3 |
The name of the sales tax code applied to this line item. Available only in QuickBooks UK and Canada editions. | |
| ItemTaxCodeId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier of the sales tax code applied to this line item. Available only in QuickBooks UK and Canada editions. | |
| ItemUnitOfMeasure | String | False | 31 |
The unit of measure for this line item, selected from the item's available units. Only available in QBXML Version 7.0 and above. | |
| ItemInventorySiteId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier of the inventory site associated with this item. Requires QBXML Version 10.0 or higher and the Advanced Inventory add-on. | |
| ItemInventorySiteName | String | False | 31 |
The name of the inventory site associated with this item. Requires QBXML Version 10.0 or higher and the Advanced Inventory add-on. | |
| ItemInventorySiteLocationId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier of the inventory site location associated with this item. Requires QBXML Version 12.0 or higher. | |
| ItemInventorySiteLocationName | String | False |
The name of the inventory site location associated with this item. Requires QBXML Version 12.0 or higher. | ||
| ItemSerialNumber | String | False | 255 |
The serial number of this item. Requires QBXML Version 11.0 or higher and the Advanced Inventory add-on. | |
| ItemLotNumber | String | False | 40 |
The lot number of this item. Requires QBXML Version 11.0 or higher and the Advanced Inventory add-on. | |
| ItemExpirationDateForSerialLotNumber | String | True | 1099 |
The expiration date for the serial lot number of this item. Available starting from QB Desktop 2023 (USA & Canada) and SDK 16.0. | |
| ItemCost | Double | False |
The unit cost for this item. | ||
| ItemAmount | Decimal | False |
The total amount for this line item. | ||
| ItemBillableStatus | String | False | 13 |
The billing status of this line item, indicating whether it is billable, non-billable, or has already been billed. The allowed values are EMPTY, BILLABLE, NOTBILLABLE, HASBEENBILLED. The default value is EMPTY. | |
| ItemCustomer | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the customer linked to this line item, if applicable. | |
| ItemCustomerId | String | False |
Customers.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the customer linked to this line item, if applicable. |
| ItemClass | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the class assigned to this item. | |
| ItemClassId | String | False |
Class.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the class assigned to this item. |
| ItemCustomFields | String | False |
Custom fields specific to this line item, formatted as XML. | ||
| CustomFields | String | False |
Custom fields related to the item receipt, formatted as XML. | ||
| EditSequence | String | True | 16 |
An identifier used for version control of this object in QuickBooks. | |
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The date and time when the item receipt was last updated. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The date and time when the item receipt was initially created. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description |
| LinkToTxnId | String |
The unique identifier of a transaction (such as a purchase order) to which the new item receipt is linked. Available only during insertion. |
| ItemLinkToTxnId | String |
Links this individual line item to another transaction. Available only during insertion and requires QBXML Version 6.0 or higher. |
| ItemLinkToTxnLineId | String |
Links this individual line item to a specific line item in another transaction. Available only during insertion and requires QBXML Version 6.0 or higher. |
| ItemOverrideAccount | String |
Specifies the account name used to override the default account for this item. Available only during insertion and updates. |
| ItemOverrideAccountId | String |
Specifies the account ID used to override the default account for this item. Available only during insertion and updates. |
Handles QuickBooks Item Receipts, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for tracking goods received.
ItemReceipts may be inserted, queried, or updated via the ItemReceipts, ItemReceiptExpenseItems or ItemReceiptLineItems tables. ItemReceipts may be deleted by using the ItemReceipts table.
This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically only be used with the equals or = comparison. The available columns for ItemReceipts are Id, Date, ReferenceNumber, VendorName, VendorId, Payee, PayeeId, Account, AccountId, and TimeModified. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. VendorName and ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM ItemReceipts WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND VendorName LIKE '%Patton Hardware Supplies%' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '12345%'
To add an ItemReceipt, specify the Vendor, Date, and at least one Expense or Line Item. The ItemAggregate and ExpenseAggregate columns may be used to specify an XML aggregate of Line Item or Expense Item data. The columns that may be used in these aggregates are defined in the ItemReceiptLineItems and ItemReceiptExpenseItems tables and it starts with Item. For example, the following will insert a new ItemReceipt with two Line Items:
INSERT INTO ItemReceipts (VendorName, Date, ItemAggregate) VALUES ('Patton Hardware Supplies', '1/1/2011',
'<ItemReceiptLineItems>
<Row><ItemName>Repairs</ItemName><ItemQuantity>1</ItemQuantity></Row>
<Row><ItemName>Removal</ItemName><ItemQuantity>2</ItemQuantity></Row>
</ItemReceiptLineItems>')
To insert subitems, set the ItemName field to the FullName of the item; for example, '<Row><ItemName>Subs:Carpet</ItemName><ItemQuantity>0</ItemQuantity></Row>'
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the item receipt. | |
| VendorName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the vendor associated with the item receipt. Either VendorName or VendorId must be provided when inserting a new item receipt. | |
| VendorId | String | False |
Vendors.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the vendor associated with the item receipt. Either VendorName or VendorId must be provided when inserting a new item receipt. |
| Date | Date | False |
The date when the item receipt transaction was created or recorded. | ||
| ReferenceNumber | String | False | 21 |
A reference number assigned to the item receipt transaction for identification purposes. | |
| AccountsPayable | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 1000 |
The name of the accounts payable account associated with the item receipt. |
| AccountsPayableId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier of the accounts payable account associated with the item receipt. | |
| Memo | String | False | 5000 |
An optional memo or note describing the item receipt transaction. | |
| Amount | Decimal | True |
The total monetary value of the item receipt. | ||
| TxnNumber | Integer | True |
A unique transaction number assigned to distinguish this transaction from others, apart from the Quickbooks generated ID. | ||
| ExchangeRate | Double | False |
The exchange rate used to convert the transaction's currency into the home currency of the QuickBooks file. Requires QBXML Version 8.0 or higher. | ||
| IsTaxIncluded | Boolean | False |
Specifies whether the transaction amount includes tax. This field is available only in international editions of QuickBooks. | ||
| ItemCount | Integer | True |
The number of item entries in the item receipt. | ||
| ItemAggregate | String | False | 5000 |
An aggregate of all line item data, allowing the addition of an item receipt along with its line items. | |
| ExpenseItemCount | Integer | True |
The number of expense line items in the item receipt. | ||
| ExpenseItemAggregate | String | False | 5000 |
An aggregate of all expense line item data, allowing the addition of an item receipt along with its expense items. | |
| TransactionCount | Integer | True |
The number of linked transactions associated with the item receipt. | ||
| TransactionAggregate | String | True | 5000 |
An aggregate of data for all linked transactions associated with the item receipt. | |
| CustomFields | String | False |
Any custom fields associated with this item receipt, formatted as XML. | ||
| EditSequence | String | True | 16 |
An identifier used for version control of this object in QuickBooks. | |
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The date and time when the item receipt was last updated. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The date and time when the item receipt was initially created. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description |
| Item* | String |
Represents all line-item-specific fields that can be used in insertions. |
| Expense* | String |
Represents all expense-item-specific fields that can be used in insertions. |
| LinkToTxnId | String |
The identifier of a transaction (such as a purchase order) to link this item receipt to. This is only available for inserts. |
Manages QuickBooks Items, including creation, updates, deletion, and queries for inventory and service tracking.
This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can only be used with the equals or = comparison. The available columns for Items are Id, TimeModified, FullName, Type, and IsActive. TimeModified may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. FullName may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM Items WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND FullName LIKE '%12345%'
When inserting the Item, specify the Type and Name fields. Depending on the Type, other columns may also be required in the insertion. See the list below to see which columns are required for special cases:
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier assigned to the item in QuickBooks. | |
| Name | String | False | 31 |
The name of the item, used for identification in QuickBooks. | |
| FullName | String | True | 159 |
The full name of the item, including the parent name if the item is a subitem, formatted as parentname:name. | |
| Type | String | False | 100 |
The category or type of the item (for example, inventory, non-inventory). Required when adding a new item. The allowed values are Unknown, Service, Inventory, NonInventory, Payment, Discount, SalesTax, SubTotal, OtherCharge, InventoryAssembly, Group, SalesTaxGroup, FixedAsset. The default value is ALL. | |
| Account | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the account associated with this item. | |
| AccountId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the account associated with this item. |
| COGSAccount | String | False | 1000 |
The Cost of Goods Sold (COGS) account linked to this item. | |
| COGSAccountId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the COGS account linked to this item. |
| AssetAccount | String | False | 1000 |
The inventory asset account linked to this item (applicable for inventory items). | |
| AssetAccountId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the inventory asset account linked to this item. |
| Class | String | False | 1000 |
A reference to the classification of this item. | |
| ClassId | String | False |
Class.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the classification for this item. |
| DateSold | Datetime | False |
The date the asset was sold (applicable only for fixed asset items). | ||
| PurchaseDate | Date | False |
The date the asset was purchased (required for fixed-asset items). | ||
| ItemCount | Integer | False |
The number of line items associated with the inventory assembly. | ||
| ParentName | String | False |
The name of the parent item if this item is a subitem. | ||
| ParentId | String | False |
Items.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the parent item if this item is a subitem. |
| Description | String | False | 5000 |
A detailed description of the item. | |
| Price | Double | False |
The sales price of the item. | ||
| PricePercent | Double | False |
The price expressed as a percentage, used in specific pricing scenarios like labor costs as a percentage of parts costs. If set, Price is 0. | ||
| AverageCost | Double | True |
The average cost of the item. | ||
| IsActive | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether the item is active in QuickBooks. | ||
| PurchaseCost | Double | False |
The cost to purchase this item. | ||
| PurchaseDescription | String | False | 5000 |
A description used for purchasing this item. | |
| ExpenseAccount | String | False | 1000 |
The expense account associated with this item. | |
| ExpenseAccountId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the expense account associated with this item. |
| PreferredVendor | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the preferred vendor for this item. | |
| PreferredVendorId | String | False |
Vendors.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the preferred vendor for this item. |
| QuantityOnHand | Double | True |
The current stock level of this inventory item. | ||
| QuantityOnOrder | Double | True |
The quantity of this item that has been ordered from vendors but not yet received. | ||
| QuantityOnSalesOrder | Double | True |
The quantity of this item that customers have ordered but has not yet been delivered. | ||
| InventoryDate | Date | False |
The date this item was converted into an inventory item. | ||
| ReorderPoint | Double | False |
The stock level at which a reorder reminder is triggered. | ||
| Barcode | String | False | 50 |
The barcode associated with this item. | |
| TaxCode | String | False | 3 |
A reference to the sales tax code assigned to this item. | |
| TaxCodeId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier of the sales tax code assigned to this item. | |
| IsTaxIncluded | Boolean | False |
Indicates if the transaction amount includes tax (only available in international editions of QuickBooks). | ||
| PurchaseTaxCode | String | False | 3 |
A reference to the purchase tax code assigned to this item (available in international editions). | |
| PurchaseTaxCodeId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier of the purchase tax code assigned to this item (available in international editions). | |
| PartNumber | String | False | 31 |
The manufacturer's part number for this item (requires QBXML Version 7.0 or higher). | |
| PaymentMethodName | String | False | 100 |
The payment method (for example, check, credit card) associated with this item. | |
| PaymentMethodId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier of the payment method associated with this item. | |
| TaxRate | Double | False |
The tax rate applied to this item, expressed as a percentage. | ||
| TaxVendorName | String | False | 1000 |
The vendor or tax agency to whom taxes for this item are paid. | |
| TaxVendorId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier of the vendor or tax agency to whom taxes for this item are paid. | |
| SpecialItemType | String | False | 50 |
The specific type of item when the item type is unknown. Errors occur if this type is used for adding items. The allowed values are FinanceCharge, ReimbursableExpenseGroup, ReimbursableExpenseSubtotal. | |
| VendorOrPayeeName | String | False | 50 |
The name of the vendor from whom this asset was purchased. | |
| IsPrintItemsInGroup | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether this item's group members and amounts should appear on printed forms. | ||
| SalesExpense | String | False |
Any expenses incurred during the sale of a fixed asset. Applicable only if the asset has been sold. | ||
| AssetAcquiredAs | String | False | 3 |
Indicates if the asset was acquired new or used. If left blank, it is not included in the request. The allowed values are New, Old. | |
| AssetDescription | String | False | 5000 |
A detailed description of the fixed asset. | |
| AssetLocation | String | False | 50 |
The physical location of the fixed asset. | |
| AssetPONumber | String | False | 30 |
The purchase order number associated with this asset. | |
| AssetSerialNumber | String | False | 5000 |
The serial number of the fixed asset. | |
| AssetWarrantyExpires | Date | False |
The date when the warranty for this asset expires. | ||
| AssetNotes | String | False | 5000 |
Additional notes or details about the asset. | |
| AssetNumber | String | False | 10 |
The identifier used by QuickBooks Fixed Asset Manager to track this asset. | |
| AssetCostBasis | Decimal | False |
The total cost of the asset, including improvements or repairs, used to calculate depreciation. | ||
| AssetDepreciation | Double | False |
The accumulated depreciation of the asset since purchase. | ||
| AssetBookValue | Double | False |
An estimate of the asset's current sales value. | ||
| UnitOfMeasure | String | False | 31 |
The unit of measure used for this item (requires QBXML Version 7.0 or higher). | |
| UnitOfMeasureId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier of the unit of measure (requires QBXML Version 7.0 or higher). | |
| Sublevel | Integer | True |
The number of hierarchical levels above this item. | ||
| LineAggregate | String | True | 5000 |
An aggregate of data for all line items associated with this item. | |
| CustomFields | String | False |
Custom fields formatted as XML and returned from QuickBooks. | ||
| EditSequence | String | True | 16 |
An identifier for versioning this record in QuickBooks. | |
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The date and time when this item was last modified. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The date and time when this item was created. |
Manages QuickBooks Job Types, supporting creation and queries to classify customer jobs for better project tracking.
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the job type. | |
| Name | String | False | 100 |
The name of the job type. | |
| FullName | String | True | 1000 |
The full hierarchical name of the job type, formatted as ParentName|JobTypeName, if applicable. | |
| IsActive | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether the job type is active (true) or inactive (false). | ||
| ParentRef_FullName | String | False |
The full name of the parent job type. Specify only ParentRef_FullName or ParentRef_ListId when inserting, not both. | ||
| ParentRef_ListId | String | False |
JobTypes.ID | 255 |
The unique Id of the parent job type. Specify only ParentRef_ListId or ParentRef_FullName when inserting, not both. |
| Sublevel | Integer | True |
The number of hierarchical levels above this job type (how many parent types it has). | ||
| EditSequence | String | True | 16 |
A unique string used for version tracking of the job type in QuickBooks. | |
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The timestamp indicating when this job type was created. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The timestamp indicating the last time this job type was modified. |
Handles QuickBooks Journal Entries, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for accounting adjustments. Note: Journal Entry Lines cannot be modified in existing entries.
JournalEntries are unique in that the Credit Line Items and Debit Line Items must add up to the same total in one transaction. It is not possible to change a Journal Line Item one at a time and thus end up with an unbalanced transaction.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for JournalEntries are Id, Date, TimeCreated, ReferenceNumber, LineEntityName, LineEntityId, LineAccount, and LineAccountId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM JournalEntries WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'
To add a JournalEntry, specify at least one Credit and one Debit Line. The LineAggregate column may be used to specify an XML aggregate of JournalEntry Line data. The columns that may be used in these aggregates are defined in the JournalEntryLines table and it starts with Line. For example, the following will insert a new JournalEntry with two Credit Lines and one Debit Line:
INSERT INTO JournalEntries
(ReferenceNumber, LineAggregate)
VALUES ('12345',
'<JournalEntryLines>
<Row><LineType>Credit</LineType><LineAccount>Retained Earnings</LineAccount><LineAmount>100</LineAmount></Row>
<Row><LineType>Credit</LineType><LineAccount>Note Payable - Bank of Anycity</LineAccount><LineAmount>20</LineAmount></Row>
<Row><LineType>Debit</LineType><LineAccount>Checking</LineAccount><LineAmount>120</LineAmount></Row>
</JournalEntryLines>')
To insert subitems, set the ItemName field to the FullName of the item; for example, '<Row><ItemName>Subs:Carpet</ItemName><ItemQuantity>0</ItemQuantity></Row>'
To delete a JournalEntry, simply perform a DELETE statement and set the Id equal to the JournalEntryId you wish to delete. For example:
DELETE FROM JournalEntries WHERE Id = '16336-1450191232'
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the journal entry. | |
| ReferenceNumber | String | False | 21 |
The reference number assigned to the journal entry transaction. | |
| TxnNumber | Integer | True |
An identifying number for the transaction, distinct from the Quickbooks generated ID. | ||
| Date | Date | False |
The date of the transaction. When used in a WHERE clause of a SELECT query, it overrides the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate. | ||
| CreditLineCount | Integer | False |
The total number of credit lines included in the journal entry. | ||
| DebitLineCount | Integer | False |
The total number of debit lines included in the journal entry. | ||
| FirstCreditAccount | String | False |
The name of the first credit account associated with the journal entry. | ||
| FirstCreditAmount | Decimal | False |
The monetary amount of the first credit line in the journal entry. | ||
| FirstCreditMemo | String | False |
The memo text associated with the first credit line in the journal entry. | ||
| FirstCreditEntityName | String | False |
The name of the entity linked to the first credit line of the journal entry. | ||
| FirstCreditEntityId | String | False |
The unique ID of the entity linked to the first credit line of the journal entry. | ||
| FirstDebitAccount | String | False |
The name of the first debit account associated with the journal entry. | ||
| FirstDebitAmount | Decimal | False |
The monetary amount of the first debit line in the journal entry. | ||
| FirstDebitMemo | String | False |
The memo text associated with the first debit line in the journal entry. | ||
| FirstDebitEntityName | String | False |
The name of the entity linked to the first debit line of the journal entry. | ||
| FirstDebitEntityId | String | False |
The unique ID of the entity linked to the first debit line of the journal entry. | ||
| LineAggregate | String | False | 5000 |
An aggregate of the credit and debit line data, used for adding a journal entry and its line item data. | |
| CurrencyName | String | False | 64 |
The name of the currency used for the journal entry. Requires QBXML version 8.0 or higher. | |
| CurrencyId | String | False |
Currency.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the currency used for the journal entry. Requires QBXML version 8.0 or higher. |
| ExchangeRate | Double | False |
The exchange rate applied to convert the foreign currency into the home currency of the QuickBooks file. | ||
| IsHomeCurrencyAdjustment | Boolean | False |
Indicates if the transaction uses the home currency. If true, the Currency and ExchangeRate fields are overridden to default to the home currency. | ||
| EditSequence | String | False | 16 |
A string used for versioning the journal entry in QuickBooks. | |
| TimeModified | Datetime | False |
The timestamp indicating the last modification of the journal entry. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | False |
The timestamp indicating when the journal entry was created. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description |
| Line* | String |
All columns specific to journal entry line items can be included in insert operations. |
| LineEntityName | String |
Filters journal entry data by the name of an entity linked to a line item. |
| LineEntityId | String |
Filters journal entry data by the ID of an entity linked to a line item. |
| LineAccount | String |
Filters journal entry data by the name of an account linked to a line item. |
| LineAccountId | String |
Filters journal entry data by the ID of an account linked to a line item. |
Manages individual lines within QuickBooks Journal Entries, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for detailed accounting entries.
JournalEntries are unique in that the Credit Line Items and Debit Line Items must add up to the same total in one transaction. It is not possible to change a Journal Line Item one at a time and thus end up with an unbalanced transaction. Note that while Journal Entry Lines can be created with a new Journal Entry, they cannot be added or removed from an existing Journal Entry.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can only be used with the equals or = comparison. The available columns for JournalEntries are Id, Date, TimeModified, ReferenceNumber, LineEntityName, LineEntityId, LineAccount, and LineAccountId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM JournalEntryLines WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'
To add a JournalEntry, at least one Credit and one Debit Line must be added. Both types of lines are denoted by the Line columns. Debit Lines have a LineType of Debit while Credit Lines have a LineType of Credit. For example, to insert a JournalEntry:
INSERT INTO JournalEntryLines#TEMP (ReferenceNumber, LineType, LineAccount, LineAmount) VALUES ('12345', 'Credit', 'Retained Earnings', '100')
INSERT INTO JournalEntryLines#TEMP (ReferenceNumber, LineType, LineAccount, LineAmount) VALUES ('12345', 'Credit', 'Note Payable - Bank of Anycity', '20')
INSERT INTO JournalEntryLines#TEMP (ReferenceNumber, LineType, LineAccount, LineAmount) VALUES ('12345', 'Debit', 'Checking', '120')
INSERT INTO JournalEntryLines (ReferenceNumber, LineType, LineAccount, LineAmount) SELECT ReferenceNumber, LineType, LineAccount, LineAmount FROM JournalEntryLines#TEMP
To delete a JournalEntry, simply perform a DELETE statement and set the Id equal to the JournalEntryId you wish to delete. For example:
DELETE FROM JournalEntries WHERE Id = '16336-1450191232'
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the journal entry line, formatted as JournalEntryId|ItemLineId. | |
| JournalEntryID | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier of the journal entry to which this line belongs. | |
| ReferenceNumber | String | False | 21 |
The reference number assigned to the journal entry transaction. | |
| TxnNumber | Integer | True |
The transaction number, which is distinct from the Quickbooks generated ID. | ||
| Date | Date | False |
The date of the transaction. If specified in a SELECT query's WHERE clause, it overrides the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate. | ||
| CreditLineCount | Integer | False |
The total number of credit lines included in the journal entry. | ||
| DebitLineCount | Integer | False |
The total number of debit lines included in the journal entry. | ||
| LineId | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for this specific journal entry line. | |
| LineType | String | False | 100 |
Specifies whether this line is a credit or a debit. | |
| LineAccount | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the account associated with this line, either a credit or a debit. | |
| LineAccountId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the account associated with this line, either a credit or a debit. |
| LineAmount | Decimal | False |
The monetary amount associated with this credit or debit line. | ||
| LineEntityName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the entity (such as a customer or vendor) linked to this line. | |
| LineEntityId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier of the entity linked to this line. | |
| LineMemo | String | False | 5000 |
A memo or note providing additional details about this line. | |
| LineClass | String | False | 1000 |
The class name associated with this line, used for categorization. | |
| LineClassId | String | False |
Class.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the class associated with this line. |
| LineStatus | String | False | 13 |
The billing status of this line, indicating whether it is billable or non-billable. The allowed values are Empty, Billable, NotBillable, HasBeenBilled. | |
| LineTaxItem | String | False | 100 |
The name of the sales tax item applied to this line, available only in Canada, UK, and Australia versions of QuickBooks. | |
| LineTaxItemId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier of the sales tax item applied to this line, available only in Canada, UK, and Australia versions of QuickBooks. | |
| CurrencyName | String | False | 64 |
The name of the currency used for this line. Requires QBXML version 8.0 or higher. | |
| CurrencyId | String | False |
Currency.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the currency used for this line. Requires QBXML version 8.0 or higher. |
| ExchangeRate | Double | False |
The exchange rate used to convert this currency into the home currency of the QuickBooks file. | ||
| IsHomeCurrencyAdjustment | Boolean | False |
Indicates if the transaction is adjusted for the home currency. If true, the Currency and ExchangeRate fields default to the home currency. | ||
| EditSequence | String | False | 16 |
A versioning identifier for this line item, used to track changes. | |
| TimeModified | Datetime | False |
The timestamp of when this journal entry line was last modified. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | False |
The timestamp of when this journal entry line was created. |
Manages QuickBooks 'Other Name' entities, allowing creation, updates, deletion, and queries for non-customer or vendor names.
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the other name entry. | |
| Name | String | False | 41 |
The name of the other name entry. This value is required when adding a new record. | |
| IsActive | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether the other name entry is currently active. | ||
| CompanyName | String | False | 41 |
The company name associated with the customer, vendor, employee, or person listed under other names. | |
| Salutation | String | False | 15 |
A title or salutation, such as Mr., Mrs., Dr., etc., associated with the other name entry. | |
| FirstName | String | False | 25 |
The first name of the individual listed under other names. | |
| MiddleName | String | False | 25 |
The middle name of the individual listed under other names. | |
| LastName | String | False | 25 |
The last name of the individual listed under other names. | |
| OtherNameAddress_Addr1 | String | False | 500 |
The first line of the address associated with the other name entry. | |
| OtherNameAddress_Addr2 | String | False | 500 |
The second line of the address associated with the other name entry. | |
| OtherNameAddress_Addr3 | String | False | 500 |
The third line of the address associated with the other name entry. | |
| OtherNameAddress_Addr4 | String | False | 500 |
The fourth line of the address associated with the other name entry. | |
| OtherNameAddress_Addr5 | String | False | 41 |
The fifth line of the address associated with the other name entry. | |
| OtherNameAddress_City | String | False | 255 |
The city name for the address associated with the other name entry. | |
| OtherNameAddress_State | String | False | 255 |
The state or province name for the address associated with the other name entry. | |
| OtherNameAddress_PostalCode | String | False | 30 |
The postal or ZIP code for the address associated with the other name entry. | |
| OtherNameAddress_Country | String | False | 255 |
The country name for the address associated with the other name entry. | |
| OtherNameAddress_Note | String | False | 41 |
Additional notes or information about the address associated with the other name entry. | |
| Phone | String | False | 21 |
The primary phone number for the customer, vendor, employee, or person listed under other names. | |
| AltPhone | String | False | 41 |
An alternate phone number for the customer, vendor, employee, or person listed under other names. | |
| Fax | String | False | 21 |
The fax number for the customer, vendor, employee, or person listed under other names. | |
| String | False | 1023 |
The email address for communication with the customer, vendor, employee, or person listed under other names. | ||
| Contact | String | False | 41 |
The name of the primary contact person associated with the other name entry. | |
| AltContact | String | False | 41 |
The name of an alternate contact person associated with the other name entry. | |
| AccountNumber | String | False | 99 |
The account number linked to the other name entry. | |
| Notes | String | False | 5000 |
Any notes or additional details about the other name entry. | |
| ExternalGUID | String | False |
A user-defined globally unique identifier (GUID) for the other name entry, enclosed in curly brackets. Can be used only during inserts and requires QBXML 8.0 or higher. | ||
| CustomFields | String | False |
Custom fields associated with the other name entry, formatted in XML and returned by QuickBooks. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The timestamp when the other name entry was initially created. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The timestamp of the most recent modification to the other name entry. | ||
| EditSequence | String | True | 16 |
A versioning identifier for this copy of the other name entry object. |
Handles QuickBooks Payment Methods, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for payment categorization.
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the payment method. | |
| Name | String | False | 31 |
The name of the payment method (for example, Cash, Check, Credit Card). | |
| IsActive | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether the payment method is currently active and available for use. | ||
| PaymentMethodType | String | False | 100 |
The type of payment method, such as cash, check, or credit card. Requires QBXML version 7.0 or higher. The allowed values are AmericanExpress, Cash, Check, DebitCard, Discover, ECheck, GiftCard, MasterCard, Other, OtherCreditCard, Visa. | |
| EditSequence | String | True | 16 |
An identifier used to track revisions to the payment method. | |
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The timestamp indicating when the payment method was initially created. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The timestamp indicating the last time the payment method was modified. |
Queries non-wage payroll items in QuickBooks, providing insight into additional payroll expenses or deductions.
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True |
The unique identifier for this payroll non-wage item. | ||
| Name | String | False |
The name of the payroll non-wage item. This field is required when adding a new item. | ||
| IsActive | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether the payroll non-wage item is active. True if active, false otherwise. | ||
| NonWageType | String | False |
The type of non-wage payment, such as a bonus or reimbursement. The allowed values are Addition, CompanyContribution, Deduction, DirectDeposit, Tax. | ||
| ExpenseAccountRef_FullName | String | False |
The full name of the expense account associated with this non-wage payroll item. Either the ExpenseAccount name or ExpenseAccountId must be provided when adding a new item. | ||
| ExpenseAccountRef_ListID | String | False |
Accounts.ID |
The unique ID of the expense account associated with this non-wage payroll item. Either the ExpenseAccount name or ExpenseAccountId must be provided when adding a new item. | |
| LiabilityAccountRef_FullName | String | False |
The full name of the liability account associated with this non-wage payroll item. Either the LiabilityAccount name or LiabilityAccountId must be provided when adding a new item. | ||
| LiabilityAccountRef_ListID | String | False |
Accounts.ID |
The unique ID of the liability account associated with this non-wage payroll item. Either the LiabilityAccount name or LiabilityAccountId must be provided when adding a new item. | |
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The date and time when the payroll non-wage item was created in the system. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The date and time when the payroll non-wage item was last updated or modified. | ||
| EditSequence | String | True |
A string used for versioning to track changes made to this specific item. |
Manages QuickBooks Wage Payroll Items, supporting creation and queries to streamline wage-based payroll processing.
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True |
The unique identifier for the payroll wage item, used to distinguish this item from others in the system. | ||
| Name | String | False |
The name of the payroll wage item, such as 'Hourly Wage' or 'Overtime Pay.' This field is required when creating a new payroll item. | ||
| IsActive | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether the payroll wage item is active and available for use in payroll processing. If false, the item is inactive and cannot be used in transactions. | ||
| WageType | String | False |
The type of wages associated with this payroll item, such as hourly, salary, or commission. This categorization determines how the wages are calculated and processed. The allowed values are Bonus, Commission, HourlyOvertime, HourlyRegular, HourlySick, HourlyVacation, SalaryRegular, SalarySick, SalaryVacation. | ||
| ExpenseAccountRef_FullName | String | False |
The full name of the expense account where wages associated with this payroll item will be recorded. This account is used to track wage-related expenses in the company’s financial records. Either the account name or ID must be specified when creating the item. | ||
| ExpenseAccountRef_ListID | String | False |
Accounts.ID |
The unique identifier of the expense account used to record wage expenses for this payroll item. This is an alternative to specifying the full account name and is required when creating the item if the account name is not provided. | |
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The date and time when the payroll wage item was initially created in QuickBooks. This field helps track when the item was added to the system. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The date and time when the payroll wage item was last updated in QuickBooks. This information is useful for auditing and ensuring data accuracy. | ||
| EditSequence | String | True |
A unique identifier for versioning this payroll wage item, used to detect and prevent conflicts when updating the record. |
Manages Per-Item Price Levels in QuickBooks, allowing creation and queries of individual item pricing for specific customers. Available in QuickBooks Premier and Enterprise with QBXML Version 4.0 or higher. In addition to adding Per-Item Price Levels, you can also add Price Levels from this table. To delete Price Levels, you must use the PriceLevels table.
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
A unique identifier that distinguishes this price level item from others in the system. | |
| PriceLevelID | String | False |
PriceLevels.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the price level to which this item belongs. |
| Name | String | False | 31 |
The descriptive name assigned to the price level, used to identify it in reports or applications. | |
| PriceLevelType | String | True | 15 |
Specifies the type of price level, such as fixed percentage discounts or per-item pricing. The allowed values are FixedPercentage, PerItem. | |
| IsActive | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether this price level item is active and available for use. Inactive items cannot be applied to transactions. | ||
| PriceLevelPerItemRet_ItemRef_ListID | String | False |
Items.ID | 255 |
A reference to the item's identifier. Either the Id or FullName property of the item must be provided when inserting. |
| PriceLevelPerItemRet_ItemRef_FullName | String | False |
A reference to the item's name. Either the Id or FullName property of the item must be provided when inserting. | ||
| PriceLevelPerItemRet_CustomPrice | Decimal | False |
A fixed custom price specified for this item under the price level. | ||
| PriceLevelPerItemRet_CustomPricePercent | Double | False |
A percentage discount or markup applied to this item under the price level. | ||
| PriceLevelPerItemRet_CurrencyRef_ListID | String | False |
Currency.ID | 255 |
A reference to the currency identifier for this price level item. Requires QBXML version 8.0 or higher with multi-currency enabled in the company file. |
| PriceLevelPerItemRet_CurrencyRef_FullName | String | False | 64 |
A reference to the currency name associated with this price level item. Requires QBXML version 8.0 or higher with multi-currency enabled in the company file. | |
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The date and time when this price level item was created. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The date and time of the most recent modification to this price level item. | ||
| EditSequence | String | True | 16 |
A unique identifier used for versioning to track changes made to this price level item. |
Handles QuickBooks Price Levels, supporting creation, deletion, and queries for fixed-percentage pricing adjustments to a wide range of customers or items. You can add and delete Price Levels from this table, but you can only add fixed-percentage Price Levels. To add more specific per-item price levels, use the PriceLevelPerItem table. This table requires QBXML Version 4.0 or higher.
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
A unique identifier that distinguishes this price level from others in the system. | |
| Name | String | False | 31 |
The descriptive name assigned to the price level, used to identify it in reports or applications. | |
| PriceLevelType | String | True | 15 |
Specifies the type of price level, such as fixed percentage discounts or per-item pricing. The allowed values are FixedPercentage, PerItem. | |
| IsActive | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether this price level is active and available for use. Inactive price levels cannot be applied to transactions. | ||
| PriceLevelFixedPercentage | Double | False |
Represents a fixed percentage discount or markup applied to all items associated with this price level. | ||
| PriceLevelPerItemAggregate | String | False | 5000 |
Contains details about per-item price adjustments for this price level, such as custom pricing rules. | |
| PriceLevelPerItemRet_CurrencyRef_ListID | String | False |
Currency.ID | 255 |
A reference to the currency identifier for this price level. Requires QuickBooks XML (QBXML) version 8.0 or higher with multi-currency enabled in the company file. |
| PriceLevelPerItemRet_CurrencyRef_FullName | String | False | 64 |
A reference to the currency name associated with this price level. Requires QBXML version 8.0 or higher with multi-currency enabled in the company file. | |
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The date and time when this price level was created. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The date and time of the most recent modification to this price level. | ||
| EditSequence | String | True | 16 |
A unique identifier used for versioning to track changes made to this price level object. |
Manages individual line items in QuickBooks Purchase Orders, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for procurement tracking.
PurchaseOrders may be inserted, queried, or updated via the PurchaseOrders or PurchaseOrderLineItems tables. PurchaseOrders may be deleted by using the PurchaseOrders table.
This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for PurchaseOrders are Id, Date, TimeModified, ReferenceNumber, VendorName, and VendorId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM PurchaseOrderLineItems WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'
To add a PurchaseOrder, specify the Vendor and at least one Line Item. All Line Item columns and can be used for inserting multiple Line Items for a new PurchaseOrder transaction. For example, the following will insert a new PurchaseOrder with two Line Items:
INSERT INTO PurchaseOrderLineItems#TEMP (VendorName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('A Cheung Limited', 'Repairs', 1)
INSERT INTO PurchaseOrderLineItems#TEMP (VendorName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('A Cheung Limited', 'Removal', 2)
INSERT INTO PurchaseOrderLineItems (VendorName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) SELECT VendorName, ItemName, ItemQuantity FROM PurchaseOrderLineItems#TEMP
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
A unique identifier for the line item, formatted as PurchaseOrderId|ItemLineId, providing specific reference to each line item within a purchase order. | |
| PurchaseOrderID | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier of the purchase order to which this line item belongs. | |
| VendorName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the vendor for this purchase order. Either VendorName or VendorId must be provided when adding a new purchase order. | |
| VendorId | String | False |
Vendors.ID | 255 |
The QuickBooks ID of the vendor for this purchase order. Either VendorId or VendorName must be provided when adding a new purchase order. |
| VendorMessage | String | False | 99 |
A custom message or instructions included for the vendor, such as shipping or delivery notes. | |
| ReferenceNumber | String | False | 21 |
The reference number for tracking or identification of the transaction associated with this purchase order. | |
| TxnNumber | Integer | True |
A unique transaction number assigned by QuickBooks, separate from the system-generated ID. | ||
| Date | Date | False |
The creation date of the transaction. Overwrites pseudo-columns StartDate and EndDate if used in a WHERE clause. | ||
| DueDate | Date | False |
The date when payment for the purchase order is due. | ||
| ShipMethod | String | False | 1000 |
The shipping method specified for the purchase order, such as 'Ground' or 'Air'. | |
| ShipMethodId | String | False | 255 |
The QuickBooks ID corresponding to the selected shipping method. | |
| ExpectedDate | Date | False |
The anticipated arrival date for the shipment. | ||
| Memo | String | False | 5000 |
Notes or comments related to this transaction, typically for internal use. | |
| Class | String | False | 1000 |
The classification of this transaction for categorization or reporting purposes. | |
| ClassId | String | False |
Class.ID | 255 |
The ID of the class assigned to this transaction for categorization or reporting. |
| Terms | String | False | 100 |
The payment terms associated with this purchase order, such as 'Net 30'. | |
| TermsId | String | False | 255 |
The QuickBooks ID for the payment terms associated with this transaction. | |
| TotalAmount | Decimal | True |
The total monetary value of the purchase order. | ||
| Template | String | False | 100 |
The name of a pre-existing template applied to this transaction for formatting or standardization. | |
| TemplateId | String | False |
Templates.ID | 255 |
The QuickBooks ID of the template applied to this transaction. |
| CurrencyName | String | False | 64 |
The name of the currency used for this purchase order. Requires QBXML version 8.0 or higher. | |
| CurrencyId | String | False |
Currency.ID | 255 |
The ID of the currency used for this purchase order. Requires QBXML version 8.0 or higher. |
| CustomFields | String | False |
Custom fields associated with the purchase order, returned as formatted XML. | ||
| ItemLineId | String | True | 255 |
A unique identifier for this specific line item within the purchase order. | |
| ItemLineNumber | String | True | 255 |
The sequential number of the line item within the purchase order. | |
| ItemName | String | False |
The name of the item being ordered. | ||
| ItemId | String | False |
Items.ID | 255 |
The QuickBooks ID of the item being ordered. |
| ItemGroup | String | False | 100 |
The name of the item group, if this item is part of a predefined group of line items. | |
| ItemGroupId | String | False |
Items.ID | 255 |
The QuickBooks ID of the item group, if this item is part of a predefined group of line items. |
| ItemDescription | String | False | 5000 |
A descriptive note about the item being ordered. | |
| ItemCustomer | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the customer or job associated with this item, if applicable. | |
| ItemCustomerId | String | False |
Customers.ID | 255 |
The QuickBooks ID of the customer or job associated with this item, if applicable. |
| ItemUnitOfMeasure | String | False | 31 |
The unit of measure for the item, selected from the item's predefined units. Requires QBXML version 7.0 or higher. | |
| ItemQuantity | Double | False |
The number of units of the item being ordered. | ||
| ItemRate | Double | False |
The unit price or rate for the item being ordered. | ||
| ItemAmount | Decimal | False |
The total monetary value for this line item. | ||
| ItemReceivedQuantity | Double | False |
The number of units of the item that have already been received against this purchase order. | ||
| ItemClass | String | False | 1000 |
The classification of the item for categorization or reporting purposes. | |
| ItemClassId | String | False |
Class.ID | 255 |
The QuickBooks ID of the class assigned to the item. |
| ItemInventorySiteLocationId | String | False | 31 |
The ID of the inventory site location where the item is stored. Requires QBXML version 10.0 and Advanced Inventory. | |
| ItemInventorySiteLocationName | String | False | 255 |
The name of the inventory site location where the item is stored. Requires QBXML version 10.0 and Advanced Inventory. | |
| ItemIsManuallyClosed | String | False | 10 |
Indicates whether the item line is manually closed (no longer active). | |
| ItemPartNumber | String | False |
The manufacturer's part number for the item. | ||
| ItemServiceDate | Date | False |
The date when the service related to the item is performed. | ||
| ItemOther1 | String | False | 29 |
Additional custom field for the item. Requires QBXML version 6.0 or higher. | |
| ItemOther2 | String | False | 29 |
Another custom field for the item. Requires QBXML version 6.0 or higher. | |
| ItemCustomFields | String | False |
Custom fields specific to this line item, returned as formatted XML. | ||
| IsFullyReceived | Boolean | True |
Indicates whether all items in the purchase order have been received. | ||
| IsManuallyClosed | String | False | 10 |
Indicates whether the entire purchase order is manually closed (no longer active). | |
| IsToBePrinted | Boolean | False |
Specifies whether the purchase order is marked for printing. | ||
| IsToBeEmailed | Boolean | False |
Specifies whether the purchase order is marked for emailing. | ||
| IsTaxIncluded | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether the amounts in the line items include tax. | ||
| SalesTaxCodeName | String | False | 3 |
The name of the sales tax code applied to this purchase order. | |
| SalesTaxCodeId | String | False | 255 |
The ID of the sales tax code applied to this purchase order. | |
| FOB | String | False | 1000 |
The freight-on-board location indicating the shipping point or destination. | |
| VendorAddress | String | True |
The complete address of the vendor as recorded in QuickBooks. | ||
| VendorLine1 | String | False | 500 |
The first line of the vendor's address. | |
| VendorLine2 | String | False | 500 |
The second line of the vendor's address. | |
| VendorLine3 | String | False | 500 |
The third line of the vendor's address. | |
| VendorLine4 | String | False | 500 |
The fourth line of the vendor's address. | |
| VendorLine5 | String | False | 41 |
The fifth line of the vendor's address. | |
| VendorCity | String | False | 255 |
The city of the vendor's address. | |
| VendorState | String | False | 255 |
The state of the vendor's address. | |
| VendorPostalCode | String | False | 30 |
The postal code of the vendor's address. | |
| VendorCountry | String | False | 255 |
The country of the vendor's address. | |
| VendorNote | String | False | 41 |
Additional notes or comments about the vendor. | |
| ShipToEntityId | String | False | 255 |
The ID of the entity (customer, vendor, or employee) receiving the shipment. | |
| ShipToEntityName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the entity (customer, vendor, or employee) receiving the shipment. | |
| ShippingAddress | String | True |
The complete shipping address as recorded in QuickBooks. | ||
| ShippingLine1 | String | False | 500 |
The first line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine2 | String | False | 500 |
The second line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine3 | String | False | 500 |
The third line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine4 | String | False | 500 |
The fourth line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine5 | String | False | 41 |
The fifth line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingCity | String | False | 255 |
The city of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingState | String | False | 255 |
The state of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingPostalCode | String | False | 30 |
The postal code of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingCountry | String | False | 255 |
The country of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingNote | String | False | 41 |
Additional notes or comments about the shipping address. | |
| ExchangeRate | Double | False |
The currency exchange rate applicable to this transaction. | ||
| Other1 | String | False | 25 |
A predefined custom field available for QuickBooks users. | |
| Other2 | String | False | 29 |
Another predefined custom field available for QuickBooks users. | |
| EditSequence | String | True | 16 |
A unique identifier for tracking the version of this record. | |
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The date and time when the purchase order was last updated in QuickBooks. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The date and time when the purchase order was initially created in QuickBooks. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description |
| ItemPriceLevel | String |
The name of the item's price level. QuickBooks does not return this value. |
| ItemOverrideAccount | String |
The name of the account used to override the default account for the item. |
| ItemOverrideAccountId | String |
The ID of the account used to override the default account for the item. |
Handles QuickBooks Purchase Orders, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for supplier management.
Purchase orders may be inserted, queried, or updated via the PurchaseOrders or PurchaseOrderLineItems tables. PurchaseOrders may be deleted by using the PurchaseOrders table.
This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for PurchaseOrders are Id, Date, TimeModified, VendorName, and VendorId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM PurchaseOrders WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'
To add a PurchaseOrder, specify the Vendor and at least one Line Item. The ItemAggregate columns may be used to specify an XML aggregate of Line Item data. The columns that may be used in these aggregates are defined in the PurchaseOrderLineItems table and it starts with Item. For example, the following will insert a new PurchaseOrder with two Line Items:
INSERT INTO PurchaseOrders (VendorName, ItemAggregate)
VALUES ('A Cheung Limited',
'<PurchaseOrderLineItems>
<Row><ItemName>Repairs</ItemName><ItemQuantity>1</ItemQuantity></Row>
<Row><ItemName>Removal</ItemName><ItemQuantity>2</ItemQuantity></Row>
</PurchaseOrderLineItems>')
To insert subitems, set the ItemName field to the FullName of the item; for example, '<Row><ItemName>Subs:Carpet</ItemName><ItemQuantity>0</ItemQuantity></Row>'
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
A unique identifier for the purchase order, formatted as PurchaseOrderId, used to track this transaction in the system. | |
| VendorName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the vendor to whom this purchase order is issued. Either VendorName or VendorId must be provided when inserting. | |
| VendorId | String | False |
Vendors.ID | 255 |
The QuickBooks ID of the vendor to whom this purchase order is issued. Either VendorId or VendorName must be provided when inserting. |
| VendorMessage | String | False | 99 |
A message or note included for the vendor, typically instructions or additional information. | |
| ReferenceNumber | String | False | 21 |
The reference number for the transaction, used for tracking or cross-referencing purposes. | |
| TxnNumber | Integer | True |
A unique transaction number, separate from the Quickbooks generated ID, for additional identification. | ||
| Date | Date | False |
The date when the purchase order was created or recorded. | ||
| DueDate | Date | False |
The date by which payment for this purchase order is due. | ||
| ShipMethod | String | False | 1000 |
The method of shipping for this purchase order, such as 'Ground' or 'Air'. | |
| ShipMethodId | String | False | 255 |
The QuickBooks ID associated with the selected shipping method. | |
| ExpectedDate | Date | False |
The date when the items on the purchase order are expected to arrive. | ||
| Memo | String | False | 5000 |
A memo or note related to the purchase order, used for internal tracking or documentation. | |
| Class | String | False | 1000 |
The class assigned to this transaction, typically for categorization or reporting purposes. | |
| ClassId | String | False |
Class.ID | 255 |
The QuickBooks ID of the class assigned to this transaction. |
| Terms | String | False | 100 |
The payment terms for this purchase order, such as 'Net 30' or 'Due on Receipt'. | |
| TermsId | String | False | 255 |
The QuickBooks ID of the payment terms applied to this transaction. | |
| TotalAmount | Decimal | True |
The total amount for this purchase order, including all items and taxes. | ||
| Template | String | False | 100 |
The name of a template applied to this purchase order for formatting or customization. | |
| TemplateId | String | False |
Templates.ID | 255 |
The QuickBooks ID of the template applied to this purchase order. |
| CurrencyName | String | False | 64 |
The name of the currency used for this purchase order. Requires QBXML version 8.0 or higher. | |
| CurrencyId | String | False |
Currency.ID | 255 |
The QuickBooks ID of the currency used for this purchase order. Requires QBXML version 8.0 or higher. |
| ItemCount | Integer | True |
The number of line items included in this purchase order. | ||
| ItemAggregate | String | False | 5000 |
A representation of all line-item data for adding purchase orders with their items. | |
| IsFullyReceived | Boolean | True |
Indicates if all items in the purchase order have been received and no items are manually closed. | ||
| IsManuallyClosed | String | False | 10 |
Specifies whether the purchase order is manually closed. | |
| IsToBePrinted | Boolean | False |
Indicates if the purchase order is marked for printing. | ||
| IsToBeEmailed | Boolean | False |
Indicates if the purchase order is marked to be emailed. | ||
| IsTaxIncluded | Boolean | False |
Determines if the line item amounts include tax. | ||
| SalesTaxCodeName | String | False | 3 |
The name of the sales tax code applied to this purchase order. | |
| SalesTaxCodeId | String | False | 255 |
The QuickBooks ID of the sales tax code applied to this purchase order. | |
| FOB | String | False | 1000 |
Freight on board: the location from which the goods are shipped. | |
| VendorAddress | String | True |
The complete address of the vendor as recorded in QuickBooks. | ||
| VendorLine1 | String | False | 500 |
The first line of the vendor's address. | |
| VendorLine2 | String | False | 500 |
The second line of the vendor's address. | |
| VendorLine3 | String | False | 500 |
The third line of the vendor's address. | |
| VendorLine4 | String | False | 500 |
The fourth line of the vendor's address. | |
| VendorLine5 | String | False | 41 |
The fifth line of the vendor's address. | |
| VendorCity | String | False | 255 |
The city in the vendor's address. | |
| VendorState | String | False | 255 |
The state in the vendor's address. | |
| VendorPostalCode | String | False | 30 |
The postal code in the vendor's address. | |
| VendorCountry | String | False | 255 |
The country in the vendor's address. | |
| VendorNote | String | False | 41 |
A note associated with the vendor's address for additional context. | |
| ShipToEntityName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the entity (customer, vendor, or employee) to whom the shipment is directed. | |
| ShipToEntityId | String | False | 255 |
The QuickBooks ID of the entity (customer, vendor, or employee) to whom the shipment is directed. | |
| ShippingAddress | String | True |
The complete shipping address returned by QuickBooks. | ||
| ShippingLine1 | String | False | 500 |
The first line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine2 | String | False | 500 |
The second line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine3 | String | False | 500 |
The third line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine4 | String | False | 500 |
The fourth line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine5 | String | False | 41 |
The fifth line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingCity | String | False | 255 |
The city in the shipping address. | |
| ShippingState | String | False | 255 |
The state in the shipping address. | |
| ShippingPostalCode | String | False | 30 |
The postal code in the shipping address. | |
| ShippingCountry | String | False | 255 |
The country in the shipping address. | |
| ShippingNote | String | False | 41 |
A note associated with the shipping address for additional context. | |
| ExchangeRate | Double | False |
The exchange rate used to convert the transaction's currency to the home currency. | ||
| Other1 | String | False | 25 |
A predefined custom field from QuickBooks for additional information. | |
| Other2 | String | False | 29 |
Another predefined custom field from QuickBooks for supplementary details. | |
| CustomFields | String | False |
Custom fields formatted as XML and returned by QuickBooks. | ||
| EditSequence | String | True |
A version identifier used for tracking changes to this purchase order. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The date and time when the purchase order was last updated in QuickBooks. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The date and time when the purchase order was created in QuickBooks. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description |
| Item* | String |
Represents all line-item-specific columns for use in inserting or managing line items in this transaction. |
Manages QuickBooks Receive Payment transactions, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for customer payments. Requires QBXML Version 6.0 or higher.
ReceivePayments may be inserted, queried, or updated via the ReceivePayments or ReceivePaymentsAppliedTo tables. ReceivePayments may be deleted by using the ReceivePayments table.
This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for ReceivePayments are Id, Date, TimeModified, ReferenceNumber, CustomerName, CustomerId, DepositToAccountName, and DepositToAccountId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM ReceivePayments WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'
To add a ReceivePayment, specify the Customer and Amount. The AppliedToAggregate column may be used to specify an XML aggregate of AppliedTo data. In a Receive Payment, each AppliedTo aggregate represents the transaction to which this part of the payment is being applied. The columns that may be used in these aggregates are defined in the ReceivePaymentsAppliedTo table and it starts with AppliedTo. To use the ApplyToAggregate column, set the AutoApply pseudo column to Custom. For example, the following will insert a new ReceivePayment with two AppliedTo entries:
INSERT INTO ReceivePayments (CustomerName, Amount, AutoApply, AppliedToAggregate)
VALUES ('Cook, Brian', '300.00', 'Custom',
'<ReceivePaymentsAppliedTo>
<Row><AppliedToRefId>178C1-1450221347</AppliedToRefId><AppliedToPaymentAmount>200.00</AppliedToPaymentAmount></Row>
<Row><AppliedToRefId>881-933371709</AppliedToRefId><AppliedToPaymentAmount>100.00</AppliedToPaymentAmount></Row>
</ReceivePaymentsAppliedTo>')
If you would like to insert a ReceivePayment and let QuickBooks automatically determine which transaction to apply it to, you can use the AutoApply pseudo column to apply the transaction to an existing transaction. For example:
INSERT INTO ReceivePayments (CustomerName, Amount, AutoApply) VALUES ('Cook, Brian', '300.00', 'ExistingTransactions')
To insert subitems, set the ItemName field to the FullName of the item; for example, '<Row><ItemName>Subs:Carpet</ItemName><ItemQuantity>0</ItemQuantity></Row>'
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
A unique identifier for the transaction, used to distinguish it in the system. | |
| ReferenceNumber | String | False | 21 |
The reference number assigned to the transaction for identification purposes, such as a check or invoice number. | |
| TxnNumber | Integer | True |
An identifying number for the transaction that differs from the Quickbooks generated ID, often used for internal tracking. | ||
| Date | Date | False |
The date when the payment transaction occurred, essential for recording and reconciliation. | ||
| UnusedPayment | Decimal | True |
The portion of the payment amount that has not been applied to outstanding invoices or transactions. | ||
| Amount | Decimal | False |
The total payment amount received from the customer in this transaction. | ||
| AccountsReceivableName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the accounts-receivable account where this payment is recorded, such as 'Accounts Receivable'. | |
| AccountsReceivableId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique QuickBooks ID of the accounts-receivable account where this payment is recorded. |
| CustomerName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the customer making the payment. This is required if CustomerId is not specified during insertion. | |
| CustomerId | String | False |
Customers.ID | 255 |
The unique QuickBooks ID of the customer making the payment. This is required if CustomerName is not specified during insertion. |
| DepositToAccountName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the account where this payment will be deposited, such as 'Checking Account'. | |
| DepositToAccountId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The QuickBooks ID of the account where this payment will be deposited. |
| PaymentMethodName | String | False | 100 |
The name of the payment method used, such as 'Credit Card', 'Cash', or 'Check'. | |
| PaymentMethodId | String | False | 255 |
The QuickBooks ID of the payment method used for this transaction. | |
| Memo | String | False | 5000 |
A memo or note associated with the transaction, typically used for internal documentation or reporting. | |
| ExchangeRate | Double | False |
The exchange rate applied to convert the payment amount from a foreign currency to the home currency. | ||
| TotalAmountInHomeCurrency | Decimal | False |
The payment amount converted to the home currency after applying the exchange rate. | ||
| AppliedToAggregate | String | False | 5000 |
An aggregated representation of all the applied-to data for this payment, useful for linking it to specific invoices or transactions. | |
| CustomFields | String | False |
Any custom fields associated with the payment, formatted as XML and returned by QuickBooks. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The date and time when the payment record was last modified in QuickBooks. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The date and time when the payment record was initially created in QuickBooks. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description |
| AutoApply | String |
Specifies whether the payment should be automatically applied to outstanding invoices or handled manually. The allowed values are ExistingTransactions, FutureTransactions, Custom. The default value is ExistingTransactions. |
Tracks individual transactions to which a QuickBooks Receive Payment is applied, supporting creation, updates, and queries. In a Receive Payment, each AppliedTo aggregate represents the transaction to which this part of the payment is being applied. Requires QBXML Version 6.0 or higher.
ReceivePayments may be inserted, queried, or updated via the ReceivePayments or ReceivePaymentsAppliedTo tables. ReceivePayments may be deleted by using the ReceivePayments table.
This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for ReceivePayments are Id, Date, TimeModified, ReferenceNumber, CustomerName, CustomerId, DepositToAccountName, and DepositToAccountId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM ReceivePaymentsAppliedTo WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'
To add a ReceivePayment, specify the Customer and the Amount. All AppliedTo columns can be used to explicitly identify the transactions the payment is applied to. An AppliedTo entry must at the minimum specify the AppliedToRefId and AppliedToPaymentAmount. Optionally, the INSERT may specify the AutoApply behavior.
For example, the following will insert a new ReceivePayment with two AppliedTo entries:
INSERT INTO ReceivePaymentsAppliedTo#TEMP (CustomerName, AppliedToAmount, AutoApply, AppliedToRefId, AppliedToPaymentAmount) VALUES ('Cook, Brian', '300.00', 'Custom', '178C1-1450221347', '200.00')
INSERT INTO ReceivePaymentsAppliedTo#TEMP (CustomerName, AppliedToAmount, AutoApply, AppliedToRefId, AppliedToPaymentAmount) VALUES ('Cook, Brian', '300.00', 'Custom', '881-933371709', '100.00')
INSERT INTO ReceivePaymentsAppliedTo (CustomerName, AppliedToAmount, AutoApply, AppliedToRefId, AppliedToPaymentAmount) SELECT CustomerName, AppliedToAmount, AutoApply, AppliedToRefId, AppliedToPaymentAmount FROM ReceivePaymentsAppliedTo#TEMP
If you would like to insert a ReceivePayment and let QuickBooks automatically determine which transaction to apply it to, you can use the AutoApply pseudo column to apply the transaction to an existing transaction. For example:
INSERT INTO ReceivePaymentsAppliedTo (CustomerName, Amount, AutoApply) VALUES ('Cook, Brian', '300.00', 'ExistingTransactions')
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
A unique identifier formatted as ReceivePaymentId|AppliedToRefId, used to track specific applications of payments. | |
| ReceivePaymentId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier of the bill-payment transaction to which this payment is associated. | |
| ReferenceNumber | String | False | 21 |
The transaction reference number used for identification. Supports flexible search options such as starts with, ends with, or contains, as well as range searches. | |
| TxnNumber | Integer | True |
An identifying number for the transaction, distinct from the Quickbooks generated Id, useful for tracking and reconciliation. | ||
| Date | Date | False |
The date when the payment transaction occurred, relevant for accounting and audit purposes. | ||
| UnusedPayment | Decimal | True |
The portion of the payment amount that has not been applied to existing invoices or transactions. | ||
| Amount | Decimal | False |
The total amount received from the customer in this payment transaction. | ||
| AccountsReceivableName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the accounts-receivable account where the payment is recorded (for example, 'Accounts Receivable'). | |
| AccountsReceivableId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique QuickBooks ID of the accounts-receivable account used to record the payment. |
| CustomerName | String | False | 1000 |
The full name of the customer making the payment. Required if CustomerId is not specified during insertion. | |
| CustomerId | String | False |
Customers.ID | 255 |
The unique QuickBooks ID of the customer making the payment. Required if CustomerName is not specified during insertion. |
| DepositToAccountName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the account where the payment should be deposited, such as 'Checking Account'. | |
| DepositToAccountId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique QuickBooks ID of the deposit account where the payment is recorded. |
| PaymentMethodName | String | False | 100 |
The name of the payment method used for this transaction, such as 'Credit Card' or 'Check'. | |
| PaymentMethodId | String | False | 255 |
The QuickBooks ID of the payment method used for the transaction. | |
| Memo | String | False | 5000 |
An optional memo to provide additional context about this payment, often used for internal notes or reports. | |
| ExchangeRate | Double | False |
The exchange rate applied to convert the payment currency into the home currency for reporting purposes. | ||
| TotalAmountInHomeCurrency | Decimal | False |
The total payment amount converted to the company's home currency after applying the exchange rate. | ||
| AutoApply | String | False | 20 |
Indicates how the payment is applied to transactions, such as automatically applying it to the oldest outstanding invoice. The allowed values are ExistingTransactions, FutureTransactions, Custom. The default value is ExistingTransactions. | |
| CustomFields | String | False |
Any custom fields associated with the payment, formatted as XML and returned by QuickBooks. | ||
| AppliedToRefId | String | False | 255 |
The reference ID of the transaction (such as an invoice or journal entry) to which the payment is applied. | |
| AppliedToAmount | Decimal | True |
The amount of the payment that is applied to the specified transaction. | ||
| AppliedToBalanceRemaining | Double | True |
The remaining balance for the specified transaction after applying the payment. | ||
| AppliedToCreditAppliedAmount | Decimal | False |
The portion of a credit applied to the transaction as part of the payment. | ||
| AppliedToCreditMemoId | String | False |
CreditMemos.ID | 255 |
The unique ID of a credit memo applied to the transaction. |
| AppliedToDiscountAccountName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the account where any discounts applied to the transaction are recorded. | |
| AppliedToDiscountAccountId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The QuickBooks ID of the account where discounts applied to the transaction are recorded. |
| AppliedToDiscountAmount | Decimal | False |
The amount of the discount applied to the transaction as part of the payment. | ||
| AppliedToPaymentAmount | Decimal | False |
The portion of the payment amount directly applied to the transaction. | ||
| AppliedToReferenceNumber | String | True | 21 |
The reference number of the transaction to which the payment is applied, for example, an invoice number. | |
| AppliedToTxnDate | Date | True |
The date of the transaction that the payment is applied to, useful for audit and tracking. | ||
| AppliedToTxnType | String | True | 100 |
The type of transaction to which the payment is applied, such as 'Invoice' or 'Credit Memo'. | |
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The date and time when the payment record was last modified in QuickBooks. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The date and time when the payment record was created in QuickBooks. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description |
| StartTxnDate | String |
The earliest transaction date to include in a search for applied payments. |
| EndTxnDate | String |
The latest transaction date to include in a search for applied payments. |
| StartModifiedDate | String |
The earliest modification date to include in a search for applied payments. |
| EndModifiedDate | String |
The latest modification date to include in a search for applied payments. |
Manages individual line items in QuickBooks Sales Orders, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for order management.
SalesOrders may be inserted, queried, or updated via the SalesOrders or SalesOrderLineItems table. SalesOrders may be deleted by using the SalesOrders table.
This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can only be used with the equals or = comparison. The available columns for SalesOrders are Id, Date, TimeModified, ReferenceNumber, CustomerName, and CustomerId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM SalesOrderLineItems WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'
To add a SalesOrder, specify the Customer and at least one Line Item. All Line Item columns can be used for inserting multiple Line Items for a new SalesOrder transaction. For example, the following will insert a new SalesOrder with two Line Items:
INSERT INTO SalesOrderLineItems#TEMP (CustomerName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('Cook, Brian', 'Repairs', 1)
INSERT INTO SalesOrderLineItems#TEMP (CustomerName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('Cook, Brian', 'Removal', 2)
INSERT INTO SalesOrderLineItems (CustomerName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) SELECT CustomerName, ItemName, ItemQuantity FROM SalesOrderLineItems#TEMP
To add a SalesOrderLineItem to an existing SalesOrder, specify the SalesOrderId, the Item's name, and the Item's Quanitiy. For example:
INSERT INTO SalesOrderLineItems (SalesOrderId, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('SalesOrderId', '01Item1', 1)
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
A unique identifier combining the sales order ID and the line item ID, formatted as SalesOrderId|ItemLineId. | |
| SalesOrderId | String | False |
SalesOrders.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the sales order associated with this line item. |
| ReferenceNumber | String | False | 21 |
The reference number assigned to the transaction, used for tracking and customer communication. | |
| TxnNumber | Integer | True |
An internal transaction number assigned to the sales order, distinct from the Quickbooks generated ID. | ||
| CustomerName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the customer associated with the sales order. This value is required when inserting data. | |
| CustomerId | String | False |
Customers.ID | 255 |
The unique QuickBooks ID of the customer linked to the sales order. |
| Date | Date | False |
The date when the sales order was created or last modified. | ||
| ShipMethod | String | False | 1000 |
The shipping method used for the sales order, such as FedEx or USPS. | |
| ShipMethodId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier of the shipping method. | |
| ShipDate | Date | False |
The date when the items in the sales order are scheduled to be shipped. | ||
| Memo | String | False | 5000 |
Additional notes or details about this sales order, often used for internal tracking. | |
| Class | String | False | 1000 |
A category or classification for the sales order, such as department or location. | |
| ClassId | String | False |
Class.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the class associated with this sales order. |
| TotalAmount | Decimal | False |
The total amount of the sales order, including all line items. | ||
| DueDate | Date | False |
The date by which payment for this sales order is due. | ||
| Message | String | False | 101 |
A custom message intended for the customer, such as special instructions or greetings. | |
| MessageId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier of the message sent to the customer. | |
| SalesRep | String | False | 5 |
The initials or name of the sales representative handling the transaction. | |
| SalesRepId | String | False |
SalesReps.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the sales representative. |
| Template | String | False | 100 |
The name of the template used to format the sales order, such as a custom invoice layout. | |
| TemplateId | String | False |
Templates.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the template applied to the sales order. |
| CurrencyName | String | False | 64 |
The name of the currency used for the sales order, such as USD or EUR. | |
| CurrencyId | String | False |
Currency.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the currency used in the sales order. |
| ExchangeRate | Double | False |
The exchange rate applied if the sales order uses a currency different from the home currency. | ||
| TotalAmountInHomeCurrency | Decimal | False |
The total amount of the sales order converted to the home currency. | ||
| BillingAddress | String | True |
The complete billing address associated with the sales order. | ||
| FOB | String | False | 13 |
Indicates the point of transfer of ownership for shipped goods, such as 'Origin' or 'Destination.' | |
| BillingLine1 | String | False | 500 |
The first line of the billing address. | |
| BillingLine2 | String | False | 500 |
The second line of the billing address. | |
| BillingLine3 | String | False | 500 |
The third line of the billing address. | |
| BillingLine4 | String | False | 500 |
The fourth line of the billing address. | |
| BillingLine5 | String | False | 41 |
The fifth line of the billing address. | |
| BillingCity | String | False | 255 |
The city of the billing address. | |
| BillingState | String | False | 255 |
The state or province of the billing address. | |
| BillingPostalCode | String | False | 30 |
The postal or ZIP code of the billing address. | |
| BillingCountry | String | False | 255 |
The country of the billing address. | |
| BillingNote | String | False | 41 |
Additional notes related to the billing address. | |
| ShippingAddress | String | True |
The complete shipping address for the sales order. | ||
| ShippingLine1 | String | False | 500 |
The first line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine2 | String | False | 500 |
The second line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine3 | String | False | 500 |
The third line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine4 | String | False | 500 |
The fourth line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine5 | String | False | 41 |
The fifth line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingCity | String | False | 255 |
The city of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingState | String | False | 255 |
The state or province of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingPostalCode | String | False | 30 |
The postal or ZIP code of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingCountry | String | False | 255 |
The country of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingNote | String | False | 41 |
Additional notes related to the shipping address. | |
| Subtotal | Decimal | True |
The gross subtotal for the sales order, excluding tax and payments received. | ||
| Tax | Double | True |
The total sales tax applied to this sales order. | ||
| TaxItem | String | False | 100 |
A specific sales tax item associated with this sales order. | |
| TaxItemId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the sales tax item. | |
| TaxPercent | Double | True |
The percentage of sales tax applied. | ||
| PONumber | String | False | 41 |
The purchase order number associated with the sales order. | |
| Terms | String | False | 100 |
The payment terms agreed upon for the sales order, such as 'Net 30'. | |
| TermsId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the payment terms. | |
| ItemLineId | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the specific line item in the sales order. | |
| ItemLineNumber | String | True | 255 |
The sequential number of the line item within the sales order. | |
| ItemName | String | False |
The name of the item listed in this line. | ||
| ItemId | String | False |
Items.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the item in this line. |
| ItemGroup | String | False | 100 |
The group or category this item belongs to, if applicable. | |
| ItemGroupId | String | False |
Items.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the item group. |
| ItemDescription | String | False | 5000 |
A detailed description of the item. | |
| ItemQuantity | Double | False |
The quantity of the item ordered in this line. | ||
| ItemRate | Double | False |
The rate charged per unit of this item. | ||
| ItemRatePercent | Double | False |
The discount or surcharge percentage applied to the item rate. | ||
| ItemTaxCode | String | False | 3 |
The tax code applied to this item, indicating if it is taxable or non-taxable. | |
| ItemTaxCodeId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the tax code of this item. | |
| ItemInvoicedAmount | Decimal | True |
The portion of this item's amount that has been invoiced. | ||
| ItemUnitOfMeasure | String | False | 31 |
The unit of measure for the item, such as 'Each' or 'Box.' | |
| ItemAmount | Decimal | False |
The total amount for this item, considering quantity and rate. | ||
| ItemClass | String | False | 1000 |
The class or category associated with this item. | |
| ItemClassId | String | False |
Class.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the class associated with this item. |
| ItemInventorySiteName | String | False | 1000 |
The inventory site where this item is stored. Requires QBXML version 10.0 or higher. | |
| ItemInventorySiteId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the inventory site. Requires QBXML version 10.0 or higher. | |
| ItemSerialNumber | String | False | 5000 |
The serial number of this item, applicable to serialized inventory. Requires QBXML version 11.0 or higher. | |
| ItemLotNumber | String | False | 40 |
The lot number of this item, applicable to lot-tracked inventory. Requires QBXML version 11.0 or higher. | |
| ItemExpirationDateForSerialLotNumber | String | True |
The expiration date for this item's serial or lot number. Supported from QB Desktop 2023 version 3 and SDK 16.0. | ||
| ItemIsManuallyClosed | String | False | 10 |
Indicates whether this line item has been manually closed. | |
| ItemOther1 | String | False | 29 |
A custom field for additional details about the item (requires QBXML version 6.0 or higher). | |
| ItemOther2 | String | False | 29 |
Another custom field for the item (requires QBXML version 6.0 or higher). | |
| ItemCustomFields | String | False |
Custom fields containing additional metadata for the item. | ||
| ItemUOMSetFullName | String | False | 1000 |
The full name of the unit of measure set for this item. | |
| ItemUOMSetListID | String | False | 1000 |
The unique identifier for the unit of measure set. | |
| ItemIsGetPrintItemsInGroup | String | False | 1000 |
Indicates whether group items and their details should appear on printed forms. | |
| CustomerTaxCode | String | False | 3 |
The tax code specific to the customer for this sales order. | |
| CustomerTaxCodeId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the customer's tax code. | |
| IsToBePrinted | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether this sales order is flagged for printing. | ||
| IsToBeEmailed | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether this sales order is flagged for emailing. | ||
| IsManuallyClosed | String | False | 10 |
Indicates whether this sales order has been manually closed. | |
| IsFullyInvoiced | Boolean | True |
Indicates whether all items in this sales order have been invoiced. | ||
| IsTaxIncluded | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether the tax is included in the amounts for this sales order. | ||
| CustomFields | String | False |
Custom fields containing additional metadata for the sales order. | ||
| EditSequence | String | True | 16 |
A versioning identifier for the current state of the sales order. | |
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The date and time when this sales order was last modified. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The date and time when this sales order was initially created. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description |
| ItemPriceLevel | String |
The price level applied to items in this sales order. QuickBooks does not return this directly. |
Handles QuickBooks Sales Orders, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for tracking customer orders.
SalesOrders may be inserted, queried, or updated via the SalesOrders or SalesOrderLineItems table. SalesOrders may be deleted by using the SalesOrders table.
This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can only be used with the equals or = comparison. The available columns for SalesOrders are Id, Date, TimeModified, ReferenceNumber, CustomerName, and CustomerId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM SalesOrders WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'
To add a SalesOrder, specify the Customer and at least one Line Item. The ItemAggregate column may be used to specify an XML aggregate of Line Item data. The columns that may be used in these aggregates are defined in the SalesOrderLineItems tables and it starts with Item. For example, the following will insert a new SalesOrder with two Line Items:
INSERT INTO SalesOrders (CustomerName, ItemAggregate)
VALUES ('Cook, Brian',
'<SalesOrderLineItems>
<Row><ItemName>Repairs</ItemName><ItemQuantity>1</ItemQuantity></Row>
<Row><ItemName>Removal</ItemName><ItemQuantity>2</ItemQuantity></Row>
</SalesOrderLineItems>')
To insert subitems, set the ItemName field to the FullName of the item; for example, '<Row><ItemName>Subs:Carpet</ItemName><ItemQuantity>0</ItemQuantity></Row>'
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
A unique identifier for the sales order, used to track and manage the transaction within QuickBooks. | |
| ReferenceNumber | String | False | 21 |
The sales order reference number, which can be used for tracking and customer communication. | |
| TxnNumber | Integer | True |
A unique transaction number within QuickBooks, distinct from the system-generated ID, for referencing purposes. | ||
| CustomerName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the customer associated with this sales order. This field is required when CustomerId is not provided. | |
| CustomerId | String | False |
Customers.ID | 255 |
The QuickBooks ID of the customer linked to this sales order. This field is required when CustomerName is not provided. |
| Date | Date | False |
The date the sales order was created, used for recordkeeping and reporting purposes. | ||
| ShipMethod | String | False | 1000 |
The method of shipping chosen for the order, such as FedEx, UPS, or DHL. | |
| ShipMethodId | String | False | 255 |
The QuickBooks ID for the shipping method associated with this sales order. | |
| ShipDate | Date | False |
The date the items in the sales order are expected to ship. | ||
| Memo | String | False | 5000 |
An internal note or message regarding the sales order, not visible to customers. | |
| Class | String | False | 1000 |
The class assigned to the sales order for categorization and tracking purposes. | |
| ClassId | String | False |
Class.ID | 255 |
The QuickBooks ID of the class associated with the sales order. |
| TotalAmount | Decimal | False |
The total monetary value of the sales order, including all line items and applicable taxes. | ||
| DueDate | Date | False |
The date by which payment for the sales order is expected, if applicable. | ||
| Message | String | False | 101 |
A note or message intended for the customer, often displayed on the printed or emailed sales order. | |
| MessageId | String | False | 255 |
The QuickBooks ID of the customer-facing message included in the sales order. | |
| SalesRep | String | False | 5 |
The initials or identifier of the sales representative responsible for this sales order. | |
| SalesRepId | String | False |
SalesReps.ID | 255 |
The QuickBooks ID of the sales representative associated with this sales order. |
| Template | String | False | 100 |
The name of the template applied to this sales order for layout and formatting purposes. | |
| TemplateId | String | False |
Templates.ID | 255 |
The QuickBooks ID of the template used for this sales order. |
| CurrencyName | String | False | 64 |
The name of the currency used for this sales order, helpful for international transactions. | |
| CurrencyId | String | False |
Currency.ID | 255 |
The QuickBooks ID of the currency applied to this sales order. |
| ExchangeRate | Double | False |
The exchange rate applied if the sales order involves foreign currency. | ||
| TotalAmountInHomeCurrency | Decimal | False |
The total value of the sales order converted into the home currency. | ||
| FOB | String | False | 13 |
The Freight on Board location indicating the point from which the shipment originates. | |
| BillingAddress | String | True |
The complete billing address associated with this sales order. | ||
| BillingLine1 | String | False | 500 |
The first line of the billing address. | |
| BillingLine2 | String | False | 500 |
The second line of the billing address. | |
| BillingLine3 | String | False | 500 |
The third line of the billing address. | |
| BillingLine4 | String | False | 500 |
The fourth line of the billing address. | |
| BillingLine5 | String | False | 41 |
The fifth line of the billing address. | |
| BillingCity | String | False | 255 |
The city included in the billing address. | |
| BillingState | String | False | 255 |
The state or region in the billing address. | |
| BillingPostalCode | String | False | 30 |
The postal code for the billing address. | |
| BillingCountry | String | False | 255 |
The country included in the billing address. | |
| BillingNote | String | False | 41 |
Additional notes regarding the billing address. | |
| ShippingAddress | String | True |
The complete shipping address associated with this sales order. | ||
| ShippingLine1 | String | False | 500 |
The first line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine2 | String | False | 500 |
The second line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine3 | String | False | 500 |
The third line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine4 | String | False | 500 |
The fourth line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine5 | String | False | 41 |
The fifth line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingCity | String | False | 255 |
The city included in the shipping address. | |
| ShippingState | String | False | 255 |
The state or region in the shipping address. | |
| ShippingPostalCode | String | False | 30 |
The postal code for the shipping address. | |
| ShippingCountry | String | False | 255 |
The country included in the shipping address. | |
| ShippingNote | String | False | 41 |
Additional notes regarding the shipping address. | |
| Subtotal | Decimal | True |
The gross subtotal of the sales order, excluding taxes or payments already made. | ||
| Tax | Double | True |
The total sales tax applied to the sales order. | ||
| TaxItem | String | False | 100 |
The name of the sales tax item applied to the sales order. | |
| TaxItemId | String | False | 255 |
The QuickBooks ID of the sales tax item applied to the sales order. | |
| TaxPercent | Double | True |
The percentage of sales tax applied to the sales order. | ||
| PONumber | String | False | 41 |
The purchase order number associated with this sales order, if applicable. | |
| Terms | String | False | 100 |
The payment terms agreed upon for this sales order. | |
| TermsId | String | False | 255 |
The QuickBooks ID of the payment terms for this sales order. | |
| ItemCount | Integer | True |
The total number of line items included in this sales order. | ||
| ItemAggregate | String | False | 5000 |
An aggregated view of the line item data for batch processing or reference. | |
| TransactionCount | Integer | True |
The number of transactions linked to this sales order. | ||
| TransactionAggregate | String | True | 5000 |
An aggregated view of linked transaction data for reference or processing. | |
| CustomerTaxCode | String | False | 3 |
The tax code specifically assigned to the customer for this sales order. | |
| CustomerTaxCodeId | String | False | 255 |
The QuickBooks ID of the tax code assigned to the customer. | |
| IsPrinted | Boolean | True |
Indicates whether the sales order has been printed. | ||
| IsManuallyClosed | String | False | 10 |
Indicates whether the sales order has been manually closed. | |
| IsFullyInvoiced | Boolean | True |
Indicates whether the entire sales order has been invoiced. | ||
| IsTaxIncluded | Boolean | False |
Specifies whether the tax is included in the transaction amount. | ||
| IsToBePrinted | Boolean | False |
Specifies whether the sales order is marked for printing. | ||
| IsToBeEmailed | Boolean | False |
Specifies whether the sales order is marked for emailing. | ||
| Other | String | False | 29 |
A predefined custom field within QuickBooks. | |
| CustomFields | String | False |
Custom fields associated with this sales order, formatted in XML. | ||
| EditSequence | String | True | 16 |
A unique versioning identifier for this sales order, used to track updates. | |
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The last time the sales order was updated. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The date and time the sales order was initially created. | ||
| ShippingDetailTrackingID | Integer | True |
The tracking ID for the shipped sales order. | ||
| ShippingDetailCarrierName | String | True |
The name of the shipping carrier used for the sales order. | ||
| ShippingDetailShippingMethod | String | True |
The method of shipping used for the sales order. | ||
| ShippingDetailShippingCharges | Decimal | True |
The shipping charges applied to the sales order. | ||
| FulfillmentStatus | String | True |
The current fulfillment status of the sales order. | ||
| SOChannel | String | True |
The sales channel through which the sales order was generated. | ||
| StoreName | String | True |
The name of the store where the sales order was created. | ||
| StoreType | String | True |
The type of store (for example, online or physical) where the sales order was created. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description |
| Item* | String |
All columns specific to line items can be used for insertion, providing details about each item in the sales order. |
Manages individual line items in QuickBooks Sales Receipts, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for detailed sales tracking.
SalesReceipts may be inserted, queried, or updated via the SalesReceipts or SalesReceiptLineItems tables. SalesReceipts may be deleted by using the SalesReceipts table.
This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can only be used with the equals or = comparison. The available columns for SalesReceipts are Id, Date, TimeModified, ReferenceNumber, CustomerName, CustomerId, DepositAccount, and DepositAccountId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM SalesReceiptLineItems WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'
To add a SalesReceipt, specify the Customer column and at least one Line Item. All Line Item columns can be used for inserting multiple Line Items for a new SalesReceipt transaction. For example, the following will insert a new SalesReceipt with two Line Items:
INSERT INTO SalesReceiptLineItems#TEMP (CustomerName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('Cook, Brian', 'Repairs', 1)
INSERT INTO SalesReceiptLineItems#TEMP (CustomerName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('Cook, Brian', 'Removal', 2)
INSERT INTO SalesReceiptLineItems (CustomerName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) SELECT CustomerName, ItemName, ItemQuantity FROM SalesReceiptLineItems#TEMP
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
A unique identifier for the line item, combining the sales receipt ID and line item ID for precise tracking. | |
| SalesReceiptId | String | False | 255 |
The QuickBooks ID for the associated sales receipt, used to group line items under the correct transaction. | |
| ReferenceNumber | String | False | 21 |
The reference number assigned to this sales receipt, helpful for identifying and organizing transactions. | |
| TxnNumber | Integer | True |
A unique transaction number within QuickBooks, distinct from the ID, for additional reference. | ||
| CustomerName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the customer associated with this sales receipt, required when CustomerId is not provided. | |
| CustomerId | String | False |
Customers.ID | 255 |
The QuickBooks ID of the customer linked to this sales receipt, required when CustomerName is not provided. |
| Date | Date | False |
The date the transaction occurred, used for recording and reporting purposes. Setting this field can override date filters. | ||
| ShipMethod | String | False | 1000 |
The shipping method chosen for the transaction, such as FedEx or UPS. | |
| ShipMethodId | String | False | 255 |
The QuickBooks ID of the shipping method associated with this transaction. | |
| ShipDate | Date | False |
The date when the items in this transaction are scheduled to be shipped. | ||
| Memo | String | False | 5000 |
An internal note or memo related to this transaction, not visible to customers. | |
| Class | String | False | 1000 |
A QuickBooks classification to categorize the transaction for tracking or reporting purposes. | |
| ClassId | String | False |
Class.ID | 255 |
The QuickBooks ID of the class assigned to this transaction for categorization. |
| DueDate | Date | False |
The date by which payment for the sales receipt is due, if applicable. | ||
| TotalAmount | Decimal | True |
The total amount for this sales receipt, including all line items and applicable taxes. | ||
| Message | String | False | 101 |
A note or message intended for the customer, often included on the printed or emailed sales receipt. | |
| MessageId | String | False | 255 |
The QuickBooks ID of the customer-facing message for this transaction. | |
| SalesRep | String | False | 5 |
The initials or identifier of the sales representative responsible for this transaction. | |
| SalesRepId | String | False |
SalesReps.ID | 255 |
The QuickBooks ID of the sales representative associated with this transaction. |
| Template | String | False | 100 |
The name of the template applied to this sales receipt for formatting purposes. | |
| TemplateId | String | False |
Templates.ID | 255 |
The QuickBooks ID of the template used for this transaction. |
| ExchangeRate | Double | False |
The currency exchange rate applied to this sales receipt, if it involves a foreign currency. | ||
| FOB | String | False | 13 |
Indicates the shipping origin (Freight on Board) for this transaction. | |
| BillingAddress | String | True |
The full billing address associated with this transaction, as recorded in QuickBooks. | ||
| BillingLine1 | String | False | 500 |
The first line of the billing address. | |
| BillingLine2 | String | False | 500 |
The second line of the billing address. | |
| BillingLine3 | String | False | 500 |
The third line of the billing address. | |
| BillingLine4 | String | False | 500 |
The fourth line of the billing address. | |
| BillingLine5 | String | False | 41 |
The fifth line of the billing address. | |
| BillingCity | String | False | 255 |
The city in the billing address. | |
| BillingState | String | False | 255 |
The state or region in the billing address. | |
| BillingPostalCode | String | False | 30 |
The postal code for the billing address. | |
| BillingCountry | String | False | 255 |
The country in the billing address. | |
| BillingNote | String | False | 41 |
Additional notes related to the billing address. | |
| ShippingAddress | String | True |
The complete shipping address associated with this transaction, as recorded in QuickBooks. | ||
| ShippingLine1 | String | False | 500 |
The first line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine2 | String | False | 500 |
The second line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine3 | String | False | 500 |
The third line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine4 | String | False | 500 |
The fourth line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine5 | String | False | 41 |
The fifth line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingCity | String | False | 255 |
The city in the shipping address. | |
| ShippingState | String | False | 255 |
The state or region in the shipping address. | |
| ShippingPostalCode | String | False | 30 |
The postal code for the shipping address. | |
| ShippingCountry | String | False | 255 |
The country in the shipping address. | |
| ShippingNote | String | False | 41 |
Additional notes related to the shipping address. | |
| Subtotal | Decimal | True |
The subtotal amount for this transaction, calculated before taxes and discounts. | ||
| Tax | Double | True |
The total sales tax applied to the transaction. | ||
| TaxItem | String | False | 100 |
The name of the sales tax item applied to this transaction. | |
| TaxItemId | String | False | 255 |
The QuickBooks ID of the sales tax item applied to this transaction. | |
| TaxPercent | Double | True |
The percentage rate of sales tax applied to this transaction. | ||
| IsPending | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether the transaction is pending completion or has been finalized. | ||
| IsToBePrinted | Boolean | False |
Specifies if this transaction is marked for printing. | ||
| IsTaxIncluded | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether tax is included in the line item amounts. Available only in specific regional editions. | ||
| IsToBeEmailed | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether this transaction is marked to be emailed to the customer. Fails if no customer email is available. | ||
| ItemLineId | String | True | 255 |
A unique identifier for each line item within the sales receipt. | |
| ItemLineNumber | String | True | 255 |
The number representing the position of this line item within the sales receipt. | |
| ItemName | String | False |
The name of the item associated with this line. | ||
| ItemId | String | False |
Items.ID | 255 |
The QuickBooks ID of the item associated with this line. |
| ItemGroup | String | False | 100 |
The name of the group that this item is part of, if applicable. | |
| ItemGroupId | String | False |
Items.ID | 255 |
The QuickBooks ID of the group that this item is part of, if applicable. |
| ItemDescription | String | False | 5000 |
A detailed description of the item in this line. | |
| ItemQuantity | Double | False |
The quantity of this item or group specified in this line. | ||
| ItemUnitOfMeasure | String | False | 31 |
The unit of measure for the item, selected from the item's available options. Requires QBXML Version 7.0 or later. | |
| ItemRate | Double | False |
The rate charged per unit of this item. | ||
| ItemRatePercent | Double | False |
The percentage rate applied to this item, if applicable. | ||
| ItemTaxCode | String | False | 3 |
The tax code indicating whether the item is taxable or non-taxable. | |
| ItemTaxCodeId | String | False | 255 |
The QuickBooks ID of the tax code applied to this item. | |
| ItemAmount | Decimal | False |
The total amount for this line item, including quantity and rate. | ||
| ItemInventorySiteName | String | False | 31 |
The name of the inventory site where this item is stored. Requires QBXML version 10.0 or later and the Advanced Inventory add-on. | |
| ItemInventorySiteId | String | False | 255 |
The QuickBooks ID of the inventory site where this item is stored. | |
| ItemSerialNumber | String | False | 5000 |
The serial number associated with this item. Requires QBXML version 11.0 or later and the Advanced Inventory add-on. | |
| ItemLotNumber | String | False | 40 |
The lot number associated with this item. Requires QBXML version 11.0 or later and the Advanced Inventory add-on. | |
| ItemExpirationDateForSerialLotNumber | String | True | 1099 |
The expiration date for the serial or lot number of this item. Supported in QuickBooks Desktop 2023 and SDK 16.0. | |
| ItemClass | String | False | 1000 |
The class name categorizing this item for tracking and reporting purposes. | |
| ItemClassId | String | False |
Class.ID | 255 |
The QuickBooks ID of the class associated with this item. |
| ItemUOMSetFullName | String | False | 1000 |
The full name of the unit of measure set associated with this item. | |
| ItemUOMSetListID | String | False | 1000 |
The QuickBooks ID of the unit of measure set associated with this item. | |
| ItemIsGetPrintItemsInGroup | String | False | 1000 |
Indicates whether individual items in the group are printed on forms when true. | |
| CheckNumber | String | False | 25 |
The check number associated with the payment, if applicable. | |
| PaymentMethod | String | False | 100 |
The payment method used for this sales receipt. | |
| PaymentMethodId | String | False | 255 |
The QuickBooks ID of the payment method used. | |
| DepositAccount | String | False | 1000 |
The account where the payment from this sales receipt is deposited. | |
| DepositAccountId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The QuickBooks ID of the deposit account. |
| CustomerTaxCode | String | True | 3 |
The tax code assigned to the customer for this transaction. | |
| CustomerTaxCodeId | String | True | 255 |
The QuickBooks ID of the customer’s tax code. | |
| CustomFields | String | False |
Custom fields associated with this transaction, formatted as XML. | ||
| EditSequence | String | True | 16 |
A versioning identifier for tracking updates to this line item. | |
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The timestamp indicating when this sales receipt was last modified. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The timestamp indicating when this sales receipt was created. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description |
| ItemPriceLevel | String |
The price level associated with the item, if applicable. |
| ItemOverrideAccount | String |
The name of the account overriding the default account for this item. Available during inserts and updates only. |
| ItemOverrideAccountId | String |
The QuickBooks ID of the account overriding the default account for this item. Available during inserts and updates only. |
Handles QuickBooks Sales Receipts, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for tracking point-of-sale transactions.
SalesReceipts may be inserted, queried, or updated via the SalesReceipts or SalesReceiptLineItems tables. SalesReceipts may be deleted by using the SalesReceipts table.
This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can only be used with the equals or = comparison. The available columns for SalesReceipts are Id, Date, TimeModified, ReferenceNumber, CustomerName, CustomerId, DepositAccount, and DepositAccountId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM SalesReceipts WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'
To add a SalesReceipt, specify the Customer and at least one Line Item. The ItemAggregate columns may be used to specify an XML aggregate of Line Item data. The columns that may be used in these aggregates are defined in the SalesReceiptLineItems table and it starts with Item. For example, the following will insert a new SalesReceipt with two Line Items:
INSERT INTO SalesReceipts (CustomerName, ItemAggregate)
VALUES ('Cook, Brian',
'<SalesReceiptLineItems>
<Row><ItemName>Repairs</ItemName><ItemQuantity>1</ItemQuantity></Row>
<Row><ItemName>Removal</ItemName><ItemQuantity>2</ItemQuantity></Row>
</SalesReceiptLineItems>')
To insert subitems, set the ItemName field to the FullName of the item; for example, '<Row><ItemName>Subs:Carpet</ItemName><ItemQuantity>0</ItemQuantity></Row>'
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
A unique identifier for the sales receipt, essential for tracking and referencing transactions in QuickBooks. | |
| ReferenceNumber | String | False | 21 |
The reference number assigned to the sales receipt, often used for external or internal tracking. | |
| TxnNumber | Integer | True |
The transaction number uniquely identifying this sales receipt within QuickBooks, separate from the ID. | ||
| CustomerName | String | False | 1000 |
The full name of the customer associated with this sales receipt. Required if CustomerId is not provided. | |
| CustomerId | String | False |
Customers.ID | 255 |
The unique QuickBooks identifier for the customer associated with this sales receipt. Required if CustomerName is not provided. |
| Date | Date | False |
The date of the transaction, determining when the sales receipt was recorded. If queried, can override other date filters. | ||
| ShipMethod | String | False | 1000 |
The method of shipment for this transaction, such as FedEx or USPS. | |
| ShipMethodId | String | False | 255 |
The QuickBooks identifier for the shipping method associated with this transaction. | |
| ShipDate | Date | False |
The date on which the items in this sales receipt are scheduled for shipment. | ||
| Memo | String | False | 5000 |
A freeform text field for notes or comments about this sales receipt, visible in internal records. | |
| Class | String | False | 1000 |
A reference to the class categorizing this transaction for tracking or reporting purposes. | |
| ClassId | String | False |
Class.ID | 255 |
The QuickBooks identifier for the class associated with this transaction. |
| DueDate | Date | False |
The date by which payment for this transaction is expected or due. | ||
| TotalAmount | Decimal | True |
The total monetary value of this transaction, including items and applicable taxes. | ||
| Message | String | False | 101 |
A message or note intended for the customer, often included on printed receipts. | |
| MessageId | String | False | 255 |
The QuickBooks identifier for the customer-facing message associated with this transaction. | |
| SalesRep | String | False | 5 |
The initials or identifier of the sales representative associated with this transaction. | |
| SalesRepId | String | False |
SalesReps.ID | 255 |
The QuickBooks identifier for the sales representative linked to this transaction. |
| Template | String | False | 100 |
The name of a QuickBooks template applied to format this transaction. | |
| TemplateId | String | False |
Templates.ID | 255 |
The QuickBooks identifier for the template applied to this transaction. |
| ExchangeRate | Double | False |
The exchange rate between the transaction's currency and the company's home currency at the time of the transaction. | ||
| FOB | String | False | 13 |
Indicates the origin point (Freight on Board) for the shipment, often used for shipping agreements. | |
| BillingAddress | String | True |
The complete billing address associated with this transaction. | ||
| BillingLine1 | String | False | 500 |
The first line of the billing address. | |
| BillingLine2 | String | False | 500 |
The second line of the billing address. | |
| BillingLine3 | String | False | 500 |
The third line of the billing address. | |
| BillingLine4 | String | False | 500 |
The fourth line of the billing address. | |
| BillingLine5 | String | False | 41 |
The fifth line of the billing address. | |
| BillingCity | String | False | 255 |
The city in the billing address. | |
| BillingState | String | False | 255 |
The state or region in the billing address. | |
| BillingPostalCode | String | False | 30 |
The postal code for the billing address. | |
| BillingCountry | String | False | 255 |
The country in the billing address. | |
| BillingNote | String | False | 41 |
Additional notes related to the billing address. | |
| ShippingAddress | String | True |
The full shipping address for this transaction. | ||
| ShippingLine1 | String | False | 500 |
The first line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine2 | String | False | 500 |
The second line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine3 | String | False | 500 |
The third line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine4 | String | False | 500 |
The fourth line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine5 | String | False | 41 |
The fifth line of the shipping address. | |
| ShippingCity | String | False | 255 |
The city in the shipping address. | |
| ShippingState | String | False | 255 |
The state or region in the shipping address. | |
| ShippingPostalCode | String | False | 30 |
The postal code for the shipping address. | |
| ShippingCountry | String | False | 255 |
The country in the shipping address. | |
| ShippingNote | String | False | 41 |
Additional notes related to the shipping address. | |
| Subtotal | Decimal | True |
The gross total of all line items before taxes or discounts are applied. | ||
| Tax | Double | True |
The total sales tax applied to the transaction. | ||
| TaxItem | String | False | 100 |
The specific tax item used to calculate the sales tax for this transaction. | |
| TaxItemId | String | False | 255 |
The QuickBooks identifier for the tax item used. | |
| TaxPercent | Double | True |
The percentage rate applied for sales tax on this transaction. | ||
| IsPending | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether the transaction is still pending or has been completed. | ||
| IsToBePrinted | Boolean | False |
Specifies if this transaction should be printed. | ||
| IsTaxIncluded | Boolean | False |
Indicates if tax is already included in the transaction amount. Available only in UK and CA editions. | ||
| IsToBeEmailed | Boolean | False |
Indicates if this transaction is set to be emailed. Fails if no email address is provided for the customer. | ||
| ItemCount | Integer | True |
The number of line items included in this transaction. | ||
| ItemAggregate | String | False | 5000 |
A consolidated representation of all line item details, used when inserting sales receipts with items. | |
| CheckNumber | String | False | 25 |
The check number associated with this payment, if applicable. | |
| PaymentMethod | String | False | 100 |
The method of payment used, such as cash, check, or credit card. | |
| PaymentMethodId | String | False | 255 |
The QuickBooks identifier for the payment method. | |
| DepositAccount | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the account where this payment is deposited. | |
| DepositAccountId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The QuickBooks identifier for the deposit account. |
| CustomerTaxCode | String | True | 3 |
The tax code assigned to the customer for this transaction. | |
| CustomerTaxCodeId | String | True | 255 |
The QuickBooks identifier for the customer's tax code. | |
| CustomFields | String | False |
Custom fields associated with this transaction, formatted as XML. | ||
| EditSequence | String | True | 16 |
A versioning identifier that updates with each modification to ensure data integrity. | |
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The timestamp for when this sales receipt was last updated. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The timestamp for when this sales receipt was initially created. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description |
| Item* | String |
Includes all item-specific columns for use during transaction insertion or updates. |
Manages QuickBooks Sales Representatives, allowing creation, updates, deletion, and queries for tracking sales activities.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can only be used with the equals or = comparison. The available columns for SalesReps are Id, TimeModified, Initial, and IsActive. TimeModified may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. Name may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM SalesReps WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND Initial LIKE '%12345%'
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the sales representative, used for tracking and referencing within QuickBooks. | |
| Initial | String | False | 5 |
The initials of the sales representative. These must be unique for each sales rep and are used as shorthand identifiers in records and reports. | |
| IsActive | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether the sales representative is currently active and available for assignment in QuickBooks. | ||
| SalesRepEntityRef_FullName | String | False | 1000 |
The full name of the sales representative, linked to the employee, vendor, or other-name list in QuickBooks. When adding or updating, you can provide this field or SalesRepEntityRef_ListId, but not both. | |
| SalesRepEntityRef_ListId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier of the sales representative from the employee, vendor, or other-name list in QuickBooks. When adding or updating, you can provide this field or SalesRepEntityRef_FullName, but not both. | |
| EditSequence | String | True | 16 |
A versioning string that updates whenever changes are made to the sales representative's record, ensuring accurate modification tracking. | |
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The date and time when this sales representative record was originally created in QuickBooks. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The date and time when this sales representative record was last updated in QuickBooks. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description |
| MaxResults | String |
The maximum number of sales representative records to return in a query, providing control over the size of the result set. |
Handles QuickBooks Sales Tax Codes, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for tax categorization.
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the sales tax code, used to distinguish it from other tax codes. | |
| Name | String | False | 3 |
The name assigned to the sales tax code, which is typically used to label transactions or items as taxable or non-taxable. | |
| Description | String | False | 31 |
A brief description of the sales tax code, providing additional context or details about its purpose or usage. | |
| IsActive | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether this sales tax code is currently active and available for use in QuickBooks. | ||
| IsTaxable | Boolean | False |
Specifies whether the sales tax code represents taxable items or transactions. | ||
| ItemPurchaseTaxRef_FullName | String | False | 1000 |
The full name of the purchase tax item associated with this tax code. This field is applicable in international versions of QuickBooks where purchase tax applies. | |
| ItemPurchaseTaxRef_ListId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier of the purchase tax item associated with this tax code. This field is applicable in international versions of QuickBooks. | |
| ItemSalesTaxRef_FullName | String | False | 1000 |
The full name of the sales tax item associated with this tax code. This field is applicable in international versions of QuickBooks. | |
| ItemSalesTaxRef_ListId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier of the sales tax item associated with this tax code. This field is applicable in international versions of QuickBooks. | |
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The date and time when this sales tax code was originally created in QuickBooks. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The date and time of the most recent modification to this sales tax code. | ||
| EditSequence | String | True | 16 |
A versioning identifier that changes with each update to the sales tax code, ensuring accurate synchronization and tracking of changes. |
Manages QuickBooks Sales Tax Items, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for tax calculations on invoices and sales.
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
A unique identifier assigned to the sales tax item for tracking and reference purposes. | |
| Name | String | False | 31 |
The name of the sales tax item. This field is mandatory when creating a new sales tax item and is used to identify it within QuickBooks. | |
| IsActive | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether the sales tax item is currently active and available for use in transactions. | ||
| ClassRef_FullName | String | False | 1000 |
The full name of the class associated with this sales tax item, providing additional categorization for transactions. This requires QBXML version 12.0 or later. | |
| ClassRef_ListID | String | False |
Class.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the class associated with this sales tax item, ensuring proper categorization. This requires QBXML version 12.0 or later. |
| ItemDesc | String | False | 4096 |
A detailed description of the sales tax item, often used to clarify its purpose or applicability. | |
| TaxRate | Double | False |
The rate of tax applied for this item, expressed as a percentage. If a nonzero TaxRate is specified, a TaxVendorRef is required to indicate the responsible tax agency. | ||
| TaxVendorRef_FullName | String | False | 1000 |
The full name of the tax agency to whom collected taxes are owed. This corresponds to an entry in the vendor list. | |
| TaxVendorRef_ListID | String | False |
Vendors.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the tax agency to whom collected taxes are owed. This corresponds to an entry in the vendor list. |
| CustomFields | String | False |
Custom fields that provide additional information specific to this sales tax item. These fields are formatted in XML and returned from QuickBooks. | ||
| EditSequence | String | True | 16 |
A versioning identifier that updates with each change to the sales tax item, ensuring accurate tracking of modifications. | |
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The date and time when this sales tax item was last modified in QuickBooks. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The date and time when this sales tax item was originally created in QuickBooks. |
Manages QuickBooks Shipping Methods, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for shipping-related information.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can only be used with the equals or = comparison. The available columns for ShippingMethods are Id, TimeModified, Name, and IsActive. TimeModified may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. Name may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM ShippingMethods WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND Name LIKE '%12345%'
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
A unique identifier assigned to each shipping method, used to differentiate it from others in the system. | |
| Name | String | False | 15 |
The descriptive name of the shipping method, such as 'FedEx Overnight' or 'Standard Ground Shipping.' | |
| IsActive | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether the shipping method is currently active and available for use in transactions. A value of true means it is active. | ||
| EditSequence | String | True | 16 |
A system-generated value that tracks changes to the shipping method record, used to prevent conflicts during updates. | |
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The date and time when the shipping method record was first created in QuickBooks. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The date and time when the shipping method record was last updated, reflecting its most recent modification. |
Handles QuickBooks Standard Terms, allowing creation, updates, deletion, and queries for payment terms configuration.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can only be used with the equals or = comparison. The available columns for StandardTerms records are Id, TimeModified, Name, and IsActive. TimeModified may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. Name may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM StandardTerms WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND Name LIKE '%12345%'
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
A unique identifier for the standard payment term, used to distinguish it from others in QuickBooks. | |
| Name | String | False | 100 |
The name assigned to the standard payment term, typically descriptive of the term's purpose or condition (for example, 'Net 30'). | |
| IsActive | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether the payment term is currently active and available for use in transactions. | ||
| StdDueDays | Integer | False |
The number of days from the transaction date that payment is expected to be received. For example, '30' means payment is due 30 days after the invoice date. | ||
| StdDiscountDays | Integer | False |
The number of days within which a payment must be made to qualify for a discount. This is typically used in conjunction with the DiscountPct field. | ||
| DiscountPct | Double | False |
The percentage discount offered if payment is made within the number of days specified in StdDiscountDays. The value must be between 0 and 100 (for example, '2' represents a 2% discount). | ||
| EditSequence | String | True | 16 |
A system-generated identifier indicating the version or revision of this record, used for conflict detection in updates. | |
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The date and time when this payment term record was initially created in QuickBooks. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The date and time when this payment term record was last updated or modified. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description |
| MaxResults | String |
Specifies the maximum number of records to retrieve in a query, allowing control over the result set size. |
Manages QuickBooks Statement Charges, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for customer billing statements.
To add a StatementCharge, specify the CustomerName or CustomerId and the ItemName or ItemId.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can only be used with the equals or = comparison. The available columns for StatementCharges are Id, Date, TimeModified, ReferenceNumber, CustomerName, CustomerId, IsPaid, AccountsReceivable, and AccountsReceivableId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM StatementCharges WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the statement charge. This is used to uniquely identify each record in QuickBooks. | |
| TxnNumber | Integer | True |
The transaction number, which provides an additional identifier for the transaction but is not the Quickbooks generated ID. | ||
| ReferenceNumber | String | False |
The reference number assigned to this statement charge. Typically used for tracking or reconciliation purposes. | ||
| CustomerName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the customer associated with this statement charge. Either CustomerName or CustomerId must be provided when creating a record. | |
| CustomerId | String | False |
Customers.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the customer associated with this statement charge. Either CustomerName or CustomerId must be provided when creating a record. |
| Date | Date | False |
The date when the transaction occurred. This is the primary transaction date recorded in QuickBooks. | ||
| ItemName | String | False |
The name of the item associated with this statement charge. This is a reference to the product or service being billed. | ||
| ItemId | String | False |
Items.ID |
The unique identifier of the item associated with this statement charge. This links the charge to the corresponding product or service in QuickBooks. | |
| Quantity | Double | False |
The quantity of the item being billed in this statement charge. Relevant for inventory items or services billed per unit. | ||
| UnitOfMeasure | String | False | 31 |
The unit of measure selected for the transaction line item. This value must be the base unit if only a single unit of measure per item is enabled. Requires QBXML Version 7.0 or later. | |
| OverrideUnitOfMeasure | String | False | 100 |
The unit of measure used to override the default for this transaction line. Specify the unit of measure set from which the value is chosen. Requires QBXML Version 7.0 or later. | |
| OverrideUnitOfMeasureId | String | False |
The unique identifier for the unit of measure set used to override the default for this transaction line. Requires QBXML Version 7.0 or later. | ||
| Rate | Double | False |
The rate charged per unit of the item for this statement charge. | ||
| Amount | Decimal | False |
The total monetary value of the transaction. This is calculated as Rate multiplied by Quantity. | ||
| Balance | Double | True |
The remaining balance for this statement charge. This represents the amount still owed. | ||
| Description | String | False |
A descriptive text field providing details about the statement charge. This is often used for additional context or notes. | ||
| AccountsReceivable | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the accounts-receivable account where the transaction amount will be recorded. | |
| AccountsReceivableId | String | False |
Accounts.ID |
The unique identifier for the accounts-receivable account where the transaction amount will be recorded. | |
| Class | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the class associated with this transaction. Classes are used to categorize transactions for reporting purposes. | |
| ClassId | String | False |
Class.ID |
The unique identifier of the class associated with this transaction. | |
| BilledDate | Date | False |
The date when the customer was billed for this transaction. | ||
| DueDate | Date | False |
The date when payment for this statement charge is due. This helps track overdue transactions. | ||
| IsPaid | Boolean | True |
Indicates whether the statement charge has been fully paid. True means it has been paid, and false means it is outstanding. | ||
| CustomFields | String | False |
Custom fields specific to this statement charge, formatted as XML. These fields provide additional user-defined details. | ||
| EditSequence | String | True | 16 |
An identifier used for versioning this record. This changes each time the record is modified. | |
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The date and time when this statement charge was last updated in QuickBooks. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The date and time when this statement charge was initially created in QuickBooks. |
Manages QuickBooks Time Tracking events, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for employee or job time entries.
This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can only be used with the equals or = comparison. The available columns for TimeTracking entries are Id, TimeModified, Date, EmployeeName, and EmployeeId. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM TimeTracking WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'
To insert a TimeTracking entry, specify the Employee and Duration columns.
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier assigned by QuickBooks when the time-tracking entry is created. It is guaranteed to be unique across all time-tracking entries. | |
| BillableStatus | String | False | 15 |
The billing status of the time entry. If no billing status is set in QuickBooks, this value empty. Common statuses include Billable, NotBillable, or HasBeenBilled. The allowed values are Empty, Billable, NotBillable, HasBeenBilled. | |
| Date | Date | False |
The date of the time-tracking entry in the format YYYY-MM-DD (for example, 2025-01-01). This field is required when adding a new time-tracking record. | ||
| CustomerName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the customer associated with the time-tracking entry. This is required when BillableStatus is set to Billable and CustomerId is not provided. | |
| CustomerId | String | False |
Customers.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the customer associated with the time-tracking entry. This is required when BillableStatus is set to Billable and CustomerName is not provided. |
| Duration | String | False | 50 |
The duration of time being tracked, represented in the format HH:MM. For example, 2 hours and 30 minutes is represented as '2:30'. | |
| EmployeeName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the employee, vendor, or subcontractor whose time is being tracked. This is required when EmployeeId is not provided. | |
| EmployeeId | String | False |
Employees.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the employee, vendor, or subcontractor whose time is being tracked. This is required when EmployeeName is not provided. |
| Notes | String | False | 5000 |
Optional notes or comments about the time-tracking entry. | |
| Class | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the class associated with the time-tracking entry, used for categorization. | |
| ClassId | String | False |
Class.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the class associated with the time-tracking entry. |
| PayrollWageItemName | String | False | 100 |
The name of the payroll wage item, such as Regular Pay or Overtime Pay. This can only be specified if the tracked entity is an employee (not a vendor or subcontractor) and the 'Use time data to create paychecks' option is enabled for the employee in QuickBooks. | |
| PayrollWageItemId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the payroll wage item, such as Regular Pay or Overtime Pay. This can only be specified if the tracked entity is an employee (not a vendor or subcontractor) and the 'Use time data to create paychecks' option is enabled for the employee in QuickBooks. | |
| ServiceItemName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the service item representing the type of work performed. This is required if BillableStatus is set to Billable and ServiceItemId is not provided. | |
| ServiceItemId | String | False |
Items.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the service item representing the type of work performed. This is required if BillableStatus is set to Billable and ServiceItemName is not provided. |
| EditSequence | String | True | 16 |
A string used for version control to track updates to the time-tracking entry. | |
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The date and time when the time-tracking entry was last modified in QuickBooks. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The date and time when the time-tracking entry was created in QuickBooks. |
Handles QuickBooks To-Do entries, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for task management.
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for this To-Do entry, assigned by QuickBooks. | |
| Notes | String | False |
Additional notes or comments related to this To-Do entry. | ||
| IsActive | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether the To-Do entry is active. If false, the entry is considered inactive. | ||
| Type | String | False |
The type of this To-Do entry, such as Call, Meeting, or Task. Requires QBXML Version 13.0 or higher. | ||
| Priority | String | False |
The priority level of this To-Do entry, such as High, Medium, or Low. Requires QBXML Version 13.0 or higher. | ||
| IsDone | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether this To-Do entry has been marked as complete. True if completed, false otherwise. | ||
| ReminderDate | Datetime | False |
The date for the reminder associated with this To-Do entry, formatted as YYYY-MM-DD. | ||
| ReminderTime | String | False |
The time for the reminder associated with this To-Do entry, formatted as HH:MM. Requires QBXML Version 13.0 or higher. | ||
| EditSequence | String | True | 16 |
A string used for versioning to track updates to this To-Do entry. | |
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The date and time when this To-Do entry was initially created in QuickBooks. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The date and time when this To-Do entry was last modified in QuickBooks. |
Manages QuickBooks Inventory Transfers, supporting queries and deletion for inventory movement tracking. Available in QuickBooks Enterprise with Advanced Inventory.
TransferInventory transactions may be queried via the TransferInventory or TransferInventoryLineItems tables. TransferInventory transactions may be added by using the TransferInventoryLineItems table. TransferInventory transactions may be deleted by using the TransferInventory table. Updates to existing TransferInventory transactions are not supported at this time.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can only be used with the equals or = comparison. The available columns for the TransferInventory table are Id, TimeModified, TxnDate, and RefNumber. TimeModified and TxnDate may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. RefNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM TransferInventoryLineItems WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND RefNumber LIKE '%12345%'
To insert subitems, set the ItemName field to the FullName of the item; for example, '<Row><ItemName>Subs:Carpet</ItemName><ItemQuantity>0</ItemQuantity></Row>'
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier assigned to this inventory transfer transaction by QuickBooks. It ensures each transaction is distinct. | |
| TxnDate | Date | False |
The date when the inventory transfer occurred, formatted as YYYY-MM-DD. This field is required when inserting a transaction. | ||
| TxnNumber | Integer | True |
An identifying number assigned to this transaction, typically used for tracking purposes. | ||
| RefNumber | String | False | 21 |
A user-defined reference number for the transaction, such as a document or tracking number. | |
| FromInventorySiteRef_ListID | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier (ListID) of the inventory site from which the inventory was transferred. | |
| FromInventorySiteRef_FullName | String | False | 31 |
The full name of the inventory site from which the inventory was transferred. | |
| ToInventorySiteRef_ListID | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier (ListID) of the inventory site to which the inventory was transferred. | |
| ToInventorySiteRef_FullName | String | False | 31 |
The full name of the inventory site to which the inventory was transferred. | |
| Memo | String | False | 5000 |
Optional additional information or notes about the inventory transfer. | |
| ExternalGUID | String | False |
A user-defined globally unique identifier (GUID) that can be attached to this transaction for tracking purposes. | ||
| TransferInventoryLineAggregate | String | False | 5000 |
A collection of line item data representing the details of the inventory being transferred. Use this field to include multiple items in a single transaction. | |
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The date and time when the inventory transfer transaction was created, in the format YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The date and time when the inventory transfer transaction was last modified, in the format YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS. | ||
| EditSequence | String | True | 16 |
A unique identifier used for version control to ensure this copy of the transaction is up to date. |
Handles individual line items within QuickBooks Inventory Transfers, supporting creation and queries for detailed inventory tracking.
TransferInventory transactions may be queried via the TransferInventory or TransferInventoryLineItems tables. TransferInventory transactions may be added by using the TransferInventoryLineItems table. Transfer-inventory transactions may be deleted by using the TransferInventory table. Updates to existing TransferInventory transactions are not supported at this time.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can only be used with the equals or = comparison. The available columns for the TransferInventory table are Id, TxnDate, TimeModified, and RefNumber. TimeModified and TxnDate may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. RefNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM TransferInventoryLineItems WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND RefNumber LIKE '%12345%'
To add a TransferInventory transaction, specify a FromInventorySite, ToInventorySite, and at least one Line Item. All Line Item columns can be used for inserting multiple Line Items for a new TransferInventory transaction. For example, the following will insert a new TransferInventory transaction with one Line Items:
INSERT INTO TransferInventoryLineItems#TEMP (FromInventorySiteRef_FullName, ToInventorySiteRef_FullName, ItemRef_FullName, QuantityToTransfer) VALUES ('Site A', 'Site B', 'Cabinets', 10)
INSERT INTO TransferInventoryLineItems#TEMP (FromInventorySiteRef_FullName, ToInventorySiteRef_FullName, ItemRef_FullName, QuantityToTransfer) VALUES ('Site A', 'Site B', 'Door Knobs', 12)
INSERT INTO TransferInventoryLineItems (FromInventorySiteRef_FullName, ToInventorySiteRef_FullName, ItemRef_FullName, QuantityToTransfer ) SELECT FromInventorySiteRef_FullName, ToInventorySiteRef_FullName, ItemRef_FullName, QuantityToTransfer FROM TransferInventoryLineItems#TEMP
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the transaction line item, formatted as TransferInventoryId|TransferInventoryLineRet_TxnLineID. | |
| TransferInventoryId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier of the parent inventory transfer transaction. | |
| TxnDate | Date | False |
The date when the inventory transfer occurred, formatted as YYYY-MM-DD. This field is required when inserting a transaction. | ||
| TxnNumber | Integer | True |
A unique identifying number assigned to this transaction, typically used for tracking. | ||
| RefNumber | String | False | 21 |
A user-defined reference number for the transaction, such as a document or tracking number. | |
| FromInventorySiteRef_ListID | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier (ListID) of the inventory site from which the inventory was transferred. | |
| FromInventorySiteRef_FullName | String | False | 31 |
The full name of the inventory site from which the inventory was transferred. | |
| ToInventorySiteRef_ListID | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier (ListID) of the inventory site to which the inventory was transferred. | |
| ToInventorySiteRef_FullName | String | False | 31 |
The full name of the inventory site to which the inventory was transferred. | |
| Memo | String | False | 5000 |
Optional additional notes or information about the transaction. | |
| ExternalGUID | String | False |
A user-defined globally unique identifier (GUID) that can be attached to this transaction for tracking purposes. | ||
| TransferInventoryLineRet_TxnLineID | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the transaction line item within the transfer. | |
| TransferInventoryLineRet_ItemRef_ListID | String | False |
Items.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier (ListID) of the item that was transferred. |
| TransferInventoryLineRet_ItemRef_FullName | String | False |
The full name of the item that was transferred. | ||
| TransferInventoryLineRet_FromInventorySiteLocationRef_ListID | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier (ListID) of the specific location within the source inventory site where the transfer originated. | |
| TransferInventoryLineRet_FromInventorySiteLocationRef_FullName | String | False |
The full name of the specific location within the source inventory site where the transfer originated. | ||
| TransferInventoryLineRet_ToInventorySiteLocationRef_ListID | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier (ListID) of the specific location within the destination inventory site where the transfer was sent. | |
| TransferInventoryLineRet_ToInventorySiteLocationRef_FullName | String | False |
The full name of the specific location within the destination inventory site where the transfer was sent. | ||
| TransferInventoryLineRet_QuantityToTransfer | Double | False |
The quantity of items to be transferred. This value is used when creating a transfer transaction. | ||
| TransferInventoryLineRet_QuantityTransferred | Double | True |
The quantity of items that were actually transferred. This value is returned in the response. | ||
| TransferInventoryLineRet_SerialNumber | String | False | 5000 |
The serial number of the transferred item, if applicable. | |
| TransferInventoryLineRet_LotNumber | String | False | 40 |
The lot number associated with the transferred item, if applicable. | |
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The date and time when the transaction was created, formatted as YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The date and time when the transaction was last modified, formatted as YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS. | ||
| EditSequence | String | True | 16 |
A unique identifier used for version control to ensure the transaction data is current. |
Manages QuickBooks Transfers, supporting creation, updates, and queries for tracking movement of funds between accounts. Requires QBXML Version 12.0 or higher.
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the transfer transaction. | |
| TxnNumber | String | True | 21 |
A user-defined transaction number for identifying the transfer. This is different from the Quickbooks generated ID. | |
| TxnDate | Date | False |
The date when the transfer occurred, formatted as YYYY-MM-DD. | ||
| TransferFromAccountRef_ListID | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier (ListID) of the account from which the funds are transferred. |
| TransferFromAccountRef_FullName | String | False | 1000 |
The full name of the account from which the funds are transferred. | |
| FromAccountBalance | Double | True |
The balance of the source account from which the funds are being transferred. | ||
| TransferToAccountRef_ListID | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier (ListID) of the account to which the funds are transferred. |
| TransferToAccountRef_FullName | String | False | 1000 |
The full name of the account to which the funds are transferred. | |
| ToAccountBalance | Double | True |
The balance of the destination account to which the funds are being transferred. | ||
| ClassRef_ListID | String | False |
Class.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier (ListID) of the class assigned to this transfer transaction. |
| ClassRef_FullName | String | False | 1000 |
The full name of the class assigned to this transfer transaction. | |
| Amount | Decimal | False |
The total amount of money being transferred in this transaction. | ||
| Memo | String | False | 5000 |
Optional notes or comments associated with this transfer transaction. | |
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The date and time when this transfer transaction was created, formatted as YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The date and time when this transfer transaction was last modified, formatted as YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS. | ||
| EditSequence | String | True | 16 |
A unique identifier used for version control to ensure the transaction data is current. |
Handles QuickBooks Units of Measure, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries. Requires QBXML Version 7.0 or higher.
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier assigned to the unit of measure. | |
| Name | String | False | 31 |
The descriptive name of the unit of measure, such as 'Pounds' or 'Liters'. | |
| IsActive | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether the unit of measure is currently active. A value of true means it is active, and false means it is inactive. | ||
| UnitOfMeasureType | String | False | 1000 |
Specifies the category or type of the unit of measure, such as 'Count', 'Weight', or 'Volume'. | |
| BaseUnit_Name | String | False | 31 |
The name of the base unit of measure from which other related units are derived. For example, 'Gram' could be the base unit for weight measurements. | |
| BaseUnit_Abbreviation | String | False | 31 |
The shorthand or abbreviation for the base unit of measure, such as 'g' for grams or 'mL' for milliliters. | |
| RelatedUnitAggregate | String | False | 5000 |
An XML aggregate that defines the related units of measure, including conversions and relationships to the base unit. | |
| DefaultUnitAggregate | String | False | 5000 |
An XML aggregate that specifies the default unit of measure settings, including default quantities or relationships for transactions. | |
| EditSequence | String | True | 16 |
A unique string used for version control, ensuring the unit of measure entity is current and updated. | |
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The date and time when this unit of measure entity was created, formatted as YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The date and time when this unit of measure entity was last modified, formatted as YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS. |
Manages default units within QuickBooks Units of Measure, supporting creation and queries for streamlined measurement configurations. Requires QBXML Version 7.0 or higher.
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier assigned to the unit-of-measure default unit. | |
| UnitOfMeasureSetId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the unit of measure set to which this default unit belongs. | |
| Name | String | False | 31 |
The descriptive name of the unit of measure, such as 'Kilogram' or 'Inch'. | |
| IsActive | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether this default unit of measure is currently active. A value of true means it is active, and false means it is inactive. | ||
| UnitOfMeasureType | String | False | 1000 |
Specifies the type or category of the unit of measure, such as 'Count', 'Length', or 'Weight'. | |
| BaseUnit_Name | String | False | 31 |
The name of the base unit of measure used for conversions or as a reference for related units, such as 'Meter' or 'Gram'. | |
| BaseUnit_Abbreviation | String | False | 31 |
The shorthand or abbreviation for the base unit of measure, such as 'm' for meters or 'kg' for kilograms. | |
| DefaultUnit_UnitUsedFor | String | False | 100 |
Specifies the purpose or context in which the default unit is used, such as sales, purchases, or inventory tracking. | |
| DefaultUnit_Unit | String | False | 31 |
Defines the default unit of measure used for the specified purpose, such as 'Box' or 'Dozen'. | |
| EditSequence | String | True | 16 |
A unique string used to track the revision history of this record, ensuring it reflects the most current version. | |
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The date and time when this default unit of measure record was created, formatted as YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The date and time when this default unit of measure record was last modified, formatted as YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS. |
Manages QuickBooks Vehicle Mileage, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for mileage tracking. Requires QBXML Version 6.0 or higher.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can only be used with the equals or = comparison. The available columns for the VehicleMileage table are Id, Name, and TimeModified. TimeModified may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. Name may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM VehicleMileage WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND Name LIKE '%12345%'
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier assigned to the vehicle mileage transaction. | |
| VehicleRef_FullName | String | False | 100 |
The full name of the vehicle used in the mileage transaction. Each vehicle name must be unique within QuickBooks. | |
| VehicleRef_ListID | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the referenced vehicle used in the mileage transaction. | |
| CustomerRef_FullName | String | False | 1000 |
The full name of the customer associated with the vehicle mileage transaction. Specify only CustomerRef_FullName or CustomerRef_ListID when inserting or updating records. | |
| CustomerRef_ListID | String | False |
Customers.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the customer associated with the vehicle mileage transaction. Specify only CustomerRef_FullName or CustomerRef_ListID when inserting or updating records. |
| ItemRef_FullName | String | False |
The full name of the item (service or other charge) associated with the mileage transaction. Specify only ItemRef_FullName or ItemRef_ListID when inserting or updating records. | ||
| ItemRef_ListID | String | False |
Items.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the item (service or other charge) associated with the mileage transaction. Specify only ItemRef_FullName or ItemRef_ListID when inserting or updating records. |
| ClassRef_FullName | String | False | 1000 |
The full name of the class associated with the vehicle mileage transaction. Specify only ClassRef_FullName or ClassRef_ListID when inserting or updating records. | |
| ClassRef_ListID | String | False |
Class.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the class associated with the vehicle mileage transaction. Specify only ClassRef_FullName or ClassRef_ListID when inserting or updating records. |
| TripStartDate | String | False |
The start date of the trip. If left blank during insertion, QuickBooks uses the current date at the time of the transaction. | ||
| TripEndDate | String | False |
The end date of the trip. If left blank during insertion, QuickBooks uses the current date at the time of the transaction. | ||
| OdometerStart | Integer | False |
The odometer reading at the start of the trip. If TotalMiles is specified, OdometerStart and OdometerEnd cannot be provided. | ||
| OdometerEnd | Integer | False |
The odometer reading at the end of the trip. If TotalMiles is specified, OdometerStart and OdometerEnd cannot be provided. | ||
| TotalMiles | Double | False |
The total miles traveled during the trip. If specified, OdometerStart and OdometerEnd cannot be provided. | ||
| Notes | String | False | 5000 |
Additional notes or comments about the trip or mileage transaction. | |
| BillableStatus | String | False | 13 |
Indicates the billing status of the vehicle mileage. Options include Billable, NotBillable, or HasBeenBilled. The allowed values are Billable, NotBillable, HasBeenBilled. | |
| StandardMileageRate | Double | False |
The standard mileage rate allowed by the tax authority for calculating vehicle expenses at the time of the transaction. | ||
| StandardMileageTotalAmount | Double | False |
The total amount calculated by multiplying the total trip miles by the standard mileage rate in effect. | ||
| BillableRate | Double | False |
The rate used to bill the mileage to a customer in a billable mileage transaction. This rate is typically defined in the associated service or other charge item referenced in the ItemRef columns. | ||
| BillableAmount | Decimal | False |
The total billable amount calculated by multiplying the total trip miles by the billable rate specified in the item referenced in the ItemRef columns. | ||
| EditSequence | String | True | 16 |
A unique string used to track revisions to this vehicle mileage transaction, ensuring it reflects the most current version. | |
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The date and time when this vehicle mileage transaction was created, formatted as YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The date and time when this vehicle mileage transaction was last modified, formatted as YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS. |
Handles QuickBooks Vendor Credit Expense Items, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for tracking expenses linked to vendor credits.
VendorCredits may be inserted, updated, or queried via the VendorCredits, VendorCreditExpenseItems, or VendorCreditLineItems tables. VendorCredits may be deleted by using the VendorCredits table.
This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can only be used with the equals or = comparison. The available columns for the VendorCredits table are Id, Date, TimeModified, VendorName, VendorId, AccountsPayableId, and AccountsPayableName. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM VendorCreditExpenseItems WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'
To add a VendorCredit, specify the Vendor and at least one Expense or Line Item. All Expense Line Item columns can be used for inserting multiple Expense Line Items for a new VendorCredit transaction. For example, the following will insert a new VendorCredit with two Expense Line Items:
INSERT INTO VendorCreditExpenseItems#TEMP (VendorName, ExpenseAccount, ExpenseAmount) VALUES ('A Cheung Limited', 'Utilities:Telephone', 52.25)
INSERT INTO VendorCreditExpenseItems#TEMP (VendorName, ExpenseAccount, ExpenseAmount) VALUES ('A Cheung Limited', 'Professional Fees:Accounting', 235.87)
INSERT INTO VendorCreditExpenseItems (VendorName, ExpenseAccount, ExpenseAmount) SELECT VendorName, ExpenseAccount, ExpenseAmount FROM VendorCreditExpenseItems#TEMP
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier of the expense line in the format VendorCreditId|ExpenseLineId, combining the vendor credit transaction ID and the expense line item ID. | |
| VendorCreditId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the VendorCredit transaction associated with this expense line. | |
| VendorName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the vendor for this transaction. Either VendorName or VendorId must be provided when inserting a new record. | |
| VendorId | String | False |
Vendors.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the vendor for this transaction. Either VendorName or VendorId must be provided when inserting a new record. |
| Date | Date | False |
The date of the transaction. If specified in a SELECT query, it overrides the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate. Dates should be formatted as YYYY-MM-DD. | ||
| TxnNumber | Integer | True |
The transaction number, which uniquely identifies the transaction but differs from the Quickbooks generated ID. | ||
| ReferenceNumber | String | False | 21 |
The reference number for the transaction, provided by the user or external system. | |
| AccountsPayable | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the accounts-payable account associated with this transaction. | |
| AccountsPayableId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the accounts-payable account associated with this transaction. |
| Amount | Decimal | True |
The total amount of the vendor credit transaction, including or excluding taxes based on the IsTaxIncluded field. | ||
| Memo | String | False | 5000 |
A memo or note associated with the vendor credit transaction. | |
| IsTaxIncluded | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether tax is included in the transaction amount. Valid values are true or false. | ||
| TaxCode | String | False | 3 |
The sales tax code applied to this vendor credit. Represents the type of tax charged for the transaction. | |
| TaxCodeId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier of the sales tax code applied to this vendor credit. | |
| CustomFields | String | False |
Custom fields associated with this transaction, returned from QuickBooks and formatted as XML. | ||
| ExchangeRate | String | False |
The exchange rate used for this transaction if it involves a foreign currency. | ||
| ExpenseLineId | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for this specific expense line within the VendorCredit transaction. | |
| ExpenseLineNumber | String | True | 255 |
The line number for this expense entry in the VendorCredit transaction. | |
| ExpenseAccount | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the expense account associated with this line. Either ExpenseAccount or ExpenseAccountId must be specified when inserting a new record. | |
| ExpenseAccountId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the expense account associated with this line. Either ExpenseAccount or ExpenseAccountId must be specified when inserting a new record. |
| ExpenseAmount | Decimal | False |
The total amount for this specific expense line item. | ||
| ExpenseBillableStatus | String | False | 13 |
Indicates whether this expense line is billable to a customer. Valid values include Billable, NotBillable, and HasBeenBilled. The allowed values are Empty, Billable, NotBillable, HasBeenBilled. The default value is Empty. | |
| ExpenseCustomer | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the customer associated with this expense line, if applicable. | |
| ExpenseCustomerId | String | False |
Customers.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the customer associated with this expense line, if applicable. |
| ExpenseClass | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the class associated with this expense line, used for categorization or tracking purposes. | |
| ExpenseClassId | String | False |
Class.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the class associated with this expense line, used for categorization or tracking purposes. |
| ExpenseTaxCode | String | False | 3 |
The sales tax code applied to this expense line, indicating whether it is taxable or non-taxable. | |
| ExpenseTaxCodeId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier of the sales tax code applied to this expense line, indicating whether it is taxable or non-taxable. | |
| ExpenseMemo | String | False | 5000 |
A memo or note associated with this specific expense line. | |
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The date and time when this expense line was last modified, formatted as YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The date and time when this expense line was created, formatted as YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS. |
Manages individual line items in QuickBooks Vendor Credits, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for detailed vendor credit tracking.
VendorCredits may be inserted, updated, or queried via the VendorCredits, VendorCreditExpenseItems, or VendorCreditLineItems tables. VendorCredits may be deleted by using the VendorCredits table.
This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can only be used with the equals or = comparison. The available columns for the VendorCredits table are Id, Date, TimeModified, VendorName, VendorId, AccountsPayableId, and AccountsPayableName. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM VenderCreditLineItems WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'
To add a VendorCredit, specify a Vendor and at least one Expense or Line Item. All Line Item columns can be used for inserting multiple Line Items for a new VendorCredit transaction. For example, the following will insert a new VendorCredit with two Line Items:
INSERT INTO VendorCreditLineItems#TEMP (VendorName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('A Cheung Limited', 'Repairs', 1)
INSERT INTO VendorCreditLineItems#TEMP (VendorName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) VALUES ('A Cheung Limited', 'Removal', 2)
INSERT INTO VendorCreditLineItems (VendorName, ItemName, ItemQuantity) SELECT VendorName, ItemName, ItemQuantity FROM VendorCreditLineItems#TEMP
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier of the vendor credit line item, formatted as VendorCreditId|ItemLineId to combine the vendor credit transaction ID and the line item ID. | |
| VendorCreditId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier of the VendorCredit transaction associated with this line item. | |
| VendorName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the vendor for this transaction. Either VendorName or VendorId must be provided when inserting. | |
| VendorId | String | False |
Vendors.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the vendor for this transaction. Either VendorName or VendorId must be provided when inserting. |
| Date | Date | False |
The date of the transaction in the format YYYY-MM-DD. When specified in a WHERE clause, it overrides StartDate and EndDate pseudo columns. | ||
| TxnNumber | Integer | True |
An identifying number for the transaction, different from the Quickbooks generated ID. | ||
| ReferenceNumber | String | False | 21 |
The reference number assigned to this transaction, provided by the user or external system. | |
| AccountsPayable | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the accounts-payable account associated with this transaction. | |
| AccountsPayableId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the accounts-payable account associated with this transaction. |
| Amount | Decimal | True |
The total amount of the vendor credit transaction, including or excluding taxes based on the IsTaxIncluded field. | ||
| Memo | String | False | 5000 |
A memo or note associated with the vendor credit transaction. | |
| IsTaxIncluded | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether tax is included in the transaction amount. Valid values are true or false. | ||
| TaxCode | String | False | 3 |
The sales tax code applied to this vendor credit. Represents the type of tax charged for the transaction. | |
| TaxCodeId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier of the sales tax code applied to this vendor credit. | |
| ExchangeRate | String | False |
The exchange rate used for the transaction if it involves foreign currency. | ||
| ItemLineId | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for this specific line item within the VendorCredit transaction. | |
| ItemLineNumber | String | True | 255 |
The line number for this item in the VendorCredit transaction. | |
| ItemAmount | Decimal | False |
The total amount for this vendor credit line item. Must be a positive number. | ||
| ItemClass | String | False | 1000 |
The class associated with this vendor credit line item, used for categorization or tracking purposes. | |
| ItemClassId | String | False |
Class.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the class associated with this vendor credit line item. |
| ItemTaxCode | String | False | 3 |
The tax code applied to this item, indicating whether it is taxable or non-taxable. | |
| ItemTaxCodeId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier of the tax code applied to this item, indicating whether it is taxable or non-taxable. | |
| ItemName | String | False |
The name of the item associated with this line. | ||
| ItemId | String | False |
Items.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the item associated with this line. |
| ItemGroup | String | False | 100 |
The name of the item group this item belongs to, if applicable. | |
| ItemGroupId | String | False |
Items.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the item group this item belongs to, if applicable. |
| ItemDescription | String | False | 5000 |
A description of the item associated with this line. | |
| ItemQuantity | Double | False |
The quantity of the item or item group specified in this line. | ||
| ItemUnitOfMeasure | String | False | 31 |
The unit of measure for this item. If the company file allows only a single unit of measure per item, this must be the base unit. Requires QBXML Version 7.0 or higher. | |
| ItemCost | Double | False |
The unit cost for this item. | ||
| ItemBillableStatus | String | False | 13 |
Indicates whether this item is billable to a customer. Valid values include Billable, NotBillable, and HasBeenBilled. The allowed values are EMPTY, BILLABLE, NOTBILLABLE, HASBEENBILLED. The default value is EMPTY. | |
| ItemCustomer | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the customer associated with this item, if applicable. | |
| ItemCustomerId | String | False |
Customers.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the customer associated with this item, if applicable. |
| ItemInventorySiteId | String | False | 31 |
The inventory site ID for this item. Requires QBXML Version 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on. | |
| ItemInventorySiteName | String | False | 255 |
The inventory site name for this item. Requires QBXML Version 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on. | |
| ItemInventorySiteLocationId | String | False | 31 |
The inventory site location ID for this item. Requires QBXML Version 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on. | |
| ItemInventorySiteLocationName | String | False | 255 |
The inventory site location name for this item. Requires QBXML Version 10.0 and the Advanced Inventory add-on. | |
| ExpirationDateForSerialLotNumber | String | True | 1099 |
The expiration date for the serial or lot number of this item. Supported in QB Desktop 2023 Version 3 (USA & Canada) and SDK 16.0. | |
| CustomFields | String | False |
Custom fields associated with this line item, returned from QuickBooks and formatted as XML. | ||
| EditSequence | String | True | 16 |
An identifier for versioning this copy of the object. | |
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The date and time when this vendor credit line item was last modified, in the format YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The date and time when this vendor credit line item was created, in the format YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description |
| ItemOverrideAccount | String |
The name of the account used to override the default account for this item. Only available during inserts and updates. |
| ItemOverrideAccountId | String |
The ID of the account used to override the default account for this item. Only available during inserts and updates. |
Handles QuickBooks Vendor Credits, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for managing vendor refunds or adjustments.
VendorCredits may be inserted, updated, or queried via the VendorCredits, VendorCreditExpenseItems, or VendorCreditLineItems tables. VendorCredits may be deleted by using the VendorCredits table.
This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can only be used with the equals or = comparison. The available columns for VendorCredits are Id, Date, TimeModified, VendorName, VendorId, AccountsPayableId, and AccountsPayableName. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM VendorCredits WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'
To add a VendorCredit, specify a Vendor and at least one Expense or Line Item. The ItemAggregate and ExpenseAggregate columns may be used to specify an XML aggregate of Line Item or Expense Item data. The columns that may be used in these aggregates are defined in the VendorCreditLineItems and VendorCreditExpenseItems tables and it starts with Item and Expense. For example, the following will insert a new VendorCredit with two Line Items:
INSERT INTO VendorCredits (VendorName, ItemAggregate)
VALUES ('A Cheung Limited',
'<VendorCreditLineItems>
<Row><ItemName>Repairs</ItemName><ItemQuantity>1</ItemQuantity></Row>
<Row><ItemName>Removal</ItemName><ItemQuantity>2</ItemQuantity></Row>
</VendorCreditLineItems>')
To insert subitems, set the ItemName field to the FullName of the item; for example, '<Row><ItemName>Subs:Carpet</ItemName><ItemQuantity>0</ItemQuantity></Row>'
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True |
The unique identifier (refId) of the vendor credit record. | ||
| VendorName | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the vendor associated with this transaction. Either VendorName or VendorId must be specified when inserting. | |
| VendorId | String | False |
Vendors.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the vendor associated with this transaction. Either VendorName or VendorId must be specified when inserting. |
| Date | Date | False |
The date of the vendor credit transaction in the format YYYY-MM-DD. Overrides StartDate and EndDate pseudo columns when used in a WHERE clause. | ||
| TxnNumber | Integer | True |
A unique transaction number assigned to the vendor credit, different from the Quickbooks generated ID. | ||
| ReferenceNumber | String | False | 21 |
A reference number provided for the vendor credit transaction. | |
| AccountsPayable | String | False | 1000 |
The name of the accounts-payable account associated with this vendor credit. | |
| AccountsPayableId | String | False |
Accounts.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the accounts-payable account associated with this vendor credit. |
| Amount | Decimal | True |
The total amount of the vendor credit transaction. | ||
| Memo | String | False | 5000 |
An optional note or memo for the vendor credit transaction. | |
| IsTaxIncluded | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether the transaction amount includes tax. | ||
| TaxCode | String | False | 3 |
The name of the sales tax code applicable to this vendor credit. | |
| TaxCodeId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier of the sales tax code applicable to this vendor credit. | |
| ExchangeRate | String | False |
The exchange rate applied to this transaction for converting foreign currency to the home currency. | ||
| ItemCount | Integer | True |
The total number of line items included in this vendor credit. | ||
| ItemAggregate | String | False | 5000 |
An XML aggregate containing data for all line items in this vendor credit transaction. Useful for bulk insertions or updates. | |
| ExpenseItemCount | Integer | True |
The total number of expense line items included in this vendor credit. | ||
| ExpenseItemAggregate | String | False | 5000 |
An XML aggregate containing data for all expense items in this vendor credit transaction. Useful for bulk insertions or updates. | |
| TransactionCount | Integer | True |
The total number of transactions related to this vendor credit. | ||
| TransactionAggregate | String | True | 5000 |
An XML aggregate containing details of all linked transactions associated with this vendor credit. | |
| CustomFields | String | False |
Custom fields returned from QuickBooks, formatted as XML for additional metadata. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The date and time when this vendor credit record was last modified, formatted as YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The date and time when this vendor credit record was created, formatted as YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description |
| Item* | String |
Includes all columns specific to line items. These can be used for inserting or updating line-item details in the vendor credit. |
| Expense* | String |
Includes all columns specific to expense items. These can be used for inserting or updating expense-item details in the vendor credit. |
Manages QuickBooks Vendors, supporting creation, updates, deletion, and queries for supplier relationship management.
This table has a Custom Fields column. See the Custom Fields page for more information.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can only be used with the equals or = comparison. The available columns for the Vendors table are Id, TimeModified, Balance, and Name. TimeModified may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. Balance may be used with the >=, <=, or = conditions but cannot be used to specify a range. Name may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM Vendors WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND Name LIKE '%12345%'
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier of the vendor record in QuickBooks. | |
| Name | String | False | 100 |
The vendor's name. This field is required when adding a new vendor record. | |
| Salutation | String | False | 15 |
A salutation for the vendor, such as Mr., Mrs., Ms., or Dr. | |
| FirstName | String | False | 25 |
The first name of the vendor or primary contact. | |
| MiddleInitial | String | False | 25 |
The middle initial of the vendor or primary contact. | |
| LastName | String | False | 25 |
The last name of the vendor or primary contact. | |
| Company | String | False | 50 |
The name of the vendor's company or organization. | |
| Contact | String | False | 1023 |
The name of the primary contact person for the vendor. | |
| AccountNumber | String | False | 99 |
The account number assigned to the vendor. | |
| Type | String | False | 1000 |
The type or category of the vendor, predefined in QuickBooks. | |
| TypeId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the vendor type or category, predefined in QuickBooks. | |
| CreditLimit | Double | False |
The credit limit assigned to the vendor. | ||
| TaxIdentity | String | False | 20 |
The tax identification number for the vendor, used for IRS reporting. | |
| SalesTaxCountry | String | False | 100 |
The country responsible for collecting applicable sales taxes. Available in international versions of QuickBooks with QBXML Version 8.0 or higher. | |
| AlternateContact | String | False | 41 |
The name of an alternate contact for the vendor. | |
| Phone | String | False | 21 |
The primary telephone number of the vendor. | |
| Fax | String | False | 21 |
The fax number of the vendor. | |
| AlternatePhone | String | False | 21 |
An alternate telephone number for the vendor. | |
| String | False | 1023 |
The vendor's email address. | ||
| Cc | String | False | 1023 |
An additional email address for the vendor. | |
| Notes | String | False | 5000 |
Notes or additional information about the vendor. | |
| Address | String | True |
The complete address of the vendor as returned by QuickBooks. | ||
| Line1 | String | False | 500 |
The first line of the vendor's address. | |
| Line2 | String | False | 500 |
The second line of the vendor's address. | |
| Line3 | String | False | 500 |
The third line of the vendor's address. | |
| Line4 | String | False | 500 |
The fourth line of the vendor's address. | |
| Line5 | String | False | 41 |
The fifth line of the vendor's address. | |
| City | String | False | 255 |
The city for the vendor's address. | |
| State | String | False | 255 |
The state for the vendor's address. | |
| PostalCode | String | False | 30 |
The postal or ZIP code for the vendor's address. | |
| Country | String | False | 255 |
The country for the vendor's address. | |
| Note | String | False | 41 |
A note associated with the vendor's address. | |
| ShippingAddress | String | True |
The complete shipping address for the vendor. Requires QBXML Version 11.0 or higher. | ||
| ShippingLine1 | String | False | 500 |
The first line of the vendor's shipping address. Requires QBXML Version 11.0 or higher. | |
| ShippingLine2 | String | False | 500 |
The second line of the vendor's shipping address. Requires QBXML Version 11.0 or higher. | |
| ShippingLine3 | String | False | 500 |
The third line of the vendor's shipping address. Requires QBXML Version 11.0 or higher. | |
| ShippingLine4 | String | False | 500 |
The fourth line of the vendor's shipping address. Requires QBXML Version 11.0 or higher. | |
| ShippingLine5 | String | False | 41 |
The fifth line of the vendor's shipping address. Requires QBXML Version 11.0 or higher. | |
| ShippingCity | String | False | 255 |
The city for the vendor's shipping address. Requires QBXML Version 11.0 or higher. | |
| ShippingState | String | False | 255 |
The state for the vendor's shipping address. Requires QBXML Version 11.0 or higher. | |
| ShippingPostalCode | String | False | 30 |
The postal or ZIP code for the vendor's shipping address. Requires QBXML Version 11.0 or higher. | |
| ShippingCountry | String | False | 255 |
The country for the vendor's shipping address. Requires QBXML Version 11.0 or higher. | |
| ShippingNote | String | False | 41 |
A note associated with the vendor's shipping address. Requires QBXML Version 11.0 or higher. | |
| Balance | Double | True |
The open balance for this vendor. | ||
| Terms | String | False | 100 |
The payment terms associated with this vendor, such as '2% 10 Net 60'. This field can be set during inserts but not updates. | |
| TermsId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier for the payment terms associated with this vendor. | |
| EligibleFor1099 | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether the vendor is eligible for 1099 reporting. | ||
| NameOnCheck | String | False | 110 |
The name that appears on checks for this vendor. | |
| CurrencyName | String | False | 64 |
The name of the currency used for this vendor. Requires QBXML Version 8.0 or higher. | |
| CurrencyId | String | False |
Currency.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier for the currency used for this vendor. Requires QBXML Version 8.0 or higher. |
| IsActive | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether the vendor is active. | ||
| CustomFields | String | False |
Custom fields returned from QuickBooks, formatted as XML for additional metadata. | ||
| EditSequence | String | True | 16 |
An identifier used for versioning of this vendor record. | |
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The date and time when this vendor record was last modified, formatted as YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The date and time when this vendor record was created, formatted as YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS. | ||
| PrefillAccountId1 | String | False |
The unique identifier for the first prefill account associated with this vendor. | ||
| PrefillAccountName1 | String | False |
The name of the first prefill account associated with this vendor. | ||
| PrefillAccountId2 | String | False |
The unique identifier for the second prefill account associated with this vendor. | ||
| PrefillAccountName2 | String | False |
The name of the second prefill account associated with this vendor. | ||
| PrefillAccountId3 | String | False |
The unique identifier for the third prefill account associated with this vendor. | ||
| PrefillAccountName3 | String | False |
The name of the third prefill account associated with this vendor. |
Handles QuickBooks Vendor Types, allowing creation, updates, deletion, and queries for categorizing vendors.
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier for the vendor type record in QuickBooks. | |
| Name | String | False | 31 |
The name of the vendor type, used to categorize vendors for reporting and organization purposes. | |
| FullName | String | False | 159 |
The full name of the vendor type, including its hierarchy if it is a sublevel of another vendor type. | |
| IsActive | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether the vendor type is active. Set to true for active vendor types or false for inactive ones. | ||
| ParentRef_FullName | String | False |
The full name of the parent vendor type, if applicable. You may specify either ParentRef_FullName or ParentRef_ListId when inserting or updating, but not both. | ||
| ParentRef_ListId | String | False |
VendorTypes.ID | 255 |
The unique identifier of the parent vendor type, if applicable. You may specify either ParentRef_FullName or ParentRef_ListId when inserting or updating, but not both. |
| Sublevel | Integer | True |
Indicates the depth of the vendor type in the hierarchy, where 0 represents a top-level vendor type and higher numbers indicate sublevels. | ||
| EditSequence | String | True | 16 |
A string used for versioning to indicate the revision of this vendor type record. | |
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The date and time when the vendor type record was created, formatted as YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The date and time when the vendor type record was last modified, formatted as YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS. |
Queries QuickBooks Workers Compensation Code details by line item, providing insight into specific payroll classifications.
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier of the workers' compensation code line item. | |
| WorkersCompCodeId | String | False | 255 |
The unique identifier of the workers' compensation code this line belongs to. Serves as the primary key for the workers' compensation code. | |
| Name | String | False | 13 |
The name of the workers' compensation code. This field is required when inserting new records. | |
| Desc | String | False | 31 |
A description of the workers' compensation code, providing context or details about its purpose. | |
| CurrentRate | Double | False |
The workers' compensation insurance premium rate currently in effect for this code. This field is empty if no current rate exists and the code only has a future effective date. | ||
| CurrentEffectiveDate | Datetime | False |
The date when the current workers' compensation rate became effective. This field only contains a value if the code is currently in effect; otherwise, it remains empty. | ||
| NextRate | Double | False |
The future workers' compensation insurance premium rate that will become effective after the current rate expires. | ||
| NextEffectiveDate | Datetime | False |
The date when the next workers' compensation rate becomes effective, succeeding the current rate's expiration date. | ||
| RateHistory_Rate | Double | False |
The historical premium rate for the workers' compensation code. Useful for tracking past rate changes. | ||
| RateHistory_EffectiveDate | Datetime | False |
The effective date corresponding to the historical workers' compensation premium rate. This provides a timeline of rate changes. | ||
| IsActive | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether the workers' compensation code is active and in use. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The date and time when this workers' compensation code line item was created. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The date and time when this workers' compensation code line item was last modified. | ||
| EditSequence | String | True |
A versioning identifier for this workers' compensation code line item, used to track revisions. |
Queries QuickBooks Workers Compensation Codes, providing an overview of payroll classifications. Requires QBXML Version 7.0 or higher.
| Name | Type | ReadOnly | References | ColumnSize | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | True | 255 |
The unique identifier of the workers' compensation code. | |
| Name | String | False | 13 |
The name of the workers' compensation code. This field is required when inserting new records. | |
| Desc | String | False | 31 |
A description of the workers' compensation code, providing details about its purpose or usage. | |
| CurrentRate | Double | False |
The workers' compensation insurance premium rate currently in effect for this code. If no current rate exists and only a future effective date is set, this field is empty. | ||
| CurrentEffectiveDate | Datetime | False |
The date when the current workers' compensation rate became effective. This field is only populated if the code is actively in effect. | ||
| NextRate | Double | False |
The upcoming workers' compensation insurance premium rate that will take effect after the current rate expires. | ||
| NextEffectiveDate | Datetime | False |
The date when the next workers' compensation rate becomes effective, following the expiration of the current rate. | ||
| RateHistory | String | False |
A record of historical rates for the workers' compensation code, providing a timeline of past premium rates and their corresponding effective dates. | ||
| IsActive | Boolean | False |
Indicates whether the workers' compensation code is active and in use. | ||
| TimeCreated | Datetime | True |
The date and time when the workers' compensation code was initially created. | ||
| TimeModified | Datetime | True |
The date and time when the workers' compensation code was last modified. | ||
| EditSequence | String | True |
A versioning identifier for this workers' compensation code, used to track revisions. |
Views are similar to tables in the way that data is represented; however, views are read-only.
Queries can be executed against a view as if it were a normal table.
| Name | Description |
| BalanceSheetDetail | Provides a detailed breakdown of the Balance Sheet, including individual account balances and changes over time. |
| BalanceSheetStandard | Generates a standard Balance Sheet report summarizing assets, liabilities, and equity. |
| BalanceSheetSummary | Summarizes the key figures of the Balance Sheet in a concise report format. |
| BillingRate | Facilitates the querying of QuickBooks Billing Rates. Requires QBXML Version 6.0 or higher for compatibility. |
| BillLinkedTransactions | Enables querying of transactions linked to specific QuickBooks Bills, such as related payments or adjustments. |
| CompanyInfo | Queries detailed company information stored in QuickBooks, including company name, address, and settings. |
| CreditMemoLinkedTransactions | Enables querying of transactions linked to specific QuickBooks Credit Memos, such as associated payments or adjustments. |
| CustomColumns | Queries QuickBooks Custom Columns to retrieve user-defined data tailored to specific reporting needs. |
| DeletedEntities | Queries entities deleted in QuickBooks, providing an audit trail for tracking removed records. |
| DeletedTransactions | Queries transactions deleted in QuickBooks, offering insight into adjustments or corrections made in the system. |
| EmployeeStateTaxesDetail | Generates a detailed report on employee state taxes, including tax types and deductions. |
| EstimateLinkedTransactions | Queries transactions linked to specific QuickBooks Estimates, such as associated invoices or adjustments. |
| Host | Queries the QuickBooks host process, offering information about the system executing the current QuickBooks tasks. |
| InvoiceLinkedTransactions | Queries transactions linked to QuickBooks Invoices, such as payments or credits applied. |
| ItemReceiptLinkedTransactions | Queries transactions linked to QuickBooks Item Receipts, such as associated bills or credits. |
| ItemSites | Supports creation, updates, deletion, and queries of QuickBooks Item Sites for inventory management. Available in QuickBooks Enterprise with Advanced Inventory and QBXML Version 10.0 or higher. |
| PayrollItemDetail | Generates detailed payroll item reports, listing payroll transactions and their corresponding payroll items. |
| PayrollReviewDetail | Produces detailed payroll review reports, showing how QuickBooks calculates taxes on paychecks and year-to-date transactions. |
| PayrollTransactionDetail | Generates detailed payroll transaction reports, showing line-item details for all payroll transactions. |
| PayrollTransactionsByPayee | Creates payroll transaction reports grouped by payee, offering insights into payment patterns and amounts. |
| Preferences | Queries QuickBooks company file preferences to retrieve user-defined settings and configurations. |
| ProfitAndLossDetail | Generates detailed Profit and Loss reports, providing in-depth financial analysis. |
| ProfitAndLossStandard | Creates year-to-date Profit and Loss comparison reports, offering insights into financial performance over time. |
| PurchaseOrderLinkedTransactions | Queries transactions linked to QuickBooks Purchase Orders, such as receipts or bills. |
| ReceivePaymentToDeposit | Generates reports of payments received and ready to be deposited in QuickBooks. |
| SalesOrderLinkedTransactions | Queries transactions linked to QuickBooks Sales Orders, such as associated invoices or shipments. |
| StatementChargeLinkedTransactions | Queries transactions linked to QuickBooks Statement Charges, such as associated payments or invoices. |
| Templates | Queries QuickBooks templates for transactions, invoices, or reports, enabling customization and standardization. |
| Transactions | Queries QuickBooks transactions by type, entity, account, or other attributes, providing detailed financial activity tracking. You can search Transactions using a number of values including Type, Entity, Account, ReferenceNumber, Item, Class, Date, and TimeModified. |
| VendorCreditLinkedTransactions | Queries transactions linked to QuickBooks Vendor Credits, such as associated bills or payments. |
Provides a detailed breakdown of the Balance Sheet, including individual account balances and changes over time.
| Name | Type | References | Description |
| Label | String | The label associated with each row in the BalanceSheetDetail report, providing descriptive information. | |
| Type | String | The type of entry represented in the BalanceSheetDetail report, such as account type or transaction type. | |
| Date | Date | The date of the transaction or entry in the BalanceSheetDetail report. | |
| Num | String | The reference or transaction number associated with the entry in the BalanceSheetDetail report. | |
| Name | String | The name associated with the entry, such as a customer, vendor, or employee. | |
| Memo | String | A memo or note providing additional details about the entry in the BalanceSheetDetail report. | |
| Class | String | The class assigned to the entry, used for categorization or tracking purposes. | |
| Clr | String | Indicates the cleared status of the transaction, often related to bank reconciliation. | |
| Split | String | Details of the account or accounts affected by the split transaction. | |
| Amount | Decimal | The monetary value of the transaction or entry in the BalanceSheetDetail report. | |
| Balance | Double | The running balance for the associated account at the time of the transaction. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description | |
| ReportPeriod | String | Specifies the date range for the report in the format fromdate:todate. For example, to get a balance as of a specific date, set the todate as yyyy-MM-dd. | |
| ReportDateRangeMacro | String | A macro defining the date range for the report, such as 'LastMonth' or 'ThisFiscalYear'.
The allowed values are ALL, TODAY, THISWEEK, THISWEEKTODATE, THISMONTH, THISMONTHTODATE, THISQUARTER, THISQUARTERTODATE, THISYEAR, THISYEARTODATE, YESTERDAY, LASTWEEK, LASTWEEKTODATE, LASTMONTH, LASTMONTHTODATE, LASTQUARTER, LASTQUARTERTODATE, LASTYEAR, LASTYEARTODATE, NEXTWEEK, NEXTFOURWEEKS, NEXTMONTH, NEXTQUARTER, NEXTYEAR. The default value is THISMONTHTODATE. | |
| AccountType | String | Filters the report to include only accounts of a specific type, such as Asset, Liability, or Income.
The allowed values are NONE, ACCOUNTSPAYABLE, ACCOUNTSRECEIVABLE, ALLOWEDFOR1099, APANDSALESTAX, APORCREDITCARD, ARANDAP, ASSET, BALANCESHEET, BANK, BANKANDARANDAPANDUF, BANKANDUF, COSTOFSALES, CREDITCARD, CURRENTASSET, CURRENTASSETANDEXPENSE, CURRENTLIABILITY, EQUITY, EQUITYANDINCOMEANDEXPENSE, EXPENSEANDOTHEREXPENSE, FIXEDASSET, INCOMEANDEXPENSE, INCOMEANDOTHERINCOME, LIABILITY, LIABILITYANDEQUITY, LONGTERMLIABILITY, NONPOSTING, ORDINARYEXPENSE, ORDINARYINCOME, ORDINARYINCOMEANDCOGS, ORDINARYINCOMEANDEXPENSE, OTHERASSET, OTHERCURRENTASSET, OTHERCURRENTLIABILITY, OTHEREXPENSE, OTHERINCOME, OTHERINCOMEOREXPENSE. | |
| AccountList | String | A comma-separated list of account names or IDs to include in the report. Requires AccountListType if specified. | |
| AccountListType | String | Determines the type of account list specified in AccountList, such as 'Name' or 'ID'.
The allowed values are LISTID, FULLNAME, LISTIDWITHCHILDREN, FULLNAMEWITHCHILDREN. | |
| EntityType | String | Filters the report to include only entities of a specific type, such as Customer or Vendor.
The allowed values are NONE, CUSTOMER, EMPLOYEE, OTHERNAME, VENDOR. | |
| EntityList | String | A comma-separated list of entity names or IDs to include in the report. Requires EntityListType if specified. | |
| EntityListType | String | Determines the type of entity list specified in EntityList, such as 'Name' or 'ID'.
The allowed values are LISTID, FULLNAME, LISTIDWITHCHILDREN, FULLNAMEWITHCHILDREN. | |
| ItemType | String | Filters the report to include only items of a specific type, such as Inventory or Non-Inventory.
The allowed values are NONE, ALLEXCEPTFIXEDASSET, ASSEMBLY, DISCOUNT, FIXEDASSET, INVENTORY, INVENTORYANDASSEMBLY, NONINVENTORY, OTHERCHARGE, PAYMENT, SALES, SALESTAX, SERVICE. | |
| ItemList | String | A comma-separated list of item names or IDs to include in the report. Requires ItemListType if specified. | |
| ItemListType | String | Determines the type of item list specified in ItemList, such as 'Name' or 'ID'.
The allowed values are LISTID, FULLNAME, LISTIDWITHCHILDREN, FULLNAMEWITHCHILDREN. | |
| ClassList | String | A comma-separated list of class names or IDs to include in the report. Requires ClassListType if specified. | |
| ClassListType | String | Determines the type of class list specified in ClassList, such as 'Name' or 'ID'.
The allowed values are LISTID, FULLNAME, LISTIDWITHCHILDREN, FULLNAMEWITHCHILDREN. | |
| TransactionTypes | String | A comma-separated list of transaction types to include in the report. Possible values include ALL, INVOICE, PAYMENT, and many more. | |
| ModifiedDateRange | String | Specifies a date range for modified entries in the format fromdate:todate. Supports open-ended ranges (for example, 2009-12-25:). | |
| ModifiedDateRangeMacro | String | A predefined macro defining the modified date range, such as 'LastMonth' or 'ThisQuarter'.
The allowed values are ALL, TODAY, THISWEEK, THISWEEKTODATE, THISMONTH, THISMONTHTODATE, THISQUARTER, THISQUARTERTODATE, THISYEAR, THISYEARTODATE, YESTERDAY, LASTWEEK, LASTWEEKTODATE, LASTMONTH, LASTMONTHTODATE, LASTQUARTER, LASTQUARTERTODATE, LASTYEAR, LASTYEARTODATE, NEXTWEEK, NEXTFOURWEEKS, NEXTMONTH, NEXTQUARTER, NEXTYEAR. | |
| DetailLevel | String | Specifies the level of detail to include in the report, such as Summary or AllTransactions.
The allowed values are ALL, ALLEXCEPTSUMMARY, SUMMARYONLY. The default value is ALL. | |
| PostingStatus | String | Filters the report to include only posting transactions, nonposting transactions, or both.
The allowed values are EITHER, NONPOSTING, POSTING. The default value is POSTING. | |
| IncludeAccounts | String | Indicates whether the report should include all accounts or only those currently in use.
The allowed values are ALL, INUSE. | |
| ReportBasis | String | Defines the accounting method for the report. Use 'Cash' for cash basis, 'Accrual' for accrual basis, or 'None' to use the default report basis. | |
| SummarizeRowsBy | String | Controls how rows are grouped and labeled in the report. For example, set to 'Account' to group rows by account type.
The allowed values are NONE, ACCOUNT, BALANCESHEET, CLASS, CUSTOMER, CUSTOMERTYPE, DAY, EMPLOYEE, FOURWEEK, HALFMONTH, INCOMESTATEMENT, ITEMDETAIL, ITEMTYPE, MONTH, PAYEE, PAYMENTMETHOD, PAYROLLITEMDETAIL, QUARTER, SALESREP, SALESTAXCODE, SHIPMETHOD, TAXLINE, TERMS, TOTALONLY, TWOWEEK, VENDOR, VENDORTYPE, WEEK, YEAR. |
Generates a standard Balance Sheet report summarizing assets, liabilities, and equity.
| Name | Type | References | Description |
| Label | String | The label describing each row in the BalanceSheetStandard report, such as account or entity names. | |
| Total | Double | The total value associated with the respective label in the BalanceSheetStandard report. | |
| AccountLabel | String | The label of the account column in the BalanceSheetStandard report, representing account details. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description | |
| ReportPeriod | String | Specifies the date range for the report in the format fromdate:todate. Either value can be omitted for an open-ended range (for example, 2009-12-25:). Supported date format is yyyy-MM-dd. | |
| ReportDateRangeMacro | String | A predefined macro for the report date range, such as 'LastMonth' or 'ThisYearToDate'.
The allowed values are ALL, TODAY, THISWEEK, THISWEEKTODATE, THISMONTH, THISMONTHTODATE, THISQUARTER, THISQUARTERTODATE, THISYEAR, THISYEARTODATE, YESTERDAY, LASTWEEK, LASTWEEKTODATE, LASTMONTH, LASTMONTHTODATE, LASTQUARTER, LASTQUARTERTODATE, LASTYEAR, LASTYEARTODATE, NEXTWEEK, NEXTFOURWEEKS, NEXTMONTH, NEXTQUARTER, NEXTYEAR. | |
| AccountType | String | Filters the report to include only accounts of a specific type, such as Asset, Liability, or Equity.
The allowed values are NONE, ACCOUNTSPAYABLE, ACCOUNTSRECEIVABLE, ALLOWEDFOR1099, APANDSALESTAX, APORCREDITCARD, ARANDAP, ASSET, BALANCESHEET, BANK, BANKANDARANDAPANDUF, BANKANDUF, COSTOFSALES, CREDITCARD, CURRENTASSET, CURRENTASSETANDEXPENSE, CURRENTLIABILITY, EQUITY, EQUITYANDINCOMEANDEXPENSE, EXPENSEANDOTHEREXPENSE, FIXEDASSET, INCOMEANDEXPENSE, INCOMEANDOTHERINCOME, LIABILITY, LIABILITYANDEQUITY, LONGTERMLIABILITY, NONPOSTING, ORDINARYEXPENSE, ORDINARYINCOME, ORDINARYINCOMEANDCOGS, ORDINARYINCOMEANDEXPENSE, OTHERASSET, OTHERCURRENTASSET, OTHERCURRENTLIABILITY, OTHEREXPENSE, OTHERINCOME, OTHERINCOMEOREXPENSE. | |
| AccountList | String | A comma-separated list of account names or IDs to include in the report. Specify AccountListType when using this input. | |
| AccountListType | String | Determines the type of account list specified in AccountList, such as 'Name' or 'ID'.
The allowed values are LISTID, FULLNAME, LISTIDWITHCHILDREN, FULLNAMEWITHCHILDREN. | |
| EntityType | String | Filters the report to include only entities of a specific type, such as Customer, Vendor, or Employee.
The allowed values are NONE, CUSTOMER, EMPLOYEE, OTHERNAME, VENDOR. | |
| EntityList | String | A comma-separated list of entity names or IDs to include in the report. Specify EntityListType when using this input. | |
| EntityListType | String | Determines the type of entity list specified in EntityList, such as 'Name' or 'ID'.
The allowed values are LISTID, FULLNAME, LISTIDWITHCHILDREN, FULLNAMEWITHCHILDREN. | |
| ItemType | String | Filters the report to include only items of a specific type, such as Inventory or Non-Inventory.
The allowed values are NONE, ALLEXCEPTFIXEDASSET, ASSEMBLY, DISCOUNT, FIXEDASSET, INVENTORY, INVENTORYANDASSEMBLY, NONINVENTORY, OTHERCHARGE, PAYMENT, SALES, SALESTAX, SERVICE. | |
| ItemList | String | A comma-separated list of item names or IDs to include in the report. Specify ItemListType when using this input. | |
| ItemListType | String | Determines the type of item list specified in ItemList, such as 'Name' or 'ID'.
The allowed values are LISTID, FULLNAME, LISTIDWITHCHILDREN, FULLNAMEWITHCHILDREN. | |
| ClassList | String | A comma-separated list of class names or IDs to include in the report. Specify ClassListType when using this input. | |
| ClassListType | String | Determines the type of class list specified in ClassList, such as 'Name' or 'ID'.
The allowed values are LISTID, FULLNAME, LISTIDWITHCHILDREN, FULLNAMEWITHCHILDREN. | |
| TransactionTypes | String | A comma-separated list of transaction types to include in the report. Possible values include ALL, INVOICE, PAYMENT, DEPOSIT, and more. | |
| ModifiedDateRange | String | Specifies the date range for modified entries in the format fromdate:todate. Supports open-ended ranges (for example, 2009-12-25:). | |
| ModifiedDateRangeMacro | String | A predefined macro for the modified date range, such as 'LastWeek' or 'ThisQuarter'.
The allowed values are ALL, TODAY, THISWEEK, THISWEEKTODATE, THISMONTH, THISMONTHTODATE, THISQUARTER, THISQUARTERTODATE, THISYEAR, THISYEARTODATE, YESTERDAY, LASTWEEK, LASTWEEKTODATE, LASTMONTH, LASTMONTHTODATE, LASTQUARTER, LASTQUARTERTODATE, LASTYEAR, LASTYEARTODATE, NEXTWEEK, NEXTFOURWEEKS, NEXTMONTH, NEXTQUARTER, NEXTYEAR. | |
| DetailLevel | String | Specifies the level of detail in the report. For example, choose Summary for a high-level view or AllTransactions for full details.
The allowed values are ALL, ALLEXCEPTSUMMARY, SUMMARYONLY. | |
| PostingStatus | String | Filters the report to include only posting transactions, nonposting transactions, or both.
The allowed values are EITHER, NONPOSTING, POSTING. | |
| ReportAsOf | String | Filters the report to return open balance information up to the specified date.
The allowed values are REPORTENDDATE, TODAY. | |
| ReportBasis | String | Defines the accounting method for the report. Use 'Cash' for cash basis, 'Accrual' for accrual basis, or 'None' to use the default report basis. | |
| ReportCalendar | String | Specifies the type of year used for the report, such as CalendarYear or FiscalYear.
The allowed values are NONE, CALENDARYEAR, FISCALYEAR, TAXYEAR. |
Summarizes the key figures of the Balance Sheet in a concise report format.
| Name | Type | References | Description |
| Account | String | The name or label of the account in the BalanceSheetSummary report, representing financial accounts such as Assets, Liabilities, or Equity. | |
| Total | Double | The total monetary value associated with the account in the BalanceSheetSummary report. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description | |
| ReportPeriod | String | Specifies the date range for the report in the format fromdate:todate. Set the todate to get the balance as of a specific date (for example, :2017-12-25). Supported date format is yyyy-MM-dd. | |
| ReportDateRangeMacro | String | A predefined macro specifying the date range for the report, such as 'LastMonth' or 'ThisFiscalYear'.
The allowed values are ALL, TODAY, THISWEEK, THISWEEKTODATE, THISMONTH, THISMONTHTODATE, THISQUARTER, THISQUARTERTODATE, THISYEAR, THISYEARTODATE, YESTERDAY, LASTWEEK, LASTWEEKTODATE, LASTMONTH, LASTMONTHTODATE, LASTQUARTER, LASTQUARTERTODATE, LASTYEAR, LASTYEARTODATE, NEXTWEEK, NEXTFOURWEEKS, NEXTMONTH, NEXTQUARTER, NEXTYEAR. The default value is THISYEARTODATE. | |
| AccountType | String | Filters the report to include only accounts of a specific type, such as Asset, Liability, or Equity.
The allowed values are NONE, ACCOUNTSPAYABLE, ACCOUNTSRECEIVABLE, ALLOWEDFOR1099, APANDSALESTAX, APORCREDITCARD, ARANDAP, ASSET, BALANCESHEET, BANK, BANKANDARANDAPANDUF, BANKANDUF, COSTOFSALES, CREDITCARD, CURRENTASSET, CURRENTASSETANDEXPENSE, CURRENTLIABILITY, EQUITY, EQUITYANDINCOMEANDEXPENSE, EXPENSEANDOTHEREXPENSE, FIXEDASSET, INCOMEANDEXPENSE, INCOMEANDOTHERINCOME, LIABILITY, LIABILITYANDEQUITY, LONGTERMLIABILITY, NONPOSTING, ORDINARYEXPENSE, ORDINARYINCOME, ORDINARYINCOMEANDCOGS, ORDINARYINCOMEANDEXPENSE, OTHERASSET, OTHERCURRENTASSET, OTHERCURRENTLIABILITY, OTHEREXPENSE, OTHERINCOME, OTHERINCOMEOREXPENSE. | |
| AccountList | String | A comma-separated list of account names or IDs to include in the report. Specify AccountListType when using this input. | |
| AccountListType | String | Determines the type of account list specified in AccountList, such as 'Name' or 'ID'.
The allowed values are LISTID, FULLNAME, LISTIDWITHCHILDREN, FULLNAMEWITHCHILDREN. | |
| EntityType | String | Filters the report to include only entities of a specific type, such as Customer, Vendor, or Employee.
The allowed values are NONE, CUSTOMER, EMPLOYEE, OTHERNAME, VENDOR. | |
| EntityList | String | A comma-separated list of entity names or IDs to include in the report. Specify EntityListType when using this input. | |
| EntityListType | String | Determines the type of entity list specified in EntityList, such as 'Name' or 'ID'.
The allowed values are LISTID, FULLNAME, LISTIDWITHCHILDREN, FULLNAMEWITHCHILDREN. | |
| ItemType | String | Filters the report to include only items of a specific type, such as Inventory or Non-Inventory.
The allowed values are NONE, ALLEXCEPTFIXEDASSET, ASSEMBLY, DISCOUNT, FIXEDASSET, INVENTORY, INVENTORYANDASSEMBLY, NONINVENTORY, OTHERCHARGE, PAYMENT, SALES, SALESTAX, SERVICE. | |
| ItemList | String | A comma-separated list of item names or IDs to include in the report. Specify ItemListType when using this input. | |
| ItemListType | String | Determines the type of item list specified in ItemList, such as 'Name' or 'ID'.
The allowed values are LISTID, FULLNAME, LISTIDWITHCHILDREN, FULLNAMEWITHCHILDREN. | |
| ClassList | String | A comma-separated list of class names or IDs to include in the report. Specify ClassListType when using this input. | |
| ClassListType | String | Determines the type of class list specified in ClassList, such as 'Name' or 'ID'.
The allowed values are LISTID, FULLNAME, LISTIDWITHCHILDREN, FULLNAMEWITHCHILDREN. | |
| TransactionTypes | String | A comma-separated list of transaction types to include in the report. Possible values include ALL, INVOICE, PAYMENT, DEPOSIT, and many more.
The default value is ALL. | |
| ModifiedDateRange | String | Specifies the date range for modified entries in the format fromdate:todate. Supports open-ended ranges (for example, 2017-12-25:). | |
| ModifiedDateRangeMacro | String | A predefined macro specifying the modified date range, such as 'LastWeek' or 'ThisQuarter'.
The allowed values are ALL, TODAY, THISWEEK, THISWEEKTODATE, THISMONTH, THISMONTHTODATE, THISQUARTER, THISQUARTERTODATE, THISYEAR, THISYEARTODATE, YESTERDAY, LASTWEEK, LASTWEEKTODATE, LASTMONTH, LASTMONTHTODATE, LASTQUARTER, LASTQUARTERTODATE, ASTYEAR, LASTYEARTODATE, NEXTWEEK, NEXTFOURWEEKS, NEXTMONTH, NEXTQUARTER, NEXTYEAR. | |
| DetailLevel | String | Specifies the level of detail to include in the report. Options include Summary or AllTransactions.
The allowed values are ALL, ALLEXCEPTSUMMARY, SUMMARYONLY. The default value is ALL. | |
| PostingStatus | String | Filters the report to include only posting transactions, nonposting transactions, or both.
The allowed values are EITHER, NONPOSTING, POSTING. The default value is POSTING. | |
| ReportBasis | String | Defines the accounting method for the report. Use 'Cash' for cash basis, 'Accrual' for accrual basis, or 'None' to use the default report basis. | |
| ReturnColumns | String | Specifies whether the report should include only columns with active information, only columns with nonzero values, or all columns regardless of their content or status.
The allowed values are NONE, ACTIVEONLY, NONZERO, All. The default value is ACTIVEONLY. | |
| ReturnRows | String | Specifies whether the report should include only rows with active information, only rows with nonzero values, or all rows regardless of their content or status.
The allowed values are NONE, ACTIVEONLY, NONZERO, All. The default value is NONZERO. | |
| ReportCalendar | String | Specifies the type of year to use for the report, such as CalendarYear or FiscalYear.
The allowed values are NONE, CALENDARYEAR, FISCALYEAR, TAXYEAR. The default value is FISCALYEAR. |
Facilitates the querying of QuickBooks Billing Rates. Requires QBXML Version 6.0 or higher for compatibility.
| Name | Type | References | Description |
| ListID | String | The unique identifier for the billing rate entry in QuickBooks. | |
| Name | String | The full name of the entity associated with the billing rate, such as an employee or vendor. | |
| BillingRateType | String | Specifies the type of billing rate, indicating whether it is a fixed rate or associated with specific service items. | |
| TimeCreated | Datetime | The timestamp of when this billing rate entry was originally created. | |
| TimeModified | Datetime | The timestamp of the most recent modification made to this billing rate entry. | |
| EditSequence | String | A unique identifier used for version control of this billing rate entry, ensuring data integrity during updates. |
Enables querying of transactions linked to specific QuickBooks Bills, such as related payments or adjustments.
Linked transactions are transactions that have been associated with the Bill specified by the BillId column.
By default, SupportEnhancedSQL is set to true, and the following will be honored if present. Other filters will be executed client side. If SupportEnhancedSQL is set to false, only the following filters will be honored.
QuickBooks allows only a small subset of columns to be used in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query. These columns can typically be used with only the equals or = comparison. The available columns for Bills are Id, Date, ReferenceNumber, VendorName, VendorId, AccountsPayable, AccountsPayableId, IsPaid, and TimeModified. TimeModified and Date may be used with the >, >=, <, <=, or = conditions and may be used twice to specify a range. ReferenceNumber may be used with the = or LIKE conditions to establish a starts-with, ends-with, or contains syntax. For example:
SELECT * FROM Bills WHERE TimeModified > '1/1/2011' AND TimeModified < '2/1/2011' AND ReferenceNumber LIKE '%12345%'
| Name | Type | References | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | A unique identifier for the linked transaction, formatted as BillId|ItemLineId, combining the bill and line item information. | |
| BillId | String |
Bills.ID | The unique identifier for the bill associated with this linked transaction. |
| TransactionId | String | The unique identifier for the transaction linked to the bill. | |
| TransactionAmount | Decimal | The monetary amount of the linked transaction. | |
| TransactionDate | Date | The date when the linked transaction occurred. | |
| TransactionReferenceNumber | String | The reference number for the linked transaction, used for tracking and identification. | |
| TransactionType | String | The type of the linked transaction, such as PurchaseOrder or Invoice. | |
| TransactionLinkType | String | The relationship type between the bill and the linked transaction, such as 'AppliedTo' or 'ReferencedBy'. | |
| TimeModified | Datetime | The timestamp of the last modification made to the bill or linked transaction. | |
| TimeCreated | Datetime | The timestamp of when the bill or linked transaction was created. |
Queries detailed company information stored in QuickBooks, including company name, address, and settings.
| Name | Type | References | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | The employer identification number (EIN) of the company, used for tax and identification purposes. | |
| Name | String | The name of the company as registered in QuickBooks. | |
| Type | String | The type or classification of the company, such as Corporation or Sole Proprietorship. | |
| Address | String | The complete address of the company as recorded in QuickBooks. | |
| Line1 | String | The first line of the company's address. | |
| Line2 | String | The second line of the company's address. | |
| Line3 | String | The third line of the company's address. | |
| Line4 | String | The fourth line of the company's address. | |
| Line5 | String | The fifth line of the company's address. | |
| City | String | The city name in the company's address. | |
| State | String | The state name in the company's address. | |
| PostalCode | String | The postal code in the company's address. | |
| Country | String | The country name in the company's address. | |
| Note | String | A note or additional information related to the company's address. | |
| String | The email address associated with the company. | ||
| Phone | String | The company's primary phone number. | |
| Fax | String | The company's fax number. | |
| SSN | String | The Social Security Number (SSN) of the company, if applicable. | |
| Taxform | String | The tax form used by the company, such as Form 1120 or Schedule C. | |
| Website | String | The URL of the company's official website. | |
| FirstMonthFiscal | String | The first month of the company's fiscal year. | |
| FirstMonthTax | String | The first month of the company's taxable year. | |
| LegalAddress | String | The full legal address of the company. | |
| LegalCity | String | The city in the company's legal address. | |
| LegalCountry | String | The country in the company's legal address. | |
| LegalState | String | The state in the company's legal address. | |
| LegalZip | String | The zip code in the company's legal address. | |
| LegalName | String | The legal name of the company as registered. | |
| ShippingAddress | String | The full shipping address of the company as recorded in QuickBooks. | |
| ShippingLine1 | String | The first line of the company's shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine2 | String | The second line of the company's shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine3 | String | The third line of the company's shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine4 | String | The fourth line of the company's shipping address. | |
| ShippingLine5 | String | The fifth line of the company's shipping address. | |
| ShippingCity | String | The city in the company's shipping address. | |
| ShippingState | String | The state in the company's shipping address. | |
| ShippingPostalCode | String | The postal code in the company's shipping address. | |
| ShippingCountry | String | The country in the company's shipping address. | |
| ShippingNote | String | A note or additional information related to the company's shipping address. | |
| OpenedCompanyFile | String | The full file path of the currently opened company file in QuickBooks. |
Enables querying of transactions linked to specific QuickBooks Credit Memos, such as associated payments or adjustments.
Linked transactions are transactions that have been associated with the CreditMemo specified by the CreditMemoId column.
| Name | Type | References | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | The unique identifier for the credit memo linked transaction, formatted as CreditMemoId|ItemLineId. | |
| CreditMemoId | String |
CreditMemos.ID | The unique identifier of the credit memo associated with the linked transaction. |
| ReferenceNumber | String | The reference number for the credit memo transaction. | |
| TxnNumber | Integer | A manually assigned transaction number to identify the credit memo separately from the Quickbooks generated ID. | |
| Date | Date | The date of the credit memo transaction. If specified in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query, it overrides the pseudo columns StartDate and EndDate. | |
| CustomerId | String |
Customers.ID | The unique identifier of the customer associated with the credit memo. |
| CustomerName | String | The name of the customer associated with the credit memo. | |
| TransactionId | String | The unique identifier of the linked transaction associated with this credit memo. | |
| TransactionAmount | Decimal | The total monetary amount of the linked transaction. | |
| TransactionDate | Date | The date when the linked transaction occurred. | |
| TransactionReferenceNumber | String | The reference number of the linked transaction for identification and tracking. | |
| TransactionType | String | The type of the linked transaction (for example, Invoice, Payment, or Bill). | |
| TransactionLinkType | String | The relationship type between the credit memo and the linked transaction (for example, AppliedTo or OffsetBy). | |
| TimeModified | Datetime | The timestamp of the last modification made to this credit memo or its linked transactions. | |
| TimeCreated | Datetime | The timestamp of when this credit memo or its linked transactions were created. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description | |
| ItemPriceLevel | String | The item price level associated with the linked transaction. QuickBooks does not return the price level. |
Queries QuickBooks Custom Columns to retrieve user-defined data tailored to specific reporting needs.
| Name | Type | References | Description |
| DataExtID [KEY] | String | The unique identifier for the data extension. | |
| OwnerID | String | The unique identifier of the owner of the data extension. | |
| DataExtName | String | The name of the data extension, used to describe its purpose or content. | |
| DataExtType | String | The data type of the field associated with the data extension, such as string, integer, or date. | |
| AssignToObject | String | The object type (for example, Customer, Invoice, or Item) associated with this data extension. | |
| DataExtListRequire | Boolean | Indicates whether the data extension must be used in lists. True if required, false otherwise. | |
| DataExtTxnRequire | Boolean | Indicates whether the data extension is required in transactions. True if required, false otherwise. | |
| DataExtFormatString | String | A string that specifies the format of the data in this extension, such as a date format or currency pattern. |
Queries entities deleted in QuickBooks, providing an audit trail for tracking removed records.
The QuickBooks Sync App requires filtering on ListDelType in order to perform the query, for example:
SELECT * FROM DeletedEntities WHERE ListDelType='Account'
| Name | Type | References | Description |
| ListID [KEY] | String | The unique identifier of the deleted entity. | |
| ListDelType | String | Specifies the type of entity that was deleted. The allowed values are Account, BillingRate, Class, Currency, Customer, CustomerMsg, CustomerType, DateDrivenTerms, Employee, InventorySite, ItemDiscount, ItemFixedAsset, ItemGroup, ItemInventory, ItemInventoryAssembly, ItemNonInventory, ItemOtherCharge, ItemPayment, ItemSalesTax, ItemSalesTaxGroup, ItemService, ItemSubtotal, JobType, OtherName, PaymentMethod, PayrollItemNonWage, PayrollItemWage, PriceLevel, SalesRep, SalesTaxCode, ShipMethod, StandardTerms, ToDo, UnitOfMeasureSet, Vehicle, Vendor, VendorType, and WorkersCompCode. | |
| FullName | String | The full name of the deleted entity, including any hierarchy if applicable. | |
| TimeCreated | Datetime | The date and time when the entity was initially created in the system. | |
| TimeDeleted | Datetime | The date and time when the entity was deleted. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description | |
| TimeModified | String | Allows searching for deleted entities based on the last modified date. |
Queries transactions deleted in QuickBooks, offering insight into adjustments or corrections made in the system.
The QuickBooks Sync App requires filtering on TxnDelType in order to perform the query, for example:
SELECT * FROM DeletedTransactions WHERE TxnDelType='Estimate'
| Name | Type | References | Description |
| TxnID [KEY] | String | The unique identifier of the deleted transaction. | |
| TxnDelType | String | Specifies the type of transaction that was deleted. Valid values include ARRefundCreditCard, Bill, BillPaymentCheck, BillPaymentCreditCard, BuildAssembly, Charge, Check, CreditCardCharge, CreditCardCredit, CreditMemo, Deposit, Estimate, InventoryAdjustment, Invoice, ItemReceipt, JournalEntry, PurchaseOrder, ReceivePayment, SalesOrder, SalesReceipt, SalesTaxPaymentCheck, TimeTracking, TransferInventory, VehicleMileage, and VendorCredit. | |
| RefNumber | String | The reference number associated with the deleted transaction. | |
| TimeCreated | Datetime | The date and time when the transaction was originally created in the system. | |
| TimeDeleted | Datetime | The date and time when the transaction was deleted from the system. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description | |
| TimeModified | String | Allows searching for deleted transactions based on the last modified date. |
Generates a detailed report on employee state taxes, including tax types and deductions.
| Name | Type | References | Description |
| Label | String | Represents the label or category associated with the employee state taxes detail report. | |
| Source_Name | String | Specifies the source name or entity relevant to the tax details in the report. | |
| SSN_Tax_ID | String | The social security number or tax ID associated with the employee in the report. | |
| Date | Date | The transaction or reporting date associated with the state taxes detail entry. | |
| Payroll_Item | String | Identifies the payroll item associated with the specific tax calculation. | |
| Income_Subject_To_Tax | Double | Indicates the amount of income subject to state taxation for the employee. | |
| Wage_Base | Double | The wage base used for calculating state taxes for the employee. | |
| Amount | Double | Specifies the tax amount calculated or reported for the entry. | |
| RowType | String | Denotes the type of data presented in the row, such as Text, Data, Subtotal, or Total. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description | |
| ReportPeriod | String | Defines the reporting period as a date range in the format fromdate:todate. You can omit one value for an open-ended range (for example, 2025-12-25:). Supported format: yyyy-MM-dd. Supported macros are ALL, TODAY, THISWEEK, THISWEEKTODATE, THISMONTH, THISMONTHTODATE, THISQUARTER, THISQUARTERTODATE, THISYEAR, THISYEARTODATE, YESTERDAY, LASTWEEK, LASTWEEKTODATE, LASTMONTH, LASTMONTHTODATE, LASTQUARTER, LASTQUARTERTODATE, LASTYEAR, LASTYEARTODATE, NEXTWEEK, NEXTFOURWEEKS, NEXTMONTH, NEXTQUARTER, NEXTYEAR. | |
| AccountType | String | Specifies the account type to filter the report. The allowed values are NONE, ACCOUNTSPAYABLE, ACCOUNTSRECEIVABLE, ALLOWEDFOR1099, APANDSALESTAX, APORCREDITCARD, ARANDAP, ASSET, BALANCESHEET, BANK, BANKANDARANDAPANDUF, BANKANDUF, COSTOFSALES, CREDITCARD, CURRENTASSET, CURRENTASSETANDEXPENSE, CURRENTLIABILITY, EQUITY, EQUITYANDINCOMEANDEXPENSE, EXPENSEANDOTHEREXPENSE, FIXEDASSET, INCOMEANDEXPENSE, INCOMEANDOTHERINCOME, LIABILITY, LIABILITYANDEQUITY, LONGTERMLIABILITY, NONPOSTING, ORDINARYEXPENSE, ORDINARYINCOME, ORDINARYINCOMEANDCOGS, ORDINARYINCOMEANDEXPENSE, OTHERASSET, OTHERCURRENTASSET, OTHERCURRENTLIABILITY, OTHEREXPENSE, OTHERINCOME, OTHERINCOMEOREXPENSE. | |
| AccountList | String | Allows specifying a comma-separated list of account names or IDs for targeted reporting. Combine with AccountListType for precise control. | |
| AccountListType | String | Defines how to interpret AccountList. The allowed values are LISTID, FULLNAME, LISTIDWITHCHILDREN, or FULLNAMEWITHCHILDREN. | |
| EntityType | String | Filters report data by entity type. The allowed values are NONE, CUSTOMER, EMPLOYEE, OTHERNAME, VENDOR. | |
| EntityList | String | Specifies a comma-separated list of entity names or IDs to include in the report. Combine with EntityListType for specificity. | |
| EntityListType | String | Determines how EntityList is evaluated. The allowed values are LISTID, FULLNAME, LISTIDWITHCHILDREN, FULLNAMEWITHCHILDREN. | |
| ItemType | String | Filters the report by item type. The allowed values are NONE, ALLEXCEPTFIXEDASSET, ASSEMBLY, DISCOUNT, FIXEDASSET, INVENTORY, INVENTORYANDASSEMBLY, NONINVENTORY, OTHERCHARGE, PAYMENT, SALES, SALESTAX, SERVICE. | |
| ItemList | String | Defines a comma-separated list of item names or IDs for filtering the report. | |
| ItemListType | String | Specifies how the ItemList is processed. The allowed values are LISTID, FULLNAME, LISTIDWITHCHILDREN, FULLNAMEWITHCHILDREN. | |
| ClassList | String | Includes a comma-separated list of class names or IDs for filtering. Combine with ClassListType for precision. | |
| ClassListType | String | Determines the interpretation of ClassList. The allowed values are LISTID, FULLNAME, LISTIDWITHCHILDREN, FULLNAMEWITHCHILDREN. | |
| TransactionTypes | String | Defines a comma-separated list of transaction types to include in the report. The allowed values are ALL, ARREFUNDCREDITCARD, BILL, BILLPAYMENTCHECK, BILLPAYMENTCREDITCARD, BUILDASSEMBLY, CHARGE, CHECK, CREDITCARDCHARGE, CREDITCARDCREDIT, CREDITMEMO, DEPOSIT, ESTIMATE, INVENTORYADJUSTMENT, INVOICE, ITEMRECEIPT, JOURNALENTRY, LIABILITYADJUSTMENT, PAYCHECK, PAYROLLLIABILITYCHECK, PURCHASEORDER, RECEIVEPAYMENT, SALESORDER, SALESRECEIPT, SALESTAXPAYMENTCHECK, TRANSFER, VENDORCREDIT, YTDADJUSTMENT. | |
| ModifiedDateRange | String | Specifies a date range for filtering modified entries, in the format fromdate:todate. You can omit one value for an open-ended range (for example, 2025-12-25:). Supported format: yyyy-MM-dd. Supported macros are ALL, TODAY, THISWEEK, THISWEEKTODATE, THISMONTH, THISMONTHTODATE, THISQUARTER, THISQUARTERTODATE, THISYEAR, THISYEARTODATE, YESTERDAY, LASTWEEK, LASTWEEKTODATE, LASTMONTH, LASTMONTHTODATE, LASTQUARTER, LASTQUARTERTODATE, LASTYEAR, LASTYEARTODATE, NEXTWEEK, NEXTFOURWEEKS, NEXTMONTH, NEXTQUARTER, NEXTYEAR. | |
| DetailLevel | String | Sets the level of detail in the report. The allowed values are ALL, ALLEXCEPTSUMMARY, SUMMARYONLY. | |
| PostingStatus | String | Filters data based on posting status. The allowed values are POSTING, NONPOSTING, EITHER. | |
| ReportAsOf | String | Defines the report balance cutoff date. The allowed values are REPORTENDDATE, TODAY. | |
| SummarizeColumnsBy | String | Specifies how to label columns in the report. The allowed values are NONE, ACCOUNT, BALANCESHEET, CLASS, CUSTOMER, CUSTOMERTYPE, DAY, EMPLOYEE, FOURWEEK, HALFMONTH, INCOMESTATEMENT, ITEMDETAIL, ITEMTYPE, MONTH, PAYEE, PAYMENTMETHOD, PAYROLLITEMDETAIL, QUARTER, SALESREP, SALESTAXCODE, SHIPMETHOD, TERMS, TOTALONLY, TWOWEEK, VENDOR, VENDORTYPE, WEEK, YEAR. | |
| IncludeColumns | String | A comma-separated list of columns to include. The allowed values are ACCOUNT, AGING, AMOUNT, AMOUNTDIFFERENCE, AVERAGECOST, BILLEDDATE, BILLINGSTATUS, CALCULATEDAMOUNT, CLASS, CLEAREDSTATUS, COSTPRICE, CREDIT, CURRENCY, DATE, DEBIT, DELIVERYDATE, DUEDATE, ESTIMATEACTIVE, EXCHANGERATE, FOB, INCOMESUBJECTTOTAX, INVOICED, ITEM, ITEMDESC, LASTMODIFIEDBY, LATESTORPRIORSTATE, MEMO, MODIFIEDTIME, NAME, NAMEACCOUNTNUMBER, NAMEADDRESS, NAMECITY, NAMECONTACT, NAMEEMAIL, NAMEFAX, NAMEPHONE, NAMESTATE, NAMEZIP, OPENBALANCE, ORIGINALAMOUNT, PAIDAMOUNT, PAIDSTATUS, PAIDTHROUGHDATE, PAYMENTMETHOD, PAYROLLITEM, PONUMBER, PRINTSTATUS, PROGRESSAMOUNT, PROGRESSPERCENT, QUANTITY, QUANTITYAVAILABLE, QUANTITYONHAND, QUANTITYONSALESORDER, RECEIVEDQUANTITY, REFNUMBER, RUNNINGBALANCE, SALESREP, SALESTAXCODE, SHIPDATE, SHIPMETHOD, SOURCENAME, SPLITACCOUNT, SSNORTAXID, TAXLINE, TAXTABLEVERSION, TERMS, TXNID, TXNNUMBER, TXNTYPE, UNITPRICE, USEREDIT, VALUEONHAND, WAGEBASE, WAGEBASETIPS. | |
| IncludeAccounts | String | Indicates whether to include all accounts or only those currently in use. The allowed values are ALL, INUSE. | |
| SummarizeRowsBy | String | Determines what data is calculated for the report and controls how rows are organized and labeled. Usually used with IncludeColumnList. For example, if you set the value to ACCOUNT, the reports row labels might be Checking, Savings, and so on. The allowed values are NONE, ACCOUNT, BALANCESHEET, CLASS, CUSTOMER, CUSTOMERTYPE, DAY, EMPLOYEE, FOURWEEK, HALFMONTH, INCOMESTATEMENT, ITEMDETAIL, ITEMTYPE, MONTH, PAYEE, PAYMENTMETHOD, PAYROLLITEMDETAIL, QUARTER, SALESREP, SALESTAXCODE, SHIPMETHOD, TAXLINE, TERMS, TOTALONLY, TWOWEEK, VENDOR, VENDORTYPE, WEEK, YEAR. |
Queries transactions linked to specific QuickBooks Estimates, such as associated invoices or adjustments.
Linked transactions are transactions that have been associated with the Estimate specified by the EstimateId column.
| Name | Type | References | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | A unique identifier representing the combination of the estimate and linked transaction, formatted as EstimateId|ItemLineId. | |
| EstimateId | String |
Estimates.ID | The unique identifier of the estimate associated with this transaction. |
| ReferenceNumber | String | A user-defined reference number for the estimate. | |
| TxnNumber | Integer | A Quickbooks assigned transaction number for this estimate, distinct from its internal ID. | |
| CustomerName | String | The name of the customer associated with the estimate and linked transaction. | |
| CustomerId | String |
Customers.ID | The unique ID of the customer associated with the estimate and linked transaction. |
| Date | Date | The date when the estimate was created or last modified. | |
| TransactionId | String | The unique identifier of the transaction linked to this estimate. | |
| TransactionAmount | Decimal | The monetary amount associated with the linked transaction. | |
| TransactionDate | Date | The date of the linked transaction. | |
| TransactionReferenceNumber | String | A user-defined reference number for the linked transaction. | |
| TransactionType | String | The specific type of the linked transaction, such as Invoice, Sales Order, or Payment. | |
| TransactionLinkType | String | Describes the relationship between the estimate and the linked transaction, such as 'applied to' or 'referenced by.' | |
| TimeModified | Datetime | The date and time when the linked transaction was last modified. | |
| TimeCreated | Datetime | The date and time when the linked transaction was initially created. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description | |
| ItemPriceLevel | String | The price level applied to items in this estimate or linked transaction. Note: QuickBooks does not return this value. |
Queries the QuickBooks host process, offering information about the system executing the current QuickBooks tasks.
| Name | Type | References | Description |
| ProductName [KEY] | String | The name of the QuickBooks product or version currently in use, such as QuickBooks Desktop Pro or QuickBooks Enterprise. | |
| MajorVersion | String | The primary version number of the QuickBooks product, representing significant updates or changes to the software. | |
| MinorVersion | String | The secondary version number of QuickBooks, representing smaller updates, patches, or fixes. | |
| Country | String | The country or region for which the QuickBooks edition is specifically designed, such as the United States, Canada, or the United Kingdom. | |
| SupportedQBXMLVersion | String | A list of QBXML versions supported by the current QuickBooks product, separated by commas. QBXML is the XML format used for data exchange with QuickBooks. | |
| IsAutomaticLogin | Boolean | Indicates whether QuickBooks is running with automatic login enabled. If true, QuickBooks is operating in the background without its user interface visible, typically launched for automated tasks or integration purposes. | |
| QBFileMode | String | Specifies the mode in which the QuickBooks company file is being accessed, such as SingleUser for exclusive access or MultiUser for shared access. |
Queries transactions linked to QuickBooks Invoices, such as payments or credits applied.
Linked transactions are transactions that have been associated with the Invoice specified by the InvoiceId column.
| Name | Type | References | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | A unique identifier combining the InvoiceId and ItemLineId, used to reference specific linked transactions associated with an invoice. | |
| InvoiceId | String |
Invoices.ID | The unique identifier of the invoice to which the linked transaction pertains. |
| ReferenceNumber | String | The transaction reference number for identifying the invoice. | |
| TxnNumber | Integer | A unique number assigned to the transaction by QuickBooks, distinct from the InvoiceId. | |
| CustomerName | String | The name of the customer associated with the invoice. Either CustomerName or CustomerId must be provided during insertion. | |
| CustomerId | String |
Customers.ID | The Quickbooks generated identifier for the customer associated with the invoice. Can be used as an alternative to CustomerName for insertion. |
| Account | String | The name of the accounts-receivable account where funds from this invoice are deposited. | |
| AccountId | String |
Accounts.ID | The unique identifier for the accounts-receivable account where funds from this invoice are deposited. |
| Date | Date | The transaction date for the invoice. If specified in a query, it overrides the StartDate and EndDate pseudo-columns. | |
| TransactionId | String | The unique identifier for the transaction linked to the invoice. | |
| TransactionAmount | Decimal | The monetary value of the linked transaction associated with the invoice. | |
| TransactionDate | Date | The date when the linked transaction occurred. | |
| TransactionReferenceNumber | String | The reference number assigned to the linked transaction. | |
| TransactionType | String | The type of transaction linked to the invoice, such as payment or credit memo. | |
| TransactionLinkType | String | Specifies the relationship between the invoice and the linked transaction (for example, payment, credit, or refund). | |
| TimeModified | Datetime | The date and time when the invoice was last modified. | |
| TimeCreated | Datetime | The date and time when the invoice was created. |
Queries transactions linked to QuickBooks Item Receipts, such as associated bills or credits.
Linked transactions are transactions that have been associated with the ItemReceipts specified by the ItemReceiptId column.
| Name | Type | References | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | A unique identifier for the linked transaction, formatted as ItemReceiptId|ItemReceiptLineId. | |
| ItemReceiptId | String |
ItemReceipts.ID | The unique identifier for the item receipt, sourced from the ItemReceipts table. |
| VendorName | String | The name of the vendor associated with the item receipt. Either VendorName or VendorId must be provided when inserting a new item receipt. | |
| VendorId | String |
Vendors.ID | The unique identifier of the vendor associated with the item receipt. Either VendorName or VendorId must be provided when inserting a new item receipt. |
| Date | Date | The date when the item receipt transaction occurred or was recorded. | |
| ReferenceNumber | String | A reference number assigned to the item receipt transaction for identification purposes. | |
| AccountsPayable | String | The name of the accounts payable account associated with this item receipt. | |
| AccountsPayableId | String |
Accounts.ID | The unique identifier of the accounts payable account associated with this item receipt. |
| Memo | String | An optional memo or note describing the item receipt transaction. | |
| Amount | Decimal | The total monetary value of the item receipt. | |
| TxnNumber | Integer | A unique transaction number assigned to distinguish this transaction from others, apart from the Quickbooks generated ID. | |
| ExchangeRate | Double | The exchange rate used to convert the transaction's currency into the home currency of the QuickBooks file. Requires QBXML Version 8.0 or higher. | |
| TransactionId | String | The unique identifier of the linked transaction associated with this item receipt. | |
| TransactionAmount | Decimal | The monetary value of the linked transaction. | |
| TransactionDate | Date | The date when the linked transaction occurred or was recorded. | |
| TransactionReferenceNumber | String | A reference number assigned to the linked transaction for identification purposes. | |
| TransactionType | String | The type of linked transaction (for example, purchase order or bill). | |
| TransactionLinkType | String | The relationship type between the item receipt and the linked transaction, such as a link to a purchase order. | |
| CustomFields | String | Any custom fields associated with this transaction, formatted as XML. | |
| EditSequence | String | An identifier used for version control of this object in QuickBooks. | |
| TimeModified | Datetime | The date and time when the item receipt was last updated. | |
| TimeCreated | Datetime | The date and time when the item receipt was initially created. |
Supports creation, updates, deletion, and queries of QuickBooks Item Sites for inventory management. Available in QuickBooks Enterprise with Advanced Inventory and QBXML Version 10.0 or higher.
| Name | Type | References | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | The unique identifier of the inventory site. | |
| ItemInventoryAssemblyRef_ListID | String |
Items.ID | The unique Id of an inventory assembly located at the inventory site. Specify either an inventory assembly or an inventory item, but not both. |
| ItemInventoryAssemblyRef_FullName | String | The full name of an inventory assembly located at the inventory site. Specify either an inventory assembly or an inventory item, but not both. | |
| ItemInventoryRef_ListID | String |
Items.ID | The unique Id of an inventory item located at the inventory site. Specify either an inventory assembly or an inventory item, but not both. |
| ItemInventoryRef_FullName | String | The full name of an inventory item located at the inventory site. Specify either an inventory assembly or an inventory item, but not both. | |
| InventorySiteRef_ListID | String | The unique Id of the inventory site. | |
| InventorySiteRef_FullName | String | The full name of the inventory site. | |
| InventorySiteLocationRef_ListID | String | The unique Id of the inventory site location. Requires QBXML version 12.0 or higher. | |
| InventorySiteLocationRef_FullName | String | The full name of the inventory site location. Requires QBXML version 12.0 or higher. | |
| ReorderLevel | Double | The threshold quantity at which the inventory assembly or item should be reordered. | |
| QuantityOnHand | Double | The total quantity of inventory assemblies or items currently in stock at this site. | |
| QuantityOnPurchaseOrders | Double | The total quantity of inventory assemblies or items on active purchase orders. | |
| QuantityOnSalesOrders | Double | The total quantity of inventory assemblies or items on active sales orders. | |
| QuantityToBeBuiltByPendingBuildTxns | Double | The quantity of inventory assemblies or items planned for pending build assembly transactions. | |
| QuantityRequiredByPendingBuildTxns | Double | The quantity of inventory assemblies or items needed to complete pending build assembly transactions. | |
| QuantityOnPendingTransfers | Double | The quantity of inventory assemblies or items currently in transit as part of pending transfer inventory transactions. | |
| AssemblyBuildPoint | Double | The inventory level at which a new assembly should be built to maintain stock levels. | |
| EditSequence | String | A unique string representing the version of the inventory site record for QuickBooks version tracking. | |
| TimeCreated | Datetime | The timestamp indicating when the inventory site record was created. | |
| TimeModified | Datetime | The timestamp indicating when the inventory site record was last modified. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description | |
| ItemType | String | The type of item (for example, inventory item, assembly). Can be used as a filter criterion for this table. |
Generates detailed payroll item reports, listing payroll transactions and their corresponding payroll items.
| Name | Type | References | Description |
| Label | String | The label column of the Payroll Item Detail report, typically used for grouping or categorizing data. | |
| Num | String | A unique identifier or number associated with the payroll item. | |
| Date | Date | The date associated with the payroll item transaction or event. | |
| Source_Name | String | The name of the source associated with the payroll item, such as an employee or vendor. | |
| Payroll_Item | String | The name or type of the payroll item, such as a deduction or wage type. | |
| Type | String | Indicates the type of payroll item (for example, wage, deduction, or contribution). | |
| Wage_Base | Double | The wage base amount used to calculate the payroll item. This is typically the amount subject to taxes or deductions. | |
| Amount | Double | The monetary value associated with the payroll item, such as the total deduction or contribution. | |
| RowType | String | Specifies the type of row in the report, such as Text, Data, Subtotal, or Total. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description | |
| ReportPeriod | String | Defines the report date range in the format fromdate:todate, where either value may be omitted for an open-ended range (for example, 2009-12-25:). Supported date format is yyyy-MM-dd. Supported macro values include ALL, TODAY, THISWEEK, THISWEEKTODATE, THISMONTH, THISMONTHTODATE, THISQUARTER, THISQUARTERTODATE, THISYEAR, THISYEARTODATE, YESTERDAY, LASTWEEK, LASTWEEKTODATE, LASTMONTH, LASTMONTHTODATE, LASTQUARTER, LASTQUARTERTODATE, LASTYEAR, LASTYEARTODATE, NEXTWEEK, NEXTFOURWEEKS, NEXTMONTH, NEXTQUARTER, NEXTYEAR. | |
| AccountType | String | Specifies the type of account to request in the report. The allowed values are NONE, ACCOUNTSPAYABLE, ACCOUNTSRECEIVABLE, ALLOWEDFOR1099, APANDSALESTAX, APORCREDITCARD, ARANDAP, ASSET, BALANCESHEET, BANK, BANKANDARANDAPANDUF, BANKANDUF, COSTOFSALES, CREDITCARD, CURRENTASSET, CURRENTASSETANDEXPENSE, CURRENTLIABILITY, EQUITY, EQUITYANDINCOMEANDEXPENSE, EXPENSEANDOTHEREXPENSE, FIXEDASSET, INCOMEANDEXPENSE, INCOMEANDOTHERINCOME, LIABILITY, LIABILITYANDEQUITY, LONGTERMLIABILITY, NONPOSTING, ORDINARYEXPENSE, ORDINARYINCOME, ORDINARYINCOMEANDCOGS, ORDINARYINCOMEANDEXPENSE, OTHERASSET, OTHERCURRENTASSET, OTHERCURRENTLIABILITY, OTHEREXPENSE, OTHERINCOME, OTHERINCOMEOREXPENSE. | |
| AccountList | String | A comma-separated list of account names or IDs. Specify AccountListType if this input is provided. | |
| AccountListType | String | Specifies how the account list is queried. The allowed values are LISTID, FULLNAME, LISTIDWITHCHILDREN, FULLNAMEWITHCHILDREN. | |
| EntityType | String | Specifies the type of entity to request in the report. The allowed values are NONE, CUSTOMER, EMPLOYEE, OTHERNAME, VENDOR. | |
| EntityList | String | A comma-separated list of entity names or IDs. Specify EntityListType if this input is provided. | |
| EntityListType | String | Specifies how the entity list is queried. The allowed values are LISTID, FULLNAME, LISTIDWITHCHILDREN, FULLNAMEWITHCHILDREN. | |
| ItemType | String | Defines the specific type of item to request in the report. The allowed values are NONE, ALLEXCEPTFIXEDASSET, ASSEMBLY, DISCOUNT, FIXEDASSET, INVENTORY, INVENTORYANDASSEMBLY, NONINVENTORY, OTHERCHARGE, PAYMENT, SALES, SALESTAX, SERVICE. | |
| ItemList | String | A comma-separated list of item names or IDs. Specify ItemListType if this input is provided. | |
| ItemListType | String | Specifies how the item list is queried. The allowed values are LISTID, FULLNAME, LISTIDWITHCHILDREN, FULLNAMEWITHCHILDREN. | |
| ClassList | String | A comma-separated list of class names or IDs. Specify ClassListType if this input is provided. | |
| ClassListType | String | Specifies how the class list is queried. The allowed values are LISTID, FULLNAME, LISTIDWITHCHILDREN, FULLNAMEWITHCHILDREN. | |
| TransactionTypes | String | Defines the transaction types included in the report. The allowed values are ALL, ARREFUNDCREDITCARD, BILL, BILLPAYMENTCHECK, BILLPAYMENTCREDITCARD, BUILDASSEMBLY, CHARGE, CHECK, CREDITCARDCHARGE, CREDITCARDCREDIT, CREDITMEMO, DEPOSIT, ESTIMATE, INVENTORYADJUSTMENT, INVOICE, ITEMRECEIPT, JOURNALENTRY, LIABILITYADJUSTMENT, PAYCHECK, PAYROLLLIABILITYCHECK, PURCHASEORDER, RECEIVEPAYMENT, SALESORDER, SALESRECEIPT, SALESTAXPAYMENTCHECK, TRANSFER, VENDORCREDIT, YTDADJUSTMENT. | |
| ModifiedDateRange | String | Specifies the modified date range in the format fromdate:todate, where either value may be omitted for an open-ended range (for example, 2024-12-25:). The allowed values are ALL, TODAY, THISWEEK, THISWEKTODATE, THISMONTH, THISMONTHTODATE, THISQUARTER, THISQUARTERTODATE, THISYEAR, THISYEARTODATE, YESTERDAY, LASTWEEK, LASTWEEKTODATE, LASTMONTH, LASTMONTHTODATE, LASTQUARTER, LASTQUARTERTODATE, LASTYEAR, LASTYEARTODATE, NEXTWEEK, NEXTFOURWEEKS, NEXTMONTH, NEXTQUARTER, NEXTYEAR. | |
| DetailLevel | String | Specifies the level of detail for the report. The allowed values are ALL, ALLEXCEPTSUMMARY, SUMMARYONLY. | |
| PostingStatus | String | Allows querying of posting, nonposting, or either type of reports. The allowed values are EITHER, NONPOSTING, POSTING. | |
| ReportAsOf | String | Specifies the as-of date for open balance information in the report. The allowed values are REPORTENDDATE, TODAY. | |
| SummarizeColumnsBy | String | Defines how columns are summarized in the report. The allowed values are NONE, ACCOUNT, BALANCESHEET, CLASS, CUSTOMER, CUSTOMERTYPE, DAY, EMPLOYEE, FOURWEEK, HALFMONTH, INCOMESTATEMENT, ITEMDETAIL, ITEMTYPE, MONTH, PAYEE, PAYMENTMETHOD, PAYROLLITEMDETAIL, QUARTER, SALESREP, SALESTAXCODE, SHIPMETHOD, TERMS, TOTALONLY, TWOWEEK, VENDOR, VENDORTYPE, WEEK, YEAR. | |
| IncludeColumns | String | A comma-separated list of columns to include in the report. The allowed values are ACCOUNT, AGING, AMOUNT, AMOUNTDIFFERENCE, AVERAGECOST, BILLEDDATE, BILLINGSTATUS, CALCULATEDAMOUNT, CLASS, CLEAREDSTATUS, COSTPRICE, CREDIT, CURRENCY, DATE, DEBIT, DELIVERYDATE, DUEDATE, ESTIMATEACTIVE, EXCHANGERATE, FOB, INCOMESUBJECTTOTAX, INVOICED, ITEM, ITEMDESC, LASTMODIFIEDBY, LATESTORPRIORSTATE, MEMO, MODIFIEDTIME, NAME, NAMEACCOUNTNUMBER, NAMEADDRESS, NAMECITY, NAMECONTACT, NAMEEMAIL, NAMEFAX, NAMEPHONE, NAMESTATE, NAMEZIP, OPENBALANCE, ORIGINALAMOUNT, PAIDAMOUNT, PAIDSTATUS, PAIDTHROUGHDATE, PAYMENTMETHOD, PAYROLLITEM, PONUMBER, PRINTSTATUS, PROGRESSAMOUNT, PROGRESSPERCENT, QUANTITY, QUANTITYAVAILABLE, QUANTITYONHAND, QUANTITYONSALESORDER, RECEIVEDQUANTITY, REFNUMBER, RUNNINGBALANCE, SALESREP, SALESTAXCODE, SHIPDATE, SHIPMETHOD, SOURCENAME, SPLITACCOUNT, SSNORTAXID, TAXLINE, TAXTABLEVERSION, TERMS, TXNID, TXNNUMBER, TXNTYPE, UNITPRICE, USEREDIT, VALUEONHAND, WAGEBASE, WAGEBASETIPS. | |
| IncludeAccounts | String | Specifies whether the report includes all accounts or only active ones. The allowed values are ALL, INUSE. | |
| SummarizeRowsBy | String | Defines how rows are summarized and labeled in the report. The allowed values are NONE, ACCOUNT, BALANCESHEET, CLASS, CUSTOMER, CUSTOMERTYPE, DAY, EMPLOYEE, FOURWEEK, HALFMONTH, INCOMESTATEMENT, ITEMDETAIL, ITEMTYPE, MONTH, PAYEE, PAYMENTMETHOD, PAYROLLITEMDETAIL, QUARTER, SALESREP, SALESTAXCODE, SHIPMETHOD, TAXLINE, TERMS, TOTALONLY, TWOWEEK, VENDOR, VENDORTYPE, WEEK, YEAR. |
Produces detailed payroll review reports, showing how QuickBooks calculates taxes on paychecks and year-to-date transactions.
| Name | Type | References | Description |
| Label | String | A label representing a specific category or grouping within the Payroll Review Detail report. | |
| Date | Date | The date of the payroll transaction, providing a chronological reference for the data. | |
| Entered_Last_Modified | String | The date and time when the payroll transaction was entered or last modified. | |
| Tax_Table_Version | String | The version of the tax table used to calculate payroll taxes for the transaction. | |
| Income_Subject_To_Tax | Double | The portion of income that is subject to taxation for the specified payroll transaction. | |
| Wage_Base | Double | The base wage amount used as the basis for calculating payroll taxes. | |
| Payroll_Tax_Rate | Double | The rate at which payroll taxes are applied to the wage base. | |
| User_Edit_ | String | Indicates if the transaction was manually edited by a user, providing traceability for adjustments. | |
| Amount | Double | The monetary amount associated with the payroll transaction, such as deductions or earnings. | |
| Calculated_Amount | Double | The system-calculated amount for the payroll transaction based on tax rates, wage base, or other criteria. | |
| Amount_Difference | Double | The difference between the user-entered amount and the calculated amount, highlighting discrepancies. | |
| RowType | String | Specifies the type of data in the row, such as Text, Data, Subtotal, or Total. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description | |
| ReportPeriod | String | The report's date range in the format fromdate:todate, where either value may be omitted for an open-ended range (for example, 2024-12-25:). Supported date format: yyyy-MM-dd. The allowed values are ALL, TODAY, THISWEEK, THISWEEKTODATE, THISMONTH, THISMONTHTODATE, THISQUARTER, THISQUARTERTODATE, THISYEAR, THISYEARTODATE, YESTERDAY, LASTWEEK, LASTWEEKTODATE, LASTMONTH, LASTMONTHTODATE, LASTQUARTER, LASTQUARTERTODATE, LASTYEAR, LASTYEARTODATE, NEXTWEEK, NEXTFOURWEEKS, NEXTMONTH, NEXTQUARTER, NEXTYEAR. | |
| AccountType | String | Specifies the type of accounts to include in the report. The allowed values are NONE, ACCOUNTSRECEIVABLE, ACCOUNTS PAYABLE, BANK, INCOME, EXPENSE, and others. | |
| AccountList | String | A comma-separated list of account names or IDs to include in the report. Specify AccountListType for additional filtering. | |
| AccountListType | String | Defines the format for querying account lists. The allowed values are LISTID, FULLNAME, LISTIDWITHCHILDREN, FULLNAMEWITHCHILDREN. | |
| EntityType | String | The type of entities to include in the report. The allowed values are NONE, CUSTOMER, EMPLOYEE, VENDOR, OTHERNAME. | |
| EntityList | String | A comma-separated list of entity names or IDs to include in the report. Specify EntityListType for additional filtering. | |
| EntityListType | String | Defines the format for querying entity lists. The allowed values are LISTID, FULLNAME, LISTIDWITHCHILDREN, FULLNAMEWITHCHILDREN. | |
| ItemType | String | The type of items to include in the report. The allowed values are NONE, INVENTORY, SERVICE, DISCOUNT, SALES, FIXEDASSET, and others. | |
| ItemList | String | A comma-separated list of item names or IDs to include in the report. Specify ItemListType for additional filtering. | |
| ItemListType | String | Defines the format for querying item lists. The allowed values are LISTID, FULLNAME, LISTIDWITHCHILDREN, FULLNAMEWITHCHILDREN. | |
| ClassList | String | A comma-separated list of class names or IDs to include in the report. Specify ClassListType for additional filtering. | |
| ClassListType | String | Defines the format for querying class lists. The allowed values are LISTID, FULLNAME, LISTIDWITHCHILDREN, FULLNAMEWITHCHILDREN. | |
| TransactionTypes | String | A comma-separated list of transaction types to include in the report. Supported values include ALL, INVOICE, SALESRECEIPT, BILL, PAYCHECK, and others. | |
| ModifiedDateRange | String | Filters transactions based on modification date within the format fromdate:todate. The allowed values are ALL, TODAY, THISWEEK, THISWEEKTODATE, THISMONTH, THISMONTHTODATE, THISQUARTER, THISQUARTERTODATE, THISYEAR, THISYEARTODATE, YESTERDAY, LASTWEEK, LASTWEEKTODATE, LASTMONTH, LASTMONTHTODATE, LASTQUARTER, LASTQUARTERTODATE, LASTYEAR, LASTYEARTODATE, NEXTWEEK, NEXTFOURWEEKS, NEXTMONTH, NEXTQUARTER, NEXTYEAR. | |
| DetailLevel | String | Determines the level of detail included in the report. The allowed values are ALL, ALLEXCEPTSUMMARY, SUMMARYONLY. | |
| PostingStatus | String | Specifies whether to include posting or non-posting transactions, or both. The allowed values are POSTING, NONPOSTING, EITHER. | |
| ReportAsOf | String | Specifies the date for generating open balance information in the report. The allowed values are REPORTENDDATE, TODAY. | |
| SummarizeColumnsBy | String | Controls how columns are labeled and data is calculated in the report. The allowed values are NONE, ACCOUNT, CUSTOMER, PAYEE, ITEMTYPE, and others. | |
| IncludeColumns | String | A comma-separated list of columns to include in the report. Examples: ACCOUNT, AMOUNT, DATE, MEMO, TAXTABLEVERSION. | |
| IncludeAccounts | String | Specifies whether to include all accounts or only those currently in use. The allowed values are ALL, INUSE. | |
| SummarizeRowsBy | String | Controls how rows are organized and labeled in the report. The allowed values are NONE, ACCOUNT, CLASS, CUSTOMER, PAYEE, ITEMTYPE. |
Generates detailed payroll transaction reports, showing line-item details for all payroll transactions.
| Name | Type | References | Description |
| Date | String | The date of the payroll transaction, providing a chronological reference for each entry in the Payroll Transaction Detail report. | |
| Num | String | The reference number or unique identifier associated with the transaction, useful for tracking and reconciliation. | |
| Type | String | The type of payroll transaction, such as paycheck, adjustment, or expense, categorizing the nature of the entry. | |
| Source_Name | String | The name of the source associated with the transaction, such as the employee or vendor involved. | |
| Payroll_Item | String | The specific payroll item related to the transaction, for example, wages, bonuses, or deductions. | |
| Wage_Base | Double | The base wage amount for the payroll transaction, representing the gross pay before adjustments or deductions. | |
| Amount | Double | The monetary value of the payroll transaction, reflecting the debited or credited amount. | |
| RowType | String | The classification of the row in the report, such as Text, Data, Subtotal, or Total, providing context for its role in the report. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description | |
| ReportPeriod | String | The date range for the report in the format fromdate:todate, where either value may be omitted for open-ended ranges (for example, 2024-12-25:) or specified using macros like TODAY, LASTWEEK, NEXTMONTH. | |
| AccountType | String | The type of account to include in the report. The allowed values are NONE, ACCOUNTSPAYABLE, ACCOUNTSRECEIVABLE, BANK, CREDITCARD, INCOME, EXPENSE, and more. | |
| AccountList | String | A comma-separated list of account names or IDs. Specify AccountListType to refine the query. | |
| AccountListType | String | Defines the format of the AccountList query. The allowed values are LISTID, FULLNAME, LISTIDWITHCHILDREN, FULLNAMEWITHCHILDREN. | |
| EntityType | String | The type of entity to include in the report. The allowed values are NONE, CUSTOMER, EMPLOYEE, VENDOR, OTHERNAME. | |
| EntityList | String | A comma-separated list of entity names or IDs to include in the report. Specify EntityListType to refine the query. | |
| EntityListType | String | Defines the format of the EntityList query. The allowed values are LISTID, FULLNAME, LISTIDWITHCHILDREN, FULLNAMEWITHCHILDREN. | |
| ItemType | String | The type of item to include in the report. The allowed values are NONE, INVENTORY, SERVICE, SALES, FIXEDASSET, and more. | |
| ItemList | String | A comma-separated list of item names or IDs to include in the report. Specify ItemListType to refine the query. | |
| ItemListType | String | Defines the format of the ItemList query. The allowed values are LISTID, FULLNAME, LISTIDWITHCHILDREN, FULLNAMEWITHCHILDREN. | |
| ClassList | String | A comma-separated list of class names or IDs to include in the report. Specify ClassListType to refine the query. | |
| ClassListType | String | Defines the format of the ClassList query. The allowed values are LISTID, FULLNAME, LISTIDWITHCHILDREN, FULLNAMEWITHCHILDREN. | |
| TransactionTypes | String | A comma-separated list of transaction types to include in the report. The allowed values are ALL, ARREFUNDCREDITCARD, BILL, BILLPAYMENTCHECK, INVOICE, SALESRECEIPT, and more. | |
| ModifiedDateRange | String | The date range for transactions based on modification date, in the format fromdate:todate. Macros like TODAY, LASTMONTH, and NEXTYEAR are supported. | |
| DetailLevel | String | Specifies the level of detail in the report. The allowed values are ALL, ALLEXCEPTSUMMARY, SUMMARYONLY. | |
| PostingStatus | String | Indicates whether to include posting, non-posting, or both types of transactions. The allowed values are POSTING, NONPOSTING, EITHER. | |
| ReportAsOf | String | Specifies a date for generating the report's open balance information. The allowed values are REPORTENDDATE, TODAY. | |
| SummarizeColumnsBy | String | Determines how report data is summarized and columns are labeled. The allowed values are NONE, ACCOUNT, CLASS, CUSTOMER, PAYEE, and more. | |
| IncludeColumns | String | A comma-separated list of columns to include in the report. Examples: ACCOUNT, DATE, AMOUNT, MEMO, PAYROLLITEM, REFNUMBER, SHIPMETHOD. | |
| IncludeAccounts | String | Indicates whether to include all accounts or only those currently in use. The allowed values are ALL, INUSE. | |
| SummarizeRowsBy | String | Determines how rows are organized and labeled in the report. The allowed values are NONE, ACCOUNT, CLASS, CUSTOMER, PAYEE, and more. |
Creates payroll transaction reports grouped by payee, offering insights into payment patterns and amounts.
| Name | Type | References | Description |
| Label | String | The label or name associated with a specific entry in the Payroll Transactions By Payee report, helping to identify the type of transaction. | |
| Date | Date | The date the payroll transaction occurred, providing a chronological reference for each entry. | |
| Name | String | The name of the payee involved in the transaction, such as an employee, vendor, or other entity. | |
| Num | String | A reference number associated with the transaction, useful for tracking and reconciling entries. | |
| Type | String | The type of payroll transaction, such as paycheck, adjustment, or expense. | |
| Memo | String | Additional details or notes associated with the payroll transaction, often used for internal documentation. | |
| Account | String | The name of the account to which the transaction is posted, such as payroll expenses or liabilities. | |
| Amount | Double | The monetary amount of the payroll transaction, reflecting the debit or credit recorded. | |
| RowType | String | The classification of the row data in the report, such as Text, Data, Subtotal, or Total, to indicate its context. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description | |
| ReportPeriod | String | The date range for the report in the format fromdate:todate. Either value may be omitted for open-ended ranges (for example, 2024-12-25:) or specified using macros like TODAY, THISWEEK, LASTMONTH, NEXTYEAR. | |
| AccountType | String | The type of account to include in the report. The allowed values are NONE, ACCOUNTSPAYABLE, ACCOUNTSRECEIVABLE, BANK, CREDITCARD, INCOME, EXPENSE, and more. | |
| AccountList | String | A comma-separated list of account names or IDs. Specify AccountListType for a more targeted query. | |
| AccountListType | String | Defines the format of the AccountList query. The allowed values are LISTID, FULLNAME, LISTIDWITHCHILDREN, FULLNAMEWITHCHILDREN. | |
| EntityType | String | The type of entity to include in the report. The allowed values are NONE, CUSTOMER, EMPLOYEE, VENDOR, OTHERNAME. | |
| EntityList | String | A comma-separated list of entity names or IDs to include in the report. Specify EntityListType to refine the query. | |
| EntityListType | String | Defines the format of the EntityList query. The allowed values are LISTID, FULLNAME, LISTIDWITHCHILDREN, FULLNAMEWITHCHILDREN. | |
| ItemType | String | The type of item to include in the report. The allowed values are NONE, INVENTORY, SERVICE, SALES, FIXEDASSET, and more. | |
| ItemList | String | A comma-separated list of item names or IDs to include in the report. Specify ItemListType to refine the query. | |
| ItemListType | String | Defines the format of the ItemList query. The allowed values are LISTID, FULLNAME, LISTIDWITHCHILDREN, FULLNAMEWITHCHILDREN. | |
| ClassList | String | A comma-separated list of class names or IDs to include in the report. Specify ClassListType to refine the query. | |
| ClassListType | String | Defines the format of the ClassList query. The allowed values are LISTID, FULLNAME, LISTIDWITHCHILDREN, FULLNAMEWITHCHILDREN. | |
| TransactionTypes | String | A comma-separated list of transaction types to include in the report. The allowed values are ALL, BILL, PAYCHECK, INVOICE, SALESRECEIPT, and more. | |
| ModifiedDateRange | String | The date range for transactions based on modification date, in the format fromdate:todate. Macros like TODAY, LASTMONTH, and NEXTYEAR are supported. | |
| DetailLevel | String | Specifies the level of detail in the report. The allowed values are ALL, ALLEXCEPTSUMMARY, SUMMARYONLY. | |
| PostingStatus | String | Indicates whether to include posting, non-posting, or both types of transactions. The allowed values are POSTING, NONPOSTING, EITHER. | |
| ReportAsOf | String | Specifies a date for generating the report's open balance information. The allowed values are REPORTENDDATE, TODAY. | |
| SummarizeColumnsBy | String | Determines how report data is summarized and columns are labeled. The allowed values are NONE, ACCOUNT, CLASS, CUSTOMER, PAYEE, and more. | |
| IncludeColumns | String | A comma-separated list of columns to include in the report. Examples: ACCOUNT, DATE, AMOUNT, MEMO, PAYROLLITEM, REFNUMBER, SHIPMETHOD. | |
| IncludeAccounts | String | Indicates whether to include all accounts or only those in use. The allowed values are ALL, INUSE. | |
| SummarizeRowsBy | String | Determines how rows are organized and labeled in the report. The allowed values are NONE, ACCOUNT, CLASS, CUSTOMER, PAYEE, and more. |
Queries QuickBooks company file preferences to retrieve user-defined settings and configurations.
| Name | Type | References | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | The unique key that identifies each record in the Preferences table.
The default value is 1. | |
| AccountingPreferences_IsUsingAccountNumbers | Boolean | Indicates whether account numbers are allowed for new accounts. If set to true, account numbers can be recorded and displayed in the user interface. | |
| AccountingPreferences_IsRequiringAccounts | Boolean | Indicates whether assigning an account is mandatory for transactions. This is always required for SDK-generated transactions. | |
| AccountingPreferences_IsUsingClassTracking | Boolean | Indicates if class tracking is enabled in QuickBooks, allowing the class field to appear on transactions. | |
| AccountingPreferences_AssignClassTo | String | Specifies whether classes should be assigned to accounts or transactions by default. Requires QBXML version 12.0 or higher. | |
| AccountingPreferences_IsUsingAuditTrail | Boolean | If true, QuickBooks logs all transaction changes in the audit trail report. If false, only the most recent transaction version is logged. | |
| AccountingPreferences_IsAssigningJournalEntryNumbers | Boolean | If true, QuickBooks automatically assigns sequential numbers to journal entries. | |
| AccountingPreferences_ClosingDate | Date | The company closing date defined in QuickBooks. Transactions before this date are restricted unless permitted by the admin. | |
| FinanceChargePreferences_AnnualInterestRate | Double | The annual interest rate used to calculate finance charges. This rate is defined by the user. | |
| FinanceChargePreferences_MinFinanceCharge | Decimal | The minimum finance charge applied to overdue amounts, regardless of the total overdue balance. | |
| FinanceChargePreferences_GracePeriod | Integer | The number of days before finance charges are applied to overdue invoices, as defined by the user. | |
| FinanceChargePreferences_FinanceChargeAccountRef_ListID | String |
Accounts.ID | A reference to the account ID used to track finance charges. Typically an income account. |
| FinanceChargePreferences_FinanceChargeAccountRef_FullName | String | A reference to the full account name used for tracking finance charges. Typically an income account. | |
| FinanceChargePreferences_IsAssessingForOverdueCharges | Boolean | Indicates whether finance charges are applied to overdue finance charges. This is controlled by the user and varies by legal regulations. | |
| FinanceChargePreferences_CalculateChargesFrom | String | Specifies whether finance charges are calculated from the due date or the invoice date. Defaults to DueDate unless changed.
The allowed values are DueDate, InvoiceOrBilledDate. | |
| FinanceChargePreferences_IsMarkedToBePrinted | Boolean | If true, newly created finance charge invoices are automatically marked for printing to simplify batch printing. | |
| JobsAndEstimatesPreferences_IsUsingEstimates | Boolean | Indicates whether the user can create job estimates in QuickBooks. | |
| JobsAndEstimatesPreferences_IsUsingProgressInvoicing | Boolean | Indicates whether progress invoicing is enabled, allowing partial invoicing based on estimates. | |
| JobsAndEstimatesPreferences_IsPrintingItemsWithZeroAmounts | Boolean | Specifies if line items with zero amounts are printed on progress invoices. Only applicable if progress invoicing is enabled. | |
| MultiCurrencyPreferences_IsMultiCurrencyOn | Boolean | Indicates whether multi-currency support is enabled. Once enabled, this feature cannot be turned off. Requires QBXML version 8.0 or higher. | |
| MultiCurrencyPreferences_HomeCurrencyRef_ListID | String |
Currency.ID | The ID of the currency set as the home currency. Typically the currency of the business's country. Requires QBXML version 8.0 or higher. |
| MultiCurrencyPreferences_HomeCurrencyRef_FullName | String | The full name of the currency set as the home currency. Typically the currency of the business's country. Requires QBXML version 8.0 or higher. | |
| MultiLocationInventoryPreferences_IsMultiLocationInventoryAvailable | Boolean | Indicates if multiple inventory locations are available in the company file. Requires QBXML version 10.0 or higher. | |
| MultiLocationInventoryPreferences_IsMultiLocationInventoryEnabled | Boolean | Indicates if multiple inventory locations are enabled for tracking. | |
| PurchasesAndVendorsPreferences_IsUsingInventory | Boolean | Indicates whether inventory tracking features are enabled in QuickBooks. | |
| PurchasesAndVendorsPreferences_DaysBillsAreDue | Integer | The default number of days after receipt within which bills must be paid. | |
| PurchasesAndVendorsPreferences_IsAutomaticallyUsingDiscounts | Boolean | If true, available vendor discounts or credits are automatically applied when bills are paid. | |
| PurchasesAndVendorsPreferences_DefaultDiscountAccountRef_ListID | String |
Accounts.ID | The ID of the account where vendor discounts are tracked. |
| PurchasesAndVendorsPreferences_DefaultDiscountAccountRef_FullName | String | The full name of the account where vendor discounts are tracked. | |
| ReportsPreferences_AgingReportBasis | String | Determines how overdue days are calculated in aging reports, either from the transaction date or the due date.
The allowed values are AgeFromDueDate, AgeFromTransactionDate. | |
| ReportsPreferences_SummaryReportBasis | String | Specifies whether summary reports are generated using cash-basis or accrual-basis accounting.
The allowed values are Accrual, Cash. | |
| SalesAndCustomersPreferences_DefaultShipMethodRef_ListID | String | The ID of the default shipping method used for the ShipVia field. | |
| SalesAndCustomersPreferences_DefaultShipMethodRef_FullName | String | The full name of the default shipping method used for the ShipVia field. | |
| SalesAndCustomersPreferences_DefaultFOB | String | The default Freight on Board (FOB) location for invoiced products. | |
| SalesAndCustomersPreferences_DefaultMarkup | Double | The default markup percentage applied to inventory items. | |
| SalesAndCustomersPreferences_IsTrackingReimbursedExpensesAsIncome | Boolean | Indicates whether reimbursed expenses and associated income are tracked in separate accounts. | |
| SalesAndCustomersPreferences_IsAutoApplyingPayments | Boolean | If true, customer payments are automatically applied to their outstanding invoices, starting with the oldest. | |
| SalesAndCustomersPreferences_PriceLevels_IsUsingPriceLevels | Boolean | Indicates whether price levels are enabled for the company file under Sales and Customers preferences. | |
| SalesAndCustomersPreferences_PriceLevels_IsRoundingSalesPriceUp | Boolean | If true, sales prices are rounded up to the nearest dollar for fixed percentage price levels. | |
| SalesTaxPreferences_DefaultItemSalesTaxRef_ListID | String | The ID of the default sales tax code for taxable items. | |
| SalesTaxPreferences_DefaultItemSalesTaxRef_FullName | String | The full name of the default sales tax code for taxable items. | |
| SalesTaxPreferences_PaySalesTax | String | Specifies the frequency for reporting and paying sales tax.
The allowed values are Monthly, Quarterly, Annually. | |
| SalesTaxPreferences_DefaultTaxableSalesTaxCodeRef_ListID | String | The ID of the default sales tax code for taxable sales. | |
| SalesTaxPreferences_DefaultTaxableSalesTaxCodeRef_FullName | String | The full name of the default sales tax code for taxable sales. | |
| SalesTaxPreferences_DefaultNonTaxableSalesTaxCodeRef_ListID | String | The ID of the default sales tax code for non-taxable sales. | |
| SalesTaxPreferences_DefaultNonTaxableSalesTaxCodeRef_FullName | String | The full name of the default sales tax code for non-taxable sales. | |
| SalesTaxPreferences_IsUsingVendorTaxCode | Boolean | Indicates if vendor-specific tax codes are used. | |
| SalesTaxPreferences_IsUsingCustomerTaxCode | Boolean | Indicates if customer-specific tax codes are used. | |
| SalesTaxPreferences_IsUsingAmountsIncludeTax | Boolean | Indicates if amounts in transactions include sales tax. | |
| TimeTrackingPreferences_FirstDayOfWeek | String | The first day of the week used for weekly timesheets.
The allowed values are Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, Friday, Saturday, Sunday. | |
| CurrentAppAccessRights_IsAutomaticLoginAllowed | Boolean | Indicates if applications are allowed to use auto-login for this QuickBooks file. | |
| CurrentAppAccessRights_AutomaticLoginUserName | String | The username allowed to use auto-login for this QuickBooks file. | |
| CurrentAppAccessRights_IsPersonalDataAccessAllowed | Boolean | Indicates if access is allowed to sensitive personal data in this QuickBooks file. | |
| ItemsAndInventoryPreferences_EnhancedInventoryReceivingEnabled | Boolean | Indicates if enhanced inventory receiving features are enabled. Requires QBXML version 11.0. | |
| ItemsAndInventoryPreferences_IsTrackingSerialOrLotNumber | String | Indicates whether tracking by serial or lot number is enabled. Requires QBXML version 11.0. | |
| ItemsAndInventoryPreferences_IsTrackingOnSalesTransactionsEnabled | Boolean | Indicates if tracking is enabled on sales transactions. Requires QBXML version 11.0. | |
| ItemsAndInventoryPreferences_IsTrackingOnPurchaseTransactionsEnabled | Boolean | Indicates if tracking is enabled on purchase transactions. Requires QBXML version 11.0. | |
| ItemsAndInventoryPreferences_IsTrackingOnInventoryAdjustmentEnabled | Boolean | Indicates if tracking is enabled on inventory adjustments. Requires QBXML version 11.0. | |
| ItemsAndInventoryPreferences_IsTrackingOnBuildAssemblyEnabled | Boolean | Indicates if tracking is enabled on build assemblies. Requires QBXML version 11.0. | |
| ItemsAndInventoryPreferences_FIFOEnabled | Boolean | Indicates if the First-In-First-Out (FIFO) costing method is enabled. Requires QBXML version 11.0. | |
| ItemsAndInventoryPreferences_FIFOEffectiveDate | Date | The date on which FIFO costing takes effect. Requires QBXML version 11.0. | |
| ItemsAndInventoryPreferences_IsRSBEnabled | Boolean | Indicates if Reorder Point-Based Stock management is enabled. Requires QBXML version 12.0. | |
| ItemsAndInventoryPreferences_IsBarcodeEnabled | Boolean | Indicates if barcode scanning is enabled for inventory management. Requires QBXML version 12.0. |
Generates detailed Profit and Loss reports, providing in-depth financial analysis.
| Name | Type | References | Description |
| Label | String | The label or category for each row in the Profit and Loss Detail report, typically representing account names or other identifying information. | |
| Type | String | Specifies the type of transaction or entry in the report, such as 'Invoice', 'Expense', or 'Payment'. | |
| Date | Date | The date of the transaction associated with the row, formatted as yyyy-MM-dd. | |
| Num | String | The transaction number or reference identifier for the entry, useful for tracking specific transactions. | |
| Name | String | The name of the entity (such as a customer, vendor, or employee) linked to the transaction. | |
| Memo | String | Additional details or notes provided for the transaction, often used for context or explanation. | |
| Class | String | The class assigned to the transaction, used for categorization or tracking across accounts. | |
| Clr | String | Indicates whether the transaction is cleared or uncleared in the bank reconciliation process. | |
| Split | String | The account that is offset by the transaction (where the funds are transferred to or from). | |
| Amount | Double | The monetary value of the transaction or line item, reflecting income or expense amounts. | |
| Balance | Double | The running balance of the account after the transaction is applied. | |
| RowType | String | Identifies the type of data in the row, such as 'Text' for labels, 'Data' for transactions, or 'Total' for subtotals and grand totals. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description | |
| ReportPeriod | String | Defines the date range for the report in the format fromdate:todate. Open-ended ranges can be specified by omitting a value (for example, 2024-02-01:). | |
| ReportDateRangeMacro | String | A predefined macro to simplify date range selection, such as 'This Month' or 'Last Fiscal Year'.
The allowed values are ALL, TODAY, THISWEEK, THISWEEKTODATE, THISMONTH, THISMONTHTODATE, THISQUARTER, THISQUARTERTODATE, THISYEAR, THISYEARTODATE, YESTERDAY, LASTWEEK, LASTWEEKTODATE, LASTMONTH, LASTMONTHTODATE, LASTQUARTER, LASTQUARTERTODATE, LASTYEAR, LASTYEARTODATE, NEXTWEEK, NEXTFOURWEEKS, NEXTMONTH, NEXTQUARTER, NEXTYEAR. | |
| AccountType | String | Filters the report to include only specified types of accounts, such as 'Income', 'Expense', or 'Liabilities'.
The allowed values are NONE, ACCOUNTSPAYABLE, ACCOUNTSRECEIVABLE, ALLOWEDFOR1099, APANDSALESTAX, APORCREDITCARD, ARANDAP, ASSET, BALANCESHEET, BANK, BANKANDARANDAPANDUF, BANKANDUF, COSTOFSALES, CREDITCARD, CURRENTASSET, CURRENTASSETANDEXPENSE, CURRENTLIABILITY, EQUITY, EQUITYANDINCOMEANDEXPENSE, EXPENSEANDOTHEREXPENSE, FIXEDASSET, INCOMEANDEXPENSE, INCOMEANDOTHERINCOME, LIABILITY, LIABILITYANDEQUITY, LONGTERMLIABILITY, NONPOSTING, ORDINARYEXPENSE, ORDINARYINCOME, ORDINARYINCOMEANDCOGS, ORDINARYINCOMEANDEXPENSE, OTHERASSET, OTHERCURRENTASSET, OTHERCURRENTLIABILITY, OTHEREXPENSE, OTHERINCOME, OTHERINCOMEOREXPENSE. | |
| AccountList | String | A list of account names or IDs to include in the report, separated by commas. The format must match AccountListType. | |
| AccountListType | String | Specifies the format of accounts in AccountList, such as 'Name' or 'ID'.
The allowed values are LISTID, FULLNAME, LISTIDWITHCHILDREN, FULLNAMEWITHCHILDREN. | |
| EntityType | String | Filters the report to include only specified types of entities, such as 'Customer', 'Vendor', or 'Employee'.
The allowed values are NONE, CUSTOMER, EMPLOYEE, OTHERNAME, VENDOR. | |
| EntityList | String | A comma-separated list of entity names or IDs to filter the report. Requires EntityListType for format specification. | |
| EntityListType | String | Defines the format for entities in EntityList, such as 'Name' or 'ID'.
The allowed values are LISTID, FULLNAME, LISTIDWITHCHILDREN, FULLNAMEWITHCHILDREN. | |
| ItemType | String | Filters the report to include only specific item types, such as 'Product', 'Service', or 'Inventory'.
The allowed values are NONE, ALLEXCEPTFIXEDASSET, ASSEMBLY, DISCOUNT, FIXEDASSET, INVENTORY, INVENTORYANDASSEMBLY, NONINVENTORY, OTHERCHARGE, PAYMENT, SALES, SALESTAX, SERVICE. | |
| ItemList | String | A list of item names or IDs to filter the report, separated by commas. Requires ItemListType for format specification. | |
| ItemListType | String | Defines the format of items in ItemList, such as 'Name' or 'ID'.
The allowed values are LISTID, FULLNAME, LISTIDWITHCHILDREN, FULLNAMEWITHCHILDREN. | |
| ClassList | String | A list of class names or IDs to filter the report. Specify ClassListType to determine format. | |
| ClassListType | String | Specifies the format of classes in ClassList, such as 'Name' or 'ID'.
The allowed values are LISTID, FULLNAME, LISTIDWITHCHILDREN, FULLNAMEWITHCHILDREN. | |
| TransactionTypes | String | A comma-separated list of transaction types to include in the report. Values include ALL, ARREFUNDCREDITCARD, BILL, BILLPAYMENTCHECK, BILLPAYMENTCREDITCARD, BUILDASSEMBLY, CHARGE, CHECK, CREDITCARDCHARGE, CREDITCARDCREDIT, CREDITMEMO, DEPOSIT, ESTIMATE, INVENTORYADJUSTMENT, INVOICE, ITEMRECEIPT, JOURNALENTRY, LIABILITYADJUSTMENT, PAYCHECK, PAYROLLLIABILITYCHECK, PURCHASEORDER, RECEIVEPAYMENT, SALESORDER, SALESRECEIPT, SALESTAXPAYMENTCHECK, TRANSFER, VENDORCREDIT, YTDADJUSTMENT. | |
| ModifiedDateRange | String | Filters records by modification date within the specified range, formatted as fromdate:todate. Open-ended ranges are supported. | |
| ModifiedDateRangeMacro | String | A macro to filter records based on predefined modification date ranges, such as 'Last Week' or 'This Quarter'.
The allowed values are ALL, TODAY, THISWEEK, THISWEEKTODATE, THISMONTH, THISMONTHTODATE, THISQUARTER, THISQUARTERTODATE, THISYEAR, THISYEARTODATE, YESTERDAY, LASTWEEK, LASTWEEKTODATE, LASTMONTH, LASTMONTHTODATE, LASTQUARTER, LASTQUARTERTODATE, LASTYEAR, LASTYEARTODATE, NEXTWEEK, NEXTFOURWEEKS, NEXTMONTH, NEXTQUARTER, NEXTYEAR. | |
| DetailLevel | String | Specifies the level of detail in the report, such as 'Summary', 'Detail', or 'All'.
The allowed values are ALL, ALLEXCEPTSUMMARY, SUMMARYONLY. | |
| PostingStatus | String | Filters the report to include only 'Posting', 'NonPosting', or both types of transactions.
The allowed values are EITHER, NONPOSTING, POSTING. | |
| ReportAsOf | String | Sets a specific date to calculate balances or other data as of a particular point in time.
The allowed values are REPORTENDDATE, TODAY. | |
| IncludeAccounts | String | Determines whether to include all accounts or only those currently in use. Useful for focusing the report.
The allowed values are ALL, INUSE. | |
| ReportBasis | String | Specifies whether the report is prepared on a 'Cash' basis (based on payment dates) or 'Accrual' basis (based on transaction dates). | |
| IncludeColumns | String | A comma-separated list of columns to include in the report. Supported values include ACCOUNT, AGING, AMOUNT, AMOUNTDIFFERENCE, AVERAGECOST, BILLEDDATE, BILLINGSTATUS, CALCULATEDAMOUNT, CLASS, CLEAREDSTATUS, COSTPRICE, CREDIT, CURRENCY, DATE, DEBIT, DELIVERYDATE, DUEDATE, ESTIMATEACTIVE, EXCHANGERATE, FOB, INCOMESUBJECTTOTAX, INVOICED, ITEM, ITEMDESC, LASTMODIFIEDBY, LATESTORPRIORSTATE, MEMO, MODIFIEDTIME, NAME, NAMEACCOUNTNUMBER, NAMEADDRESS, NAMECITY, NAMECONTACT, NAMEEMAIL, NAMEFAX, NAMEPHONE, NAMESTATE, NAMEZIP, OPENBALANCE, ORIGINALAMOUNT, PAIDAMOUNT, PAIDSTATUS, PAIDTHROUGHDATE, PAYMENTMETHOD, PAYROLLITEM, PONUMBER, PRINTSTATUS, PROGRESSAMOUNT, PROGRESSPERCENT, QUANTITY, QUANTITYAVAILABLE, QUANTITYONHAND, QUANTITYONSALESORDER, RECEIVEDQUANTITY, REFNUMBER, RUNNINGBALANCE, SALESREP, SALESTAXCODE, SHIPDATE, SHIPMETHOD, SOURCENAME, SPLITACCOUNT, SSNORTAXID, TAXLINE, TAXTABLEVERSION, TERMS, TXNID, TXNNUMBER, TXNTYPE, UNITPRICE, USEREDIT, VALUEONHAND, WAGEBASE, WAGEBASETIPS. | |
| SummarizeRowsBy | String | Groups and summarizes rows by a specific category, such as 'Account', 'Customer', or 'Class'. For example, if you set the value to Account, the reports row labels might be Checking, Savings, and so on.
The allowed values are NONE, ACCOUNT, BALANCESHEET, CLASS, CUSTOMER, CUSTOMERTYPE, DAY, EMPLOYEE, FOURWEEK, HALFMONTH, INCOMESTATEMENT, ITEMDETAIL, ITEMTYPE, MONTH, PAYEE, PAYMENTMETHOD, PAYROLLITEMDETAIL, QUARTER, SALESREP, SALESTAXCODE, SHIPMETHOD, TAXLINE, TERMS, TOTALONLY, TWOWEEK, VENDOR, VENDORTYPE, WEEK, YEAR. |
Creates year-to-date Profit and Loss comparison reports, offering insights into financial performance over time.
| Name | Type | References | Description |
| Label | String | The label or title of each row in the Profit and Loss Standard report, providing context for the associated data, such as account names or categories. | |
| Amount | Double | The numerical value in the Profit and Loss Standard report, representing monetary amounts such as revenue, expenses, or totals. | |
| RowType | String | The classification of the row in the report, indicating whether it contains text, numerical data, subtotals, or grand totals. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description | |
| ReportPeriod | String | The date range for the report, specified in the format fromdate:todate. Either value may be omitted for open-ended ranges (for example, 2024-12-25:). Dates must be in the format yyyy-MM-dd. | |
| ReportDateRangeMacro | String | A predefined macro for selecting the report date range, such as 'This Month' or 'Last Fiscal Year'.
The allowed values are ALL, TODAY, THISWEEK, THISWEEKTODATE, THISMONTH, THISMONTHTODATE, THISQUARTER, THISQUARTERTODATE, THISYEAR, THISYEARTODATE, YESTERDAY, LASTWEEK, LASTWEEKTODATE, LASTMONTH, LASTMONTHTODATE, LASTQUARTER, LASTQUARTERTODATE, LASTYEAR, LASTYEARTODATE, NEXTWEEK, NEXTFOURWEEKS, NEXTMONTH, NEXTQUARTER, NEXTYEAR. | |
| AccountType | String | The type of account to include in the report, such as 'Income', 'Expense', or 'Cost of Goods Sold'.
The allowed values are NONE, ACCOUNTSPAYABLE, ACCOUNTSRECEIVABLE, ALLOWEDFOR1099, APANDSALESTAX, APORCREDITCARD, ARANDAP, ASSET, BALANCESHEET, BANK, BANKANDARANDAPANDUF, BANKANDUF, COSTOFSALES, CREDITCARD, CURRENTASSET, CURRENTASSETANDEXPENSE, CURRENTLIABILITY, EQUITY, EQUITYANDINCOMEANDEXPENSE, EXPENSEANDOTHEREXPENSE, FIXEDASSET, INCOMEANDEXPENSE, INCOMEANDOTHERINCOME, LIABILITY, LIABILITYANDEQUITY, LONGTERMLIABILITY, NONPOSTING, ORDINARYEXPENSE, ORDINARYINCOME, ORDINARYINCOMEANDCOGS, ORDINARYINCOMEANDEXPENSE, OTHERASSET, OTHERCURRENTASSET, OTHERCURRENTLIABILITY, OTHEREXPENSE, OTHERINCOME, OTHERINCOMEOREXPENSE. | |
| AccountList | String | A list of account names or IDs to include in the report, separated by commas. When specified, AccountListType must also have a value. | |
| AccountListType | String | Indicates the type of accounts in the AccountList, such as 'Name' or 'ID', to filter the report.
The allowed values are LISTID, FULLNAME, LISTIDWITHCHILDREN, FULLNAMEWITHCHILDREN. | |
| EntityType | String | The type of entity to include in the report, such as 'Customer', 'Vendor', or 'Employee'.
The allowed values are NONE, CUSTOMER, EMPLOYEE, OTHERNAME, VENDOR. | |
| EntityList | String | A comma-separated list of entity names or IDs to filter the report. When specified, EntityListType must also have a value. | |
| EntityListType | String | Specifies the format of the entities in EntityList, such as 'Name' or 'ID'.
The allowed values are LISTID, FULLNAME, LISTIDWITHCHILDREN, FULLNAMEWITHCHILDREN. | |
| ItemType | String | The type of item to include in the report, such as 'Product', 'Service', or 'Inventory'.
The allowed values are NONE, ALLEXCEPTFIXEDASSET, ASSEMBLY, DISCOUNT, FIXEDASSET, INVENTORY, INVENTORYANDASSEMBLY, NONINVENTORY, OTHERCHARGE, PAYMENT, SALES, SALESTAX, SERVICE. | |
| ItemList | String | A list of item names or IDs to filter the report, separated by commas. When specified, ItemListType must also have a value. | |
| ItemListType | String | Defines the format of the items in ItemList, such as 'Name' or 'ID'.
The allowed values are LISTID, FULLNAME, LISTIDWITHCHILDREN, FULLNAMEWITHCHILDREN. | |
| ClassList | String | A comma-separated list of class names or IDs to filter the report. Specify ClassListType to define the format. | |
| ClassListType | String | Defines the format of the classes in ClassList, such as 'Name' or 'ID'.
The allowed values are LISTID, FULLNAME, LISTIDWITHCHILDREN, FULLNAMEWITHCHILDREN. | |
| TransactionTypes | String | A list of transaction types to include in the report, separated by commas. Examples include 'Invoice', 'Bill', and 'SalesReceipt'. Specify 'ALL' for all types. | |
| ModifiedDateRange | String | Filters records by modification date within the specified range, in the format fromdate:todate. Either value can be omitted for open-ended ranges (for example, 2024-12-25:). Dates must follow the format yyyy-MM-dd. | |
| ModifiedDateRangeMacro | String | A predefined macro for filtering records by modified date, such as 'Last 7 Days' or 'This Month'.
The allowed values are ALL, TODAY, THISWEEK, THISWEEKTODATE, THISMONTH, THISMONTHTODATE, THISQUARTER, THISQUARTERTODATE, THISYEAR, THISYEARTODATE, YESTERDAY, LASTWEEK, LASTWEEKTODATE, LASTMONTH, LASTMONTHTODATE, LASTQUARTER, LASTQUARTERTODATE, LASTYEAR, LASTYEARTODATE, NEXTWEEK, NEXTFOURWEEKS, NEXTMONTH, NEXTQUARTER, NEXTYEAR. | |
| DetailLevel | String | Determines the level of detail in the report, such as 'Summary', 'Detail', or 'All'.
The allowed values are ALL, ALLEXCEPTSUMMARY, SUMMARYONLY. | |
| PostingStatus | String | Filters the report by posting status, allowing 'Posting', 'NonPosting', or 'Both'.
The allowed values are EITHER, NONPOSTING, POSTING. | |
| ReportAsOf | String | Sets a specific date to calculate open balance information in the report, such as '2024-12-31'.
The allowed values are REPORTENDDATE, TODAY. | |
| SummarizeColumnsBy | String | Specifies how columns are calculated and labeled, such as by 'Month', 'Quarter', or 'Year'.
The allowed values are NONE, ACCOUNT, BALANCESHEET, CLASS, CUSTOMER, CUSTOMERTYPE, DAY, EMPLOYEE, FOURWEEK, HALFMONTH, INCOMESTATEMENT, ITEMDETAIL, ITEMTYPE, MONTH, PAYEE, PAYMENTMETHOD, PAYROLLITEMDETAIL, QUARTER, SALESREP, SALESTAXCODE, SHIPMETHOD, TERMS, TOTALONLY, TWOWEEK, VENDOR, VENDORTYPE, WEEK, YEAR. | |
| IncludeSubColumns | String | A boolean value that indicates whether to include subcolumns in the report. Set to 'true' to include subcolumns or 'false' to exclude them. | |
| ReportBasis | String | Defines the accounting basis for the report: 'Cash', 'Accrual', or 'None'. Cash basis considers when money changes hands, while accrual basis uses the date of invoices or bills. | |
| ReturnColumns | String | Specifies the type of columns to return: 'Active' for columns with active information, 'Nonzero' for nonzero values, or 'All' for all columns.
The allowed values are NONE, ACTIVEONLY, NONZERO, All. | |
| ReturnRows | String | Specifies the type of rows to include: 'Active' for rows with active information, 'Nonzero' for nonzero values, or 'All' for all rows.
The allowed values are NONE, ACTIVEONLY, NONZERO, All. | |
| ReportCalendar | String | Defines the type of calendar used in the report, such as 'Fiscal Year' or 'Calendar Year'.
The allowed values are NONE, CALENDARYEAR, FISCALYEAR, TAXYEAR. |
Queries transactions linked to QuickBooks Purchase Orders, such as receipts or bills.
Linked transactions are transactions that have been associated with the PurchaseOrder specified by the PurchaseOrderId column.
| Name | Type | References | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | A unique identifier for the linked transaction, formatted as PurchaseOrderId|ItemLineId, for precise tracking of line items within a purchase order. | |
| PurchaseOrderId | String | The unique identifier of the purchase order associated with this linked transaction. | |
| VendorName | String | The name of the vendor to whom this purchase order is issued. Either VendorName or VendorId must be provided when inserting the transaction. | |
| VendorId | String |
Vendors.ID | The QuickBooks ID of the vendor to whom this purchase order is issued. Either VendorId or VendorName must be provided when inserting the transaction. |
| VendorMessage | String | A custom message or note to be included for the vendor, often used for special instructions or additional information. | |
| ReferenceNumber | String | A reference number assigned to the purchase order for tracking or identification purposes. | |
| TxnNumber | Integer | A unique transaction number assigned for additional tracking, distinct from the Quickbooks generated ID. | |
| Date | Date | The date when the purchase order was created or recorded. When used in a WHERE clause, it overrides pseudo-columns StartDate and EndDate. | |
| TransactionId | String | The QuickBooks ID of the transaction linked to this purchase order, such as a bill or payment. | |
| TransactionAmount | Decimal | The monetary value of the linked transaction, representing its total amount. | |
| TransactionDate | Date | The date on which the linked transaction occurred. | |
| TransactionReferenceNumber | String | The reference number associated with the linked transaction, often used for cross-referencing. | |
| TransactionType | String | The specific type of transaction linked to the purchase order, such as 'Bill' or 'Payment'. | |
| TransactionLinkType | String | Indicates the relationship between the purchase order and the linked transaction, such as 'Applied' or 'Referenced'. | |
| TimeModified | Datetime | The date and time when the purchase order was last modified in QuickBooks. | |
| TimeCreated | Datetime | The date and time when the purchase order was initially created in QuickBooks. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description | |
| ItemPriceLevel | String | The name of the item price level associated with the purchase order. Note that QuickBooks does not return this value. |
Generates reports of payments received and ready to be deposited in QuickBooks.
The QuickBooks does not support any filters on the server side. All the columns specified in the WHERE clause of a SELECT query will be processed on the client-side.
For example, the following query processed on the server side:
SELECT * FROM ReceivePaymentToDeposit
| Name | Type | References | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | The unique identifier for the payment transaction, used to distinguish it from others. | |
| TxnType | String | The type of transaction, such as a payment or deposit. | |
| TxnLineID | String | The unique identifier for the specific line within the transaction, useful for tracking individual entries. | |
| CustomerRef_ListID | String |
Customers.ID | The Quickbooks assigned unique ID for the customer associated with this transaction. |
| CustomerRef_FullName | String | The full name of the customer associated with the transaction, as recorded in QuickBooks. | |
| TxnDate | Date | The date when the payment transaction occurred, useful for financial tracking and reconciliation. | |
| RefNumber | String | A reference number assigned to the transaction for identification, such as a check number or payment ID. | |
| Amount | Decimal | The total amount for this transaction, calculated automatically by QuickBooks based on line items or expenses. | |
| CurrencyId | String |
Currency.ID | The unique QuickBooks ID for the currency used in the transaction. This requires QBXML version 8.0 or higher. |
| CurrencyName | String | The name of the currency used for the transaction, such as USD or EUR. Requires QBXML version 8.0 or higher. | |
| ExchangeRate | Double | The market exchange rate applied to convert the transaction's currency into the home currency of the QuickBooks file. | |
| AmountInHomeCurrency | Double | The transaction amount expressed in the company's home currency, after applying the exchange rate. |
Queries transactions linked to QuickBooks Sales Orders, such as associated invoices or shipments.
Linked transactions are transactions that have been associated with the SalesOrder specified by the SalesOrderId column.
| Name | Type | References | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | A unique identifier for the linked transaction in the format SalesOrderId|ItemLineId, combining the sales order ID and the line item ID for clear referencing. | |
| SalesOrderId | String |
SalesOrders.ID | The unique identifier of the sales order associated with the linked transaction. |
| ReferenceNumber | String | The reference number of the sales order, used for tracking and customer communication. | |
| TxnNumber | Integer | The unique transaction number assigned within QuickBooks, distinct from the system-generated ID, for internal reference. | |
| CustomerName | String | The name of the customer associated with this sales order and its linked transactions. | |
| CustomerId | String |
Customers.ID | The unique QuickBooks ID of the customer linked to this sales order and its transactions. |
| Date | Date | The date when the sales order was created or last updated. | |
| TransactionId | String |
Invoices.ID | The QuickBooks ID of the linked transaction, providing a connection between the sales order and the related transaction. |
| TransactionAmount | Decimal | The monetary amount of the linked transaction, such as an invoice or payment related to the sales order. | |
| TransactionDate | Date | The date of the linked transaction, such as when an invoice was issued or a payment was received. | |
| TransactionReferenceNumber | String | The reference number associated with the linked transaction, used for tracking and reconciliation. | |
| TransactionType | String | The type of the linked transaction, such as Invoice, Payment, or Credit Memo, to clarify its role in relation to the sales order. | |
| TransactionLinkType | String | The nature of the link between the sales order and the transaction, such as 'applied to' or 'referenced by.' | |
| TimeModified | Datetime | The last date and time when the sales order or its linked transactions were modified in QuickBooks. | |
| TimeCreated | Datetime | The date and time when the sales order or its linked transactions were initially created in QuickBooks. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description | |
| ItemPriceLevel | String | The price level applied to the items in the linked transactions. QuickBooks does not return this value directly. |
Queries transactions linked to QuickBooks Statement Charges, such as associated payments or invoices.
Linked transactions are transactions that have been associated with the StatementCharge specified by the StatementChargeId column.
| Name | Type | References | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | The unique identifier formatted as StatementChargeId|TransactionLineId. This is used to uniquely identify a specific linked transaction. | |
| StatementChargeId | String | The identifier for the statement charge associated with this transaction. | |
| ReferenceNumber | String | The reference number associated with the statement charge transaction. This value can help track or match the transaction in QuickBooks. | |
| TxnNumber | Integer | The transaction number, which is an additional identifier for the transaction but is not the Quickbooks generated ID. | |
| CustomerName | String | The name of the customer associated with this transaction. This identifies the individual or business linked to the charge. | |
| CustomerId | String |
Customers.ID | The unique identifier for the customer associated with this transaction. This value is used for referencing customers within QuickBooks. |
| Date | Date | The date when the transaction occurred. This represents the main transaction date recorded in QuickBooks. | |
| TransactionId | String | The unique identifier of the linked transaction, used to reference related transactions within QuickBooks. | |
| TransactionAmount | Decimal | The monetary amount associated with the linked transaction. This represents the value of the transaction. | |
| TransactionDate | Date | The date when the linked transaction occurred. This provides the timeline for the linked transaction. | |
| TransactionReferenceNumber | String | The reference number of the linked transaction. This is typically used for tracking or cross-referencing purposes. | |
| TransactionType | String | The type of transaction linked to the statement charge. For example, this could include types such as Invoice, Credit Memo, or Payment. | |
| TransactionLinkType | String | The relationship between the statement charge and the linked transaction. This specifies how the transactions are connected. | |
| TimeModified | Datetime | The date and time when the statement charge was last modified. This indicates the most recent update to the record. | |
| TimeCreated | Datetime | The date and time when the statement charge was initially created in QuickBooks. |
Queries QuickBooks templates for transactions, invoices, or reports, enabling customization and standardization.
| Name | Type | References | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | The unique identifier for the template. This field is used to uniquely reference each template in QuickBooks. | |
| Name | String | The name of the template, which is used to identify the template within QuickBooks. | |
| IsActive | Boolean | A boolean value indicating whether the template is currently active. True means the template is active and available for use; false means it is inactive. | |
| TemplateType | String | The type of template being described. The allowed values are BuildAssembly, CreditMemo, Estimate, Invoice, PurchaseOrder, SalesOrder, or SalesReceipt. This defines the template's purpose within QuickBooks. | |
| EditSequence | String | A string that tracks the version of the template. This value is updated each time the template is modified to ensure version control. | |
| TimeCreated | Datetime | The date and time when the template was initially created in QuickBooks. | |
| TimeModified | Datetime | The date and time when the template was last updated in QuickBooks. |
Queries QuickBooks transactions by type, entity, account, or other attributes, providing detailed financial activity tracking. You can search Transactions using a number of values including Type, Entity, Account, ReferenceNumber, Item, Class, Date, and TimeModified.
| Name | Type | References | Description |
| ID | String | The unique identifier for this transaction, assigned by QuickBooks. It is used to distinguish this transaction from others. | |
| TxnLineId | String | The unique identifier for the individual line item within this transaction. | |
| Type | String | The type of transaction, such as Invoice, Bill, Payment, or CreditMemo. | |
| Date | Date | The date of the transaction in the format YYYY-MM-DD. This field is required when inserting a transaction. | |
| Entity | String | The name of the entity associated with the transaction, such as a customer, vendor, employee, or other name. | |
| EntityId | String | The unique identifier (Id) of the entity associated with the transaction, such as a customer, vendor, employee, or other name. | |
| AccountName | String | The name of the account associated with the transaction, such as Checking, Accounts Receivable, or Inventory. | |
| AccountId | String |
Accounts.ID | The unique identifier (Id) of the account associated with the transaction. |
| ReferenceNumber | String | A reference number for the transaction, if applicable, such as a check number or invoice number. | |
| Amount | Decimal | The total monetary amount for this transaction, in the transaction's currency. | |
| CurrencyName | String | The name of the currency used for this transaction, such as USD or CAD. Requires QBXML Version 8.0 or higher. | |
| CurrencyId | String |
Currency.ID | The unique identifier (Id) of the currency used for this transaction. Requires QBXML Version 8.0 or higher. |
| ExchangeRate | Double | The exchange rate for converting the transaction's currency into the home currency of the QuickBooks company file. | |
| AmountInHomeCurrency | Decimal | The amount of the transaction converted into the home currency of the QuickBooks company file. | |
| Memo | String | Additional information or notes related to the transaction, as entered in the memo field. | |
| TimeModified | Datetime | The date and time when the transaction was last modified, in the format YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS. | |
| TimeCreated | Datetime | The date and time when the transaction was originally created, in the format YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS. |
Pseudo Column fields are used in the WHERE clause of SELECT statements and offer a more granular control over the tuples that are returned from the data source.
| Name | Type | Description | |
| ItemName | String | The name of the item appearing in the transaction, such as a product or service. | |
| ItemId | String | The unique identifier (Id) of the item appearing in the transaction. | |
| ClassName | String | The name of the class applied to the transaction, used for categorizing income or expenses. | |
| ClassId | String | The unique identifier (Id) of the class applied to the transaction. | |
| PostingStatus | String | Indicates whether the transaction has been posted to the ledger. Values can include Posted or NonPosting.
The allowed values are Either, NonPosting, Posting. The default value is Either. | |
| PaidStatus | String | Specifies whether the transaction has been fully paid. Use true for paid transactions and false for unpaid transactions. | |
| DetailLevel | String | Defines the level of detail to include in the returned transactions. Options include Summary or FullDetail.
The allowed values are All, AllExceptSummary, SummaryOnly. The default value is SummaryOnly. |
Queries transactions linked to QuickBooks Vendor Credits, such as associated bills or payments.
Linked transactions are transactions that have been associated with the VendorCredit specified by the VendorCreditId column.
| Name | Type | References | Description |
| ID [KEY] | String | The unique identifier for the linked transaction, formatted as VendorCreditId|ItemLineId to combine the vendor credit ID and the linked item line ID. | |
| VendorCreditId | String | The unique identifier of the VendorCredit transaction associated with the linked transaction. | |
| VendorName | String | The name of the vendor associated with this transaction. Either VendorName or VendorId must be provided when inserting. | |
| VendorId | String |
Vendors.ID | The unique identifier of the vendor associated with this transaction. Either VendorName or VendorId must be provided when inserting. |
| Date | Date | The date of the vendor credit transaction in the format YYYY-MM-DD. Overrides StartDate and EndDate pseudo columns when specified in a WHERE clause. | |
| TxnNumber | Integer | An identifying number for the transaction, distinct from the Quickbooks generated ID. | |
| ReferenceNumber | String | The reference number assigned to this vendor credit transaction. | |
| TransactionId | String |
Bills.ID | The unique identifier of the linked transaction associated with this vendor credit. |
| TransactionAmount | Decimal | The amount involved in the linked transaction. | |
| TransactionDate | Date | The date of the linked transaction in the format YYYY-MM-DD. | |
| TransactionReferenceNumber | String | The reference number assigned to the linked transaction. | |
| TransactionType | String | The type of the linked transaction, such as Bill, Payment, or JournalEntry. | |
| TransactionLinkType | String | Describes the link type between the vendor credit and the linked transaction, indicating the nature of their relationship. | |
| TimeModified | Datetime | The date and time when the vendor credit was last modified, in the format YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS. | |
| TimeCreated | Datetime | The date and time when the vendor credit was created, in the format YYYY-MM-DD HH:MM:SS. |
The Sync App maps types from the data source to the corresponding data type available in the schema. The table below documents these mappings.
| QuickBooks | CData Schema |
| AMTTYPE | float |
| BOOLTYPE | bool |
| DATETIMETYPE | datetime |
| DATETYPE | date |
| FLOATTYPE | float |
| IDTYPE | string |
| INTTYPE | int |
| PERCENTTYPE | float |
| QUANTYPE | float |
| STRTYPE | string |
| TIMEINTERVALTYPE | datetime |
Some of the tables in QuickBooks allow you to define your own fields. These fields are represented as the Custom Fields column. You can use this column to modify all your custom fields.
Custom fields are a special case with the Sync App. QuickBooks will only return custom fields if they have a value, and will return nothing if no custom fields are set. Custom fields are represented in XML like so:
<CustomField><Name>Custom Field Name</Name><Value>Custom Field Value</Value></CustomField>
To clear a custom field, submit the custom field name without a value. For instance:
<CustomField><Name>Custom Field Name</Name><Value></Value></CustomField>
The connection string properties are the various options that can be used to establish a connection. This section provides a complete list of the options you can configure in the connection string for this provider. Click the links for further details.
For more information on establishing a connection, see Establishing a Connection.
| Property | Description |
| CompanyFile | Specifies the QuickBooks company file the provider uses during the connection. |
| ApplicationName | Specifies the name of the application connecting to QuickBooks. |
| Property | Description |
| User | Specifies the username required to authenticate the connection to the QuickBooks Gateway. |
| Password | Specifies the password required to authenticate with the QuickBooks Gateway. |
| URL | Specifies the URL where the QuickBooks Gateway is running. This is the endpoint the driver uses to communicate with QuickBooks Desktop. |
| Property | Description |
| SSLServerCert | Specifies the certificate to be accepted from the server when connecting using TLS/SSL. |
| Property | Description |
| FirewallType | Specifies the protocol the provider uses to tunnel traffic through a proxy-based firewall. |
| FirewallServer | Identifies the IP address, DNS name, or host name of a proxy used to traverse a firewall and relay user queries to network resources. |
| FirewallPort | Specifies the TCP port to be used for a proxy-based firewall. |
| FirewallUser | Identifies the user ID of the account authenticating to a proxy-based firewall. |
| FirewallPassword | Specifies the password of the user account authenticating to a proxy-based firewall. |
| Property | Description |
| ProxyAutoDetect | Specifies whether the provider checks your system proxy settings for existing proxy server configurations, rather than using a manually specified proxy server. |
| ProxyServer | The hostname or IP address of the proxy server that you want to route HTTP traffic through. |
| ProxyPort | The TCP port on your specified proxy server (set in the ProxyServer connection property) that has been reserved for routing HTTP traffic to and from the client. |
| ProxyAuthScheme | Specifies the authentication method the provider uses when authenticating to the proxy server specified in the ProxyServer connection property. |
| ProxyUser | The username of a user account registered with the proxy server specified in the ProxyServer connection property. |
| ProxyPassword | The password associated with the user specified in the ProxyUser connection property. |
| ProxySSLType | The SSL type to use when connecting to the proxy server specified in the ProxyServer connection property. |
| ProxyExceptions | A semicolon separated list of destination hostnames or IPs that are exempt from connecting through the proxy server set in the ProxyServer connection property. |
| Property | Description |
| LogModules | Specifies the core modules to include in the log file. Use a semicolon-separated list of module names. By default, all modules are logged. |
| Property | Description |
| Location | Specifies the location of a directory containing schema files that define tables, views, and stored procedures. Depending on your service's requirements, this may be expressed as either an absolute path or a relative path. |
| BrowsableSchemas | Optional setting that restricts the schemas reported to a subset of all available schemas. For example, BrowsableSchemas=SchemaA,SchemaB,SchemaC . |
| Tables | Optional setting that restricts the tables reported to a subset of all available tables. For example, Tables=TableA,TableB,TableC . |
| Views | Optional setting that restricts the views reported to a subset of the available tables. For example, Views=ViewA,ViewB,ViewC . |
| Property | Description |
| CustomFieldMode | Specifies the format used to display custom fields in the data. Choose between the traditional XML format for compatibility with older systems or the compact JSON format for modern tools and databases. |
| DelayAfterClose | Specifies the delay, in milliseconds, applied after closing a connection to QuickBooks. |
| IncludeLineItems | Specifies whether to include Line Item details when retrieving base transactions, such as invoices, from QuickBooks. |
| IncludeLinkedTxns | Specifies whether to include Linked Transactions when retrieving base transactions, such as invoices, from QuickBooks. |
| MaxRows | Specifies the maximum rows returned for queries without aggregation or GROUP BY. |
| Other | Specifies additional hidden properties for specific use cases. These are not required for typical provider functionality. Use a semicolon-separated list to define multiple properties. |
| Pagesize | Specifies the maximum number of results to return from QuickBooks, per page. This setting overrides the default page size set by the datasource, which is optimized for most use cases. |
| PseudoColumns | Specifies the pseudocolumns to expose as table columns. Use the format 'TableName=ColumnName;TableName=ColumnName'. The default is an empty string, which disables this property. |
| QBXMLVersion | Specifies the version of QBXML used in outgoing messages for interacting with QuickBooks Desktop Edition. |
| Timeout | Specifies the maximum time, in seconds, that the provider waits for a server response before throwing a timeout error. The default is 60 seconds. Set to 0 to disable the timeout. |
| UserDefinedViews | Specifies a filepath to a JSON configuration file defining custom views. The provider automatically detects and uses the views specified in this file. |
| UseRDS | Specifies whether the provider connects to QuickBooks using Remote Data Sharing (RDS). This setting is incompatible with connections made through the QuickBooks Gateway. |
This section provides a complete list of the Authentication properties you can configure in the connection string for this provider.
| Property | Description |
| CompanyFile | Specifies the QuickBooks company file the provider uses during the connection. |
| ApplicationName | Specifies the name of the application connecting to QuickBooks. |
Specifies the QuickBooks company file the provider uses during the connection.
Set this property to define the QuickBooks CompanyFile for the connection. When QuickBooks is not already running, the Sync App launches QuickBooks and opens the specified file in the background. If QuickBooks is already running, the Sync App uses the currently open CompanyFile. Specifying a different file in this case results in an error.
For remote connections, this property is ignored. Instead, specify the CompanyFile when creating the QuickBooks Gateway user. Ensure the file path is correct and accessible to avoid connection issues.
Specifies the name of the application connecting to QuickBooks.
During the initial connection, QuickBooks prompts the user to authorize or deny access to the application, displaying this name. Ensure the name accurately reflects your application to avoid confusion for end users. This property is useful for customizing the application's identity during the authorization process.
This section provides a complete list of the Remote properties you can configure in the connection string for this provider.
| Property | Description |
| User | Specifies the username required to authenticate the connection to the QuickBooks Gateway. |
| Password | Specifies the password required to authenticate with the QuickBooks Gateway. |
| URL | Specifies the URL where the QuickBooks Gateway is running. This is the endpoint the driver uses to communicate with QuickBooks Desktop. |
Specifies the username required to authenticate the connection to the QuickBooks Gateway.
This property is applicable only when user authentication is enabled for the QuickBooks Gateway. If authentication is not required, this property can be left blank. Ensure the username matches the credentials configured in the QuickBooks Gateway to avoid authentication errors.
Specifies the password required to authenticate with the QuickBooks Gateway.
This property specifies the password used for authentication when connecting to the QuickBooks Gateway. The password is required only if the Gateway is configured to enforce user authentication.
Ensure the password matches the credentials set during the Gateway setup process. If authentication is not enabled on the Gateway, this property can remain blank. Use secure storage practices to manage the password and avoid unauthorized access.
This property is useful for securing QuickBooks Gateway connections, ensuring that only authorized users can access the service.
Specifies the URL where the QuickBooks Gateway is running. This is the endpoint the driver uses to communicate with QuickBooks Desktop.
Set this property to the URL where the QuickBooks Gateway is hosted. The QuickBooks Gateway acts as a lightweight HTTP server that proxies requests between the driver and QuickBooks Desktop. The default URL for the QuickBooks Gateway is http://localhost:8166, where localhost represents the machine running QuickBooks Desktop, and 8166 is the default port.
If QuickBooks Desktop is running on a different machine, replace localhost with the machine's name or IP address. Ensure that the QuickBooks Gateway is running and accessible at the specified URL.
This property is useful for establishing the connection between the driver and QuickBooks Desktop, particularly when the QuickBooks Gateway is hosted on a remote machine or non-default port.
This section provides a complete list of the SSL properties you can configure in the connection string for this provider.
| Property | Description |
| SSLServerCert | Specifies the certificate to be accepted from the server when connecting using TLS/SSL. |
Specifies the certificate to be accepted from the server when connecting using TLS/SSL.
If using a TLS/SSL connection, this property can be used to specify the TLS/SSL certificate to be accepted from the QuickBooks Gateway. Any other certificate that is not trusted by the machine is rejected.
This property can take the following forms:
| Description | Example |
| A full PEM Certificate (example shortened for brevity) | -----BEGIN CERTIFICATE----- MIIChTCCAe4CAQAwDQYJKoZIhv......Qw== -----END CERTIFICATE----- |
| A path to a local file containing the certificate | C:\cert.cer |
This section provides a complete list of the Firewall properties you can configure in the connection string for this provider.
| Property | Description |
| FirewallType | Specifies the protocol the provider uses to tunnel traffic through a proxy-based firewall. |
| FirewallServer | Identifies the IP address, DNS name, or host name of a proxy used to traverse a firewall and relay user queries to network resources. |
| FirewallPort | Specifies the TCP port to be used for a proxy-based firewall. |
| FirewallUser | Identifies the user ID of the account authenticating to a proxy-based firewall. |
| FirewallPassword | Specifies the password of the user account authenticating to a proxy-based firewall. |
Specifies the protocol the provider uses to tunnel traffic through a proxy-based firewall.
A proxy-based firewall (or proxy firewall) is a network security device that acts as an intermediary between user requests and the resources they access. The proxy accepts the request of an authenticated user, tunnels through the firewall, and transmits the request to the appropriate server.
Because the proxy evaluates and transfers data backets on behalf of the requesting users, the users never connect directly with the servers, only with the proxy.
Note: By default, the Sync App connects to the system proxy. To disable this behavior and connect to one of the following proxy types, set ProxyAutoDetect to false.
The following table provides port number information for each of the supported protocols.
| Protocol | Default Port | Description |
| TUNNEL | 80 | The port where the Sync App opens a connection to QuickBooks. Traffic flows back and forth via the proxy at this location. |
| SOCKS4 | 1080 | The port where the Sync App opens a connection to QuickBooks. SOCKS 4 then passes theFirewallUser value to the proxy, which determines whether the connection request should be granted. |
| SOCKS5 | 1080 | The port where the Sync App sends data to QuickBooks. If the SOCKS 5 proxy requires authentication, set FirewallUser and FirewallPassword to credentials the proxy recognizes. |
To connect to HTTP proxies, use ProxyServer and ProxyPort. To authenticate to HTTP proxies, use ProxyAuthScheme, ProxyUser, and ProxyPassword.
Identifies the IP address, DNS name, or host name of a proxy used to traverse a firewall and relay user queries to network resources.
A proxy-based firewall (or proxy firewall) is a network security device that acts as an intermediary between user requests and the resources they access. The proxy accepts the request of an authenticated user, tunnels through the firewall, and transmits the request to the appropriate server.
Because the proxy evaluates and transfers data backets on behalf of the requesting users, the users never connect directly with the servers, only with the proxy.
Specifies the TCP port to be used for a proxy-based firewall.
A proxy-based firewall (or proxy firewall) is a network security device that acts as an intermediary between user requests and the resources they access. The proxy accepts the request of an authenticated user, tunnels through the firewall, and transmits the request to the appropriate server.
Because the proxy evaluates and transfers data backets on behalf of the requesting users, the users never connect directly with the servers, only with the proxy.
Identifies the user ID of the account authenticating to a proxy-based firewall.
A proxy-based firewall (or proxy firewall) is a network security device that acts as an intermediary between user requests and the resources they access. The proxy accepts the request of an authenticated user, tunnels through the firewall, and transmits the request to the appropriate server.
Because the proxy evaluates and transfers data backets on behalf of the requesting users, the users never connect directly with the servers, only with the proxy.
Specifies the password of the user account authenticating to a proxy-based firewall.
A proxy-based firewall (or proxy firewall) is a network security device that acts as an intermediary between user requests and the resources they access. The proxy accepts the request of an authenticated user, tunnels through the firewall, and transmits the request to the appropriate server.
Because the proxy evaluates and transfers data backets on behalf of the requesting users, the users never connect directly with the servers, only with the proxy.
This section provides a complete list of the Proxy properties you can configure in the connection string for this provider.
| Property | Description |
| ProxyAutoDetect | Specifies whether the provider checks your system proxy settings for existing proxy server configurations, rather than using a manually specified proxy server. |
| ProxyServer | The hostname or IP address of the proxy server that you want to route HTTP traffic through. |
| ProxyPort | The TCP port on your specified proxy server (set in the ProxyServer connection property) that has been reserved for routing HTTP traffic to and from the client. |
| ProxyAuthScheme | Specifies the authentication method the provider uses when authenticating to the proxy server specified in the ProxyServer connection property. |
| ProxyUser | The username of a user account registered with the proxy server specified in the ProxyServer connection property. |
| ProxyPassword | The password associated with the user specified in the ProxyUser connection property. |
| ProxySSLType | The SSL type to use when connecting to the proxy server specified in the ProxyServer connection property. |
| ProxyExceptions | A semicolon separated list of destination hostnames or IPs that are exempt from connecting through the proxy server set in the ProxyServer connection property. |
Specifies whether the provider checks your system proxy settings for existing proxy server configurations, rather than using a manually specified proxy server.
When this connection property is set to True, the Sync App checks your system proxy settings for existing proxy server configurations (no need to manually supply proxy server details).
This connection property takes precedence over other proxy settings. Set to False if you want to manually configure the Sync App to connect to a specific proxy server.
To connect to an HTTP proxy, see ProxyServer. For other proxies, such as SOCKS or tunneling, see FirewallType.
The hostname or IP address of the proxy server that you want to route HTTP traffic through.
The Sync App only routes HTTP traffic through the proxy server specified in this connection property when ProxyAutoDetect is set to False. If ProxyAutoDetect is set to True, which is the default, the Sync App instead routes HTTP traffic through the proxy server specified in your system proxy settings.
The TCP port on your specified proxy server (set in the ProxyServer connection property) that has been reserved for routing HTTP traffic to and from the client.
The Sync App only routes HTTP traffic through the proxy server port specified in this connection property when ProxyAutoDetect is set to False. If ProxyAutoDetect is set to True, which is the default, the Sync App instead routes HTTP traffic through the proxy server port specified in your system proxy settings.
For other proxy types, see FirewallType.
Specifies the authentication method the provider uses when authenticating to the proxy server specified in the ProxyServer connection property.
The authentication type can be one of the following:
For all values other than "NONE", you must also set the ProxyUser and ProxyPassword connection properties.
If you need to use another authentication type, such as SOCKS 5 authentication, see FirewallType.
The username of a user account registered with the proxy server specified in the ProxyServer connection property.
The ProxyUser and ProxyPassword connection properties are used to connect and authenticate against the HTTP proxy specified in ProxyServer.
After selecting one of the available authentication types in ProxyAuthScheme, set this property as follows:
| ProxyAuthScheme Value | Value to set for ProxyUser |
| BASIC | The user name of a user registered with the proxy server. |
| DIGEST | The user name of a user registered with the proxy server. |
| NEGOTIATE | The username of a Windows user who is a valid user in the domain or trusted domain that the proxy server is part of, in the format user@domain or domain\user. |
| NTLM | The username of a Windows user who is a valid user in the domain or trusted domain that the proxy server is part of, in the format user@domain or domain\user. |
| NONE | Do not set the ProxyPassword connection property. |
The Sync App only uses this username if ProxyAutoDetect is set to False. If ProxyAutoDetect is set to True, which is the default, the Sync App instead uses the username specified in your system proxy settings.
The password associated with the user specified in the ProxyUser connection property.
The ProxyUser and ProxyPassword connection properties are used to connect and authenticate against the HTTP proxy specified in ProxyServer.
After selecting one of the available authentication types in ProxyAuthScheme, set this property as follows:
| ProxyAuthScheme Value | Value to set for ProxyPassword |
| BASIC | The password associated with the proxy server user specified in ProxyUser. |
| DIGEST | The password associated with the proxy server user specified in ProxyUser. |
| NEGOTIATE | The password associated with the Windows user account specified in ProxyUser. |
| NTLM | The password associated with the Windows user account specified in ProxyUser. |
| NONE | Do not set the ProxyPassword connection property. |
For SOCKS 5 authentication or tunneling, see FirewallType.
The Sync App only uses this password if ProxyAutoDetect is set to False. If ProxyAutoDetect is set to True, which is the default, the Sync App instead uses the password specified in your system proxy settings.
The SSL type to use when connecting to the proxy server specified in the ProxyServer connection property.
This property determines when to use SSL for the connection to the HTTP proxy specified by ProxyServer. You can set this connection property to the following values :
| AUTO | Default setting. If ProxyServer is set to an HTTPS URL, the Sync App uses the TUNNEL option. If ProxyServer is set to an HTTP URL, the component uses the NEVER option. |
| ALWAYS | The connection is always SSL enabled. |
| NEVER | The connection is not SSL enabled. |
| TUNNEL | The connection is made through a tunneling proxy. The proxy server opens a connection to the remote host and traffic flows back and forth through the proxy. |
A semicolon separated list of destination hostnames or IPs that are exempt from connecting through the proxy server set in the ProxyServer connection property.
The ProxyServer is used for all addresses, except for addresses defined in this property. Use semicolons to separate entries.
Note that the Sync App uses the system proxy settings by default, without further configuration needed. If you want to explicitly configure proxy exceptions for this connection, set ProxyAutoDetect to False.
This section provides a complete list of the Logging properties you can configure in the connection string for this provider.
| Property | Description |
| LogModules | Specifies the core modules to include in the log file. Use a semicolon-separated list of module names. By default, all modules are logged. |
Specifies the core modules to include in the log file. Use a semicolon-separated list of module names. By default, all modules are logged.
This property lets you customize the log file content by specifying the logging modules to include. Logging modules categorize logged information into distinct areas, such as query execution, metadata, or SSL communication. Each module is represented by a four-character code, with some requiring a trailing space for three-letter names.
For example, EXEC logs query execution, and INFO logs general provider messages. To include multiple modules, separate their names with semicolons as follows: INFO;EXEC;SSL.
The Verbosity connection property takes precedence over the module-based filtering specified by this property. Only log entries that meet the verbosity level and belong to the specified modules are logged. Leave this property blank to include all available modules in the log file.
For a complete list of available modules and detailed guidance on configuring logging, refer to the Advanced Logging section in Logging.
This section provides a complete list of the Schema properties you can configure in the connection string for this provider.
| Property | Description |
| Location | Specifies the location of a directory containing schema files that define tables, views, and stored procedures. Depending on your service's requirements, this may be expressed as either an absolute path or a relative path. |
| BrowsableSchemas | Optional setting that restricts the schemas reported to a subset of all available schemas. For example, BrowsableSchemas=SchemaA,SchemaB,SchemaC . |
| Tables | Optional setting that restricts the tables reported to a subset of all available tables. For example, Tables=TableA,TableB,TableC . |
| Views | Optional setting that restricts the views reported to a subset of the available tables. For example, Views=ViewA,ViewB,ViewC . |
Specifies the location of a directory containing schema files that define tables, views, and stored procedures. Depending on your service's requirements, this may be expressed as either an absolute path or a relative path.
The Location property is only needed if you want to either customize definitions (for example, change a column name, ignore a column, etc.) or extend the data model with new tables, views, or stored procedures.
If left unspecified, the default location is %APPDATA%\\CData\\QuickBooks Data Provider\\Schema, where %APPDATA% is set to the user's configuration directory:
| Platform | %APPDATA% |
| Windows | The value of the APPDATA environment variable |
| Linux | ~/.config |
Optional setting that restricts the schemas reported to a subset of all available schemas. For example, BrowsableSchemas=SchemaA,SchemaB,SchemaC .
Listing all available database schemas can take extra time, thus degrading performance. Providing a list of schemas in the connection string saves time and improves performance.
Optional setting that restricts the tables reported to a subset of all available tables. For example, Tables=TableA,TableB,TableC .
Listing all available tables from some databases can take extra time, thus degrading performance. Providing a list of tables in the connection string saves time and improves performance.
If there are lots of tables available and you already know which ones you want to work with, you can use this property to restrict your viewing to only those tables. To do this, specify the tables you want in a comma-separated list. Each table should be a valid SQL identifier with any special characters escaped using square brackets, double-quotes or backticks. For example, Tables=TableA,[TableB/WithSlash],WithCatalog.WithSchema.`TableC With Space`.
Note: If you are connecting to a data source with multiple schemas or catalogs, you must specify each table you want to view by its fully qualified name. This avoids ambiguity between tables that may exist in multiple catalogs or schemas.
Optional setting that restricts the views reported to a subset of the available tables. For example, Views=ViewA,ViewB,ViewC .
Listing all available views from some databases can take extra time, thus degrading performance. Providing a list of views in the connection string saves time and improves performance.
If there are lots of views available and you already know which ones you want to work with, you can use this property to restrict your viewing to only those views. To do this, specify the views you want in a comma-separated list. Each view should be a valid SQL identifier with any special characters escaped using square brackets, double-quotes or backticks. For example, Views=ViewA,[ViewB/WithSlash],WithCatalog.WithSchema.`ViewC With Space`.
Note: If you are connecting to a data source with multiple schemas or catalogs, you must specify each view you want to examine by its fully qualified name. This avoids ambiguity between views that may exist in multiple catalogs or schemas.
This section provides a complete list of the Miscellaneous properties you can configure in the connection string for this provider.
| Property | Description |
| CustomFieldMode | Specifies the format used to display custom fields in the data. Choose between the traditional XML format for compatibility with older systems or the compact JSON format for modern tools and databases. |
| DelayAfterClose | Specifies the delay, in milliseconds, applied after closing a connection to QuickBooks. |
| IncludeLineItems | Specifies whether to include Line Item details when retrieving base transactions, such as invoices, from QuickBooks. |
| IncludeLinkedTxns | Specifies whether to include Linked Transactions when retrieving base transactions, such as invoices, from QuickBooks. |
| MaxRows | Specifies the maximum rows returned for queries without aggregation or GROUP BY. |
| Other | Specifies additional hidden properties for specific use cases. These are not required for typical provider functionality. Use a semicolon-separated list to define multiple properties. |
| Pagesize | Specifies the maximum number of results to return from QuickBooks, per page. This setting overrides the default page size set by the datasource, which is optimized for most use cases. |
| PseudoColumns | Specifies the pseudocolumns to expose as table columns. Use the format 'TableName=ColumnName;TableName=ColumnName'. The default is an empty string, which disables this property. |
| QBXMLVersion | Specifies the version of QBXML used in outgoing messages for interacting with QuickBooks Desktop Edition. |
| Timeout | Specifies the maximum time, in seconds, that the provider waits for a server response before throwing a timeout error. The default is 60 seconds. Set to 0 to disable the timeout. |
| UserDefinedViews | Specifies a filepath to a JSON configuration file defining custom views. The provider automatically detects and uses the views specified in this file. |
| UseRDS | Specifies whether the provider connects to QuickBooks using Remote Data Sharing (RDS). This setting is incompatible with connections made through the QuickBooks Gateway. |
Specifies the format used to display custom fields in the data. Choose between the traditional XML format for compatibility with older systems or the compact JSON format for modern tools and databases.
This property defines how custom fields are formatted in query results, allowing you to adapt the data presentation to your application's needs. When set to XML, custom fields are displayed in an XML structure, which is suitable for legacy systems and tools that process hierarchical XML data. When set to JSON, custom fields are presented in a compact, modern JSON structure, making it ideal for applications and databases that prioritize lightweight data processing.
Selecting the appropriate format can simplify integration and improve performance in workflows that involve storage or data transformation. Choose XML for broader compatibility and JSON for more efficient handling of custom fields in contemporary environments.
Specifies the delay, in milliseconds, applied after closing a connection to QuickBooks.
This property sets a delay, measured in milliseconds, after each connection to QuickBooks is closed. It can be useful for addressing internal errors, particularly those related to automatic login or connection stability. Setting this property to a positive value allows QuickBooks additional time to reset its internal state before new connection attempts are made.
Use this property sparingly, as excessive delays may impact the overall responsiveness of your application. A typical use case involves troubleshooting scenarios where QuickBooks experiences repeated errors during connection attempts. For example, a delay of 2000 introduces a 2-second pause after closing each connection.
Specifies whether to include Line Item details when retrieving base transactions, such as invoices, from QuickBooks.
Setting this property to true ensures that each transaction includes its associated Line Items, providing comprehensive transaction data in a single query. If set to false, Line Item details are excluded from base transaction responses. This can improve performance by reducing the amount of data retrieved, particularly when working with large datasets or when Line Item details are not needed.
This property is useful for customizing the level of detail included in transaction data. Use it to balance performance and data comprehensiveness based on your application's requirements.
Specifies whether to include Linked Transactions when retrieving base transactions, such as invoices, from QuickBooks.
This property specifies whether Linked Transactions are included when querying base transactions like invoices and sales receipts in QuickBooks. When set to true, each base transaction includes its associated Linked Transactions, providing a more complete view of related transactions. If set to false, Linked Transactions are excluded from base transaction responses. This setting typically improves performance by reducing the data volume retrieved, especially when Linked Transactions are not required for your use case.
This property is useful for tailoring the detail level in transaction data, allowing you to balance performance with data completeness based on application needs.
Specifies the maximum rows returned for queries without aggregation or GROUP BY.
This property sets an upper limit on the number of rows the Sync App returns for queries that do not include aggregation or GROUP BY clauses. This limit ensures that queries do not return excessively large result sets by default.
When a query includes a LIMIT clause, the value specified in the query takes precedence over the MaxRows setting. If MaxRows is set to "-1", no row limit is enforced unless a LIMIT clause is explicitly included in the query.
This property is useful for optimizing performance and preventing excessive resource consumption when executing queries that could otherwise return very large datasets.
Specifies additional hidden properties for specific use cases. These are not required for typical provider functionality. Use a semicolon-separated list to define multiple properties.
This property allows advanced users to configure hidden properties for specialized scenarios. These settings are not required for normal use cases but can address unique requirements or provide additional functionality. Multiple properties can be defined in a semicolon-separated list.
Note: It is strongly recommended to set these properties only when advised by the support team to address specific scenarios or issues.
Specify multiple properties in a semicolon-separated list.
| DefaultColumnSize | Sets the default length of string fields when the data source does not provide column length in the metadata. The default value is 2000. |
| ConvertDateTimeToGMT | Determines whether to convert date-time values to GMT, instead of the local time of the machine. |
| RecordToFile=filename | Records the underlying socket data transfer to the specified file. |
Specifies the maximum number of results to return from QuickBooks, per page. This setting overrides the default page size set by the datasource, which is optimized for most use cases.
You may want to adjust the default pagesize to optimize results for a particular object or service endpoint you are querying. Be aware that increasing the page size may improve performance, but it could also result in higher memory consumption per page.
Specifies the pseudocolumns to expose as table columns. Use the format 'TableName=ColumnName;TableName=ColumnName'. The default is an empty string, which disables this property.
This property allows you to define which pseudocolumns the Sync App exposes as table columns.
To specify individual pseudocolumns, use the following format: "Table1=Column1;Table1=Column2;Table2=Column3"
To include all pseudocolumns for all tables use: "*=*"
Specifies the version of QBXML used in outgoing messages for interacting with QuickBooks Desktop Edition.
This property specifies the QBXML version used in outgoing messages. The default value, "QBDEFAULT," enables compatibility with QuickBooks Desktop by aligning with a QBXML version supported by the installation. For most requests and QuickBooks versions that support integrated applications, using a value of "1.1" is sufficient unless otherwise noted in the documentation.
Since 2002, each release of QuickBooks has included a corresponding version of the QuickBooks SDK, starting with version 1.0 for QuickBooks 2002, 2.0 for QuickBooks 2003, and continuing incrementally. Each newer QuickBooks version maintains backward compatibility with earlier SDK versions, meaning requests using SDK version 1.1 are supported across all QuickBooks versions. However, to access features introduced in newer QuickBooks versions, you must use the corresponding SDK version. The following table lists QuickBooks versions and their associated QBXML versions for reference:
| QuickBooks 2002 | 1.0, 1.1 |
| QuickBooks 2003 | 2.0 |
| QuickBooks 2004 | 3.0 |
| QuickBooks 2005 | 4.0, 4.1 |
| QuickBooks 2006 | 5.0 |
| QuickBooks 2007 | 6.0 |
| QuickBooks 2008 | 7.0 |
| QuickBooks 2009 | 8.0 |
| QuickBooks 2010 | 9.0 |
| QuickBooks 2011 | 10.0 |
| QuickBooks 2012 | 11.0 |
| QuickBooks 2013 | 12.0 |
| QuickBooks 2014 | 13.0 |
| QuickBooks 2018 | 14.0 |
| QuickBooks 2022 | 15.0 |
| QuickBooks 2023 | 16.0 |
In addition, versions of QuickBooks outside of the U.S. released before QuickBooks 2008 adhere to a different version of the QuickBooks SDK. These versions were updated with less frequency than the U.S. SDK and may omit features introduced in later releases:
| QuickBooks Canadian 2003 | CA2.0 |
| QuickBooks Canadian 2004 to 2007 | CA3.0 |
| QuickBooks UK 2003 | UK2.0 |
| QuickBooks UK 2004 to 2007 | UK3.0 |
| QuickBooks Australian 2003 | OZ2.0 |
| QuickBooks Australian 2004 to 2007 | AU3.0 |
Specifies the maximum time, in seconds, that the provider waits for a server response before throwing a timeout error. The default is 60 seconds. Set to 0 to disable the timeout.
This property controls the maximum time, in seconds, that the Sync App waits for an operation to complete before canceling it. If the timeout period expires before the operation finishes, the Sync App cancels the operation and throws an exception.
The timeout applies to each individual communication with the server rather than the entire query or operation. For example, a query could continue running beyond 60 seconds if each paging call completes within the timeout limit.
Setting this property to 0 disables the timeout, allowing operations to run indefinitely until they succeed or fail due to other conditions such as server-side timeouts, network interruptions, or resource limits on the server. Use this property cautiously to avoid long-running operations that could degrade performance or result in unresponsive behavior.
Specifies a filepath to a JSON configuration file defining custom views. The provider automatically detects and uses the views specified in this file.
This property allows you to define and manage custom views through a JSON-formatted configuration file called UserDefinedViews.json. These views are automatically recognized by the Sync App and enable you to execute custom SQL queries as if they were standard database views. The JSON file defines each view as a root element with a child element called "query", which contains the SQL query for the view. For example:
{
"MyView": {
"query": "SELECT * FROM Customers WHERE MyColumn = 'value'"
},
"MyView2": {
"query": "SELECT * FROM MyTable WHERE Id IN (1,2,3)"
}
}
You can define multiple views in a single file and specify the filepath using this property. For example: UserDefinedViews=C:\Path\To\UserDefinedViews.json. When you use this property, only the specified views are seen by the Sync App.
Refer to User Defined Views for more information.
Specifies whether the provider connects to QuickBooks using Remote Data Sharing (RDS). This setting is incompatible with connections made through the QuickBooks Gateway.
Set this property to true to enable connections using the RDS client. The RDS client must be installed and configured on the local machine, and the RDS server must be set up on the system hosting QuickBooks. When this property is enabled, connections through the QuickBooks Gateway are disabled. If both methods are configured simultaneously, the Sync App prioritizes the setting of this property.
This property is useful in scenarios where direct or gateway-based connections are not feasible, such as when integrating with systems that rely on the RDS infrastructure for remote access.